South Lake Tahoe City Council
March 11, 2025

C-194-2024

3. Compensation. Compensation to be paid to Consultant shall be in accordance with the Schedule set forth in Exhibit B which is attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference. In no event shall Consultant’s compensation, including travel and out-of-pocket expenses, exceed $129,930.00 without additional written authorization from City. Payment by City under this Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver of defects, even if such defects were known to City at the time of payment. Payment is contingent upon compliance with all terms and conditions of this Agreement, as set forth herein. Consultant shall obtain prior written authorization from the City Project Manager for any costs in excess of budgeted amounts for each line item, task, or obligation under the Scope of Services.

4. Method of Payment. Consultant shall submit monthly billings to City describing the work performed during the preceding month. Consultant’s bills shall include a brief description of the services performed, the date the services were performed, the number of hours spent and by whom, the applicable hourly rate, and a description of any reimbursable expenditures. City shall pay Consultant no later than 30 days after approval of the monthly invoice by City staff.

5. Extra Work. At any time during the term of this Agreement, City may request that Consultant perform extra work. As used herein, “Extra Work” means any work which is determined by City to be necessary for the proper completion of the Project, but which the parties did not reasonably anticipate would be necessary at the execution of this Agreement. Consultant shall not perform, nor be compensated for, extra work without prior written authorization from City.

6. Termination. This Agreement may be terminated by City or Consultant immediately for cause or without cause upon thirty days (30) days written notice of termination. Upon termination, Consultant shall be entitled to compensation for services performed up to the effective date of termination, and City shall be entitled to all work performed to that date.

Termination, revocation, or expiration of this Agreement shall not release either party from liability resulting from an event which occurred prior to such termination, revocation, or expiration.

7. Ownership of Documents.

All plans, studies, documents, and other writings, including working notes and internal documents, prepared by and for Consultant, its officers, employees and agents and subcontractors in the course of implementing this Agreement, shall become the property of City upon payment to Consultant 205

C-194-2024
for such work, and City shall have the sole right to use such materials in its discretion without further compensation to Consultant or to any other party.

Consultant shall, at Consultant’s expense, provide such reports, plans, studies, documents, and other writings to City upon written request. All documents prepared by Consultant are confidential and shall be maintained to preserve their confidential nature. Release of any such documents to third parties shall only be made upon written consent of City.

8. Consultant’s Books and Records.
a. Consultant shall maintain any and all ledgers, books of account, invoices, vouchers, canceled checks, and other records or documents evidencing or relating to charges for services, or expenditures and disbursements charged to City for a minimum period of three (3) years, or for any longer period required by law, from the date of final payment to Consultant for services provided pursuant to this Agreement.
b. Consultant shall maintain all documents and records which demonstrate performance under this Agreement for a minimum period of three (3) years, or for any longer period required by law, from records shall be available at Consultant’s address indicated for the date of termination or completion of this Agreement. c. Any records or documents required to be maintained pursuant to this Agreement shall be made available for inspection or audit, at any time during regular business hours, upon written request by the City Manager, City Attorney, City Auditor or a designated representative of these officers. Copies of such documents shall be provided to City for inspection at City offices when it is practical to do so. Otherwise, unless an alternative is mutually agreed upon, the receipt of notices in this Agreement.
d. Where City has reason to believe that such records or documents may be lost or discarded due to dissolution, disbandment or termination of Consultant’s business, City may, by written request by any of the above-named officers, require that custody of the records be given to City and that the records and documents be maintained at City offices. Access to such records and documents 206

C-194-2024
shall be granted to any party authorized by Consultant, Consultant’s representatives, or Consultant’s successor-in-interest.

9. Independent Contractor. It is understood that Consultant, in the performance of the work and services agreed to be performed, shall act as and be an independent contractor and shall not act as an agent or employee of City.

Consultant shall obtain no rights to retirement benefits or other benefits which accrue to City’s employees, and Consultant hereby expressly waives any claim it may have to any such rights. All employees, agents, contractors or subcontractors hired or retained by Consultant are employees, agents, contractors or subcontractors of Consultant and not of the City.

City is not required to make any deductions or withholdings form the compensation payable to Consultant under the provisions of this Contract, and is not required to issue W-2 Forms for income and employment tax purposes for any of Consultant’s assigned personnel. Any third party persons employed by Consultant shall be entirely and exclusively under the direction, supervision, and control of Consultant. Consultant hereby indemnifies and holds City harmless from any and all claims that may be made against City based upon any contention by any third party that an employer-employee relationship exists by reason of this Contract.

10. Interest of Consultant. Consultant, (and principals, associates and professional employees of consultant) covenants and represents that it does not now have any investment or interest in real property and shall not acquire any interest, direct or indirect, in the area covered by this Agreement or any other source of income, interest in real property or investment which would be affected in any manner or degree by the performance of Consultant’s services hereunder. Consultant further covenants and represents that in the performance of its duties hereunder no person having any such interest shall perform any services under this Agreement.

Consultant is not a designated employee within the meaning of the Political Reform Act because Consultant:
a. Will conduct research and arrive at conclusions with respect to his/her rendition of information, advice, recommendation or counsel independent of the control and direction of City or of any City official, other than normal agreement monitoring; and,
207

C-194-2024
b. Possesses no authority with respect to any city decision beyond rendition of information, advice, recommendation or counsel. [FPPC Reg. 18700(a)(2)].

11. Professional Ability of Consultant. City has relied upon the professional training and ability of Consultant to perform the services hereunder as a material inducement to enter into this Agreement. Consultant shall therefore provide properly skilled professional and technical personnel to perform all services under this Agreement. All work performed by Consultant under this Agreement shall be in accordance with applicable legal requirements and shall meet the standard of quality ordinarily to be expected of competent professionals in Consultant’s field of expertise.

12. Compliance with Laws. Consultant shall comply with all applicable federal, state, regional and local laws, codes, ordinances and regulations in carrying out his/her duties under this Agreement. Consultant shall observe and comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, regulations and codes of federal, state and local governments, and shall commit no trespass on any public or private property in performing any of the work authorized by this Agreement. The City, its officials, officers, elected officials, appointed officials and employees shall not be liable at law or in equity as a result of any failure of Consultant to comply with this section.

In the event it is determined that the Consultant is required to pay prevailing wages for the work performed under this Agreement, the Consultant shall pay all penalties and wages as required by law.

13. Licenses. Consultant represents and warrants to City that it has all licenses, permits, qualifications, insurance and approvals of whatsoever nature which are legally required of Consultant to practice its profession. Consultant represents and warrants to City that Consultant shall, at its sole cost and expense, keep in effect or obtain at all times during the term of this Agreement, any licenses, permits, insurance and approvals which are legally required of Consultant to practice its profession. Consultant shall maintain a City of South Lake Tahoe business license at all times services are performed under this Agreement. Consultant acknowledges that payments made pursuant to this Agreement may be withheld until this provision has been satisfied.

14. Indemnity. Consultant hereby agrees to and shall indemnify and hold harmless City, its elected and appointed boards, officers, agents, employees and volunteers from and against any liability for any and all claims, demands, actions, losses, damages and injuries, direct or indirect (including any and all costs and expenses in connection therein), arising out of this Agreement or 208

C-194-2024
caused in any way by Consultant’s negligent performance of this Agreement or its breach of its obligations contained in this Agreement, except for any such claims arising out of the negligence or willful misconduct of the City.

Consultant agrees to defend City from and against any and all losses, damages, claims costs and fees arising out Consultant’s negligent acts, errors, omissions, regarding this Agreement, the Consultant’s work under this Agreement, or the consultant’s Scope of Work.

City does not, and shall not, waive any rights against Consultant which it may have by reason of the aforesaid hold harmless agreement, because of the acceptance by City, or the deposit with City by Consultant, of any of the insurance policies hereinafter set forth.

This hold harmless agreement by Consultant shall apply to all damages and claims for damages, or alleged to have been suffered, by reason of any of the aforesaid operation of Consultant or any subcontractor, regardless of whether or not such insurance policies shall have been determined to be applicable to any of such damages or claims for damages.

Consultant further waives any and all rights to any type of express or implied indemnity or right of contribution from the City for any liability, claims, demands, costs, charges and expenses and causes of action of whatsoever arising out of or in any way connected with this Agreement, and consultant’s work under this Agreement.

15. Insurance Requirements.
a. Consultant, at Consultant’s own cost and expense, shall procure and maintain, for the duration of the contract, the following insurance policies.
i. Workers’ Compensation Coverage. Consultant shall maintain Workers’ Compensation Insurance and Employer’s Liability Insurance for his/her employees in accordance with the laws of the State of California. In addition, Consultant shall require each subcontractor to similarly maintain Workers’
Compensation Insurance and Employer’s Liability Insurance in accordance with the laws of the State of California for all of the subcontractor’s employees. Any notice of cancellation of all Workers’ Compensation policies must be received by City at least thirty (30) days prior to such change. Consultant shall 209

C-194-2024
provide thirty (30) days written notice of nonrenewal of any Workers’ Compensation policies. The insurer shall agree to waive all rights of subrogation against City, its officers, agents, employees and volunteers for losses arising from work
performed by Consultant for City.
ii. Commercial General Liability Coverage. Consultant shall maintain commercial general liability insurance no less broad than ISO form CG 00 01 in an amount not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage. Coverage must be made on the standard Occurrence form. Claims-Made forms are not
acceptable without prior written consent of City. City of South Lake Tahoe must be endorsed as an additional insured for liability arising out of ongoing operation by on behalf of Consultant. If a commercial general liability insurance form or other form with a general aggregate limit is used, either the general aggregate limit shall apply separately to the work to be performed under this Agreement or the general aggregate limit shall be at least twice the required occurrence limit. iii. Automobile Liability Coverage. Consultant shall maintain automobile liability insurance covering bodily injury and property damage for all activities of the Consultant arising out of or in connection with the work to be performed under this Agreement, including coverage for owned, hired and nonowned vehicles, in an amount of not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) combined single limit for each occurrence. iv. Professional Liability Coverage. Consultant shall maintain professional errors and omissions liability insurance for protection against claims alleging negligent acts, errors or omissions which may arise from Consultant or by its employees, or subcontractors. The amount of this insurance shall not be less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) on a claims-made annual aggregate basis, or a combined single-limit per occurrence basis.
b. Endorsements. Each general liability and automobile liability insurance policy shall be with insurers possessing a AM Best’s rating of 210

C-194-2024
no less than A:VII and shall be endorsed with the following specific language:
i. City, its elected or appointed officers, officials, employees, agents and volunteers are to be covered as additional
insured’s under Consultant’s General Liability and Automobile Liability policies with respect to liability arising out of this Agreement and/or work performed by or on behalf of the
Consultant, including materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such work or operations.
ii. This policy shall be considered primary insurance as respects City, its elected or appointed officers, officials, employees, agents and volunteers. Any insurance maintained by City, including any self-insured retention City may have, shall be considered excess insurance only and shall not contribute with it.
iii. This insurance shall act for each insured and additional insured as though a separate policy had been written for each,
except with respect to the limits of liability of the insuring Consultant.
iv. The insurer waives all rights of subrogation against City except for Consultant’s Professional Liability and Employers’ Liability policies, its elected or appointed officers, officials, employees or agents.
v. Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not affect coverage provided to City, its elected or appointed officers, officials, employees, agents or volunteers. vi. No policies of insurance carried by Consultant shall be suspended, voided, canceled, or changed in coverage or in limits except after thirty (30) days written notice to the City Attorney by Certified Mail.
c. Deductibles and Self-Insured Retentions. The Consultant shall be responsible for all deductibles in all of Consultant’s insurance policies.

The amount of deductibles for insurance coverage required herein shall be reasonable and approved by the City Attorney.
211

C-194-2024
d. Certificates of Insurance. Consultant shall provide certificates of insurance with original endorsements to City as evidence of the insurance coverage required herein. Consultant shall not commence work under this contract until all insurance required under this section has been approved by City as to form, amount and carrier, nor shall Consultant allow any subcontractor to commence work on any subcontract until all similar insurance required and reasonably consistent limits of the subcontractor has been so obtained and approved. Certificates of insurance shall contain no exclusions unless negotiated with the City Attorney and approved, in writing, by the City Attorney.

16. Notices. Any notice required to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and either served personally or sent prepaid, first class mail. Any such notice shall be addressed to the other party at the address set forth below.

Notice shall be deemed communicated within 48 hours from the time of mailing if mailed as provided in this section.

If to City: City of South Lake Tahoe
1901 Lisa Maloff Way
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150
Provide a copy to: City Attorney’s Office
City of South Lake Tahoe
1901 Lisa Maloff Way, Suite 300
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150
If to Consultant: Jim Simon, Principal
170 Eucalyptus Ave, Suite 200
Vista, CA 92084
Provide a copy to: Crystal Mattingly
170 Eucalyptus Ave, Suite 200
Vista, CA 92084

17. Assignment and Subcontracting. The parties recognize that a substantial inducement to City for entering into this Agreement is the professional reputation, experience and competence of Consultant. Assignments of any or all rights, duties or obligations of the Consultant under this Agreement will be permitted only with the express consent of City. Consultant shall not subcontract any portion of the work to be performed under this Agreement 212

C-194-2024
without the written authorization of City. If City consents to such subcontract, Consultant shall be fully responsible to City for all acts or omissions of the subcontractor. Nothing in the Agreement shall create any contractual relationship between City and subcontractor nor shall it create any obligation on the part of City to pay or to see to the payment of any monies due to any such subcontractor other than as otherwise required by law.

18. Waiver. Waiver of a breach or default under this Agreement shall not constitute a continuing waiver of a subsequent breach of the same or any other provision under this Agreement.

19. Dispute Resolution. Any dispute concerning this Agreement will be first submitted to the City Manager or his designee for resolution. If no resolution is reached, such dispute shall be submitted to the City Council. The decision of the City Council shall be final and shall be appealable only to the El Dorado Superior Court pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure §1094.5, and as provided by law.

20. Controlling Law Venue. This Agreement and all matters relating to it shall be governed by the laws of the State of California and any action brought relating to this Agreement shall be held exclusively in the Superior Courts in the County of El Dorado, South Lake Tahoe Division.

21. Prohibited Interests. Consultant maintains and warrants that it has not employed nor retained any Consultant or person, other than the independent contractors hired in accordance with Consultant’s standard business practice, to solicit or secure this Agreement. Further, Consultant warrants that it has not paid nor has it agreed to pay any Consultant or person, other than a bona fide employee working solely for Consultant or an independent contractor hired as discussed above, any fee, commission, percentage, brokerage fee, gift or other consideration contingent upon or resulting from the award or making of this Agreement. For breach or violation of this warranty, City shall have the right to rescind this Agreement without liability. For the term of this Agreement, no member, officer or employee of City, during the term of his or her service with City, shall have any direct interest in this Agreement, or obtain any present or anticipated material benefit arising therefrom.

22. Equal Opportunity Employment. Consultant represents that it is an equal opportunity employer and it shall not discriminate against any subcontractor, employee or applicant for employment because of race, religion, color, national origin, disability, ancestry, sex or age. Such non-discrimination shall include, but not be limited to, all activities related to initial employment, upgrading, demotion, transfer, recruitment or recruitment advertising, layoff or termination. Consultant shall also comply with all relevant provisions of City’s 213

C-194-2024
Minority Business Enterprise program, Affirmative Action Plan, or other related programs or guidelines currently in effect or hereinafter enacted.

23. Drug-Free Workplace Certification. By signing this Agreement, Consultant hereby certifies under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the Consultant will comply with the requirements of the DrugFree Workplace Act of 1990 (Government Code Section 8350, et seq.) and will provide a drug-free work place by taking the following actions:
a. Publish a statement notifying employees that unlawful manufacture, distribution dispensation, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited and specifying actions to be taken against employees for violations, as required by Government Code Section 8355 (a). b. Establish a Drug-Free Awareness Program as required by Government Code Section 8355(b) to inform employees about all of the following:
i. The dangers of drug abuse in the workplace;
ii. The person’s or organization’s policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace;
iii. Any available counseling, rehabilitation and employee assistance program; and
iv. Penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations.
c. Provide, as required by Government Code Section 8355(c), that every employee who performs grant activities under this Agreement:
i. Will receive a copy of the Consultant’s drug-free policy statement; and
ii. Will agree to abide by the terms of the Consultant’s statement as a condition of employment on this Agreement.

Failure to comply with these requirements may result in suspension of payments under this Agreement or termination of the Agreement, or both, and Consultant may be ineligible for award of any future City agreements if City determines that any of the following has occurred: the Consultant (1) has made false certification, or (2) violates the certification by failing to carry out the requirements as noted above.

24. Anti-Lobbying Certification. Consultant shall submit to City the Anti-Lobbying Certification contained in Exhibit C. Further, Consultant shall require that the language of the certification in Exhibit C be included in all contracts or 214

C-194-2024
subcontracts entered into in connection with this Agreement and that all Consultants and contractors shall certify and disclose accordingly.

25. Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion. By signing this Agreement, Consultant assures that neither it nor its principals, is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participating in covered transactions by any Federal department or agency.

26. Americans with Disabilities Act. By signing this Agreement, Consultant assures the City that it complies with the American with Disabilities Act (ADA) of 1990, (42 U.S.C. 12101, et. seq.), which prohibits discrimination on the basis of disability, as well as all applicable regulations and guidelines issued pursuant to ADA.

27. Amendments. This Agreement may be modified or amended only by a written document executed by both Consultant and City and approved as to form by the City Attorney.

28. Severability. If any term or portion of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal, or otherwise unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

29. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the complete and exclusive statement of Agreement between City and Consultant. All prior written and oral communications, including correspondence, drafts, memoranda, and representations, are superseded in total by this Agreement.

30. Execution. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall constitute one and the same instrument and shall become binding upon the parties when at least one copy hereof shall have been signed by both parties hereto. In approving this Agreement, it shall not be necessary to produce or account for more than one such counterpart.

31. Time is of the Essence. Time is of the essence for this Agreement.

32. Authority to Enter Agreement. Consultant has all requisite power and authority to conduct its business and to execute, deliver, and perform the Agreement.

Each party warrants that the individuals who have signed this Agreement have the legal power, right, and authority to make this Agreement and to bind each respective party.
215

C-194-2024
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed on the date first written above.

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE:

By Cody Bass(Aug 19, 2024 11:33 PDT)
Cody Bass, Mayor
CONSULTANT:

Jim Simon Jim Simon (Aug 19, 2024 11:35 PDT)
Jim Simon, Principal
Date 08/19/24 Date 8/19/2024
Business License # 331707
APPROVED AS TO FORM:

By Heather Stroud (Aug 15, 2024 09:51 PDT)
Heather Stroud, City Attorney
ATTEST:

By Susan Blankenship (Aug 14, 2024 14:05 PDT)
Susan Blankenship, City Clerk
Attachments:

Exhibit A – Scope of Services
Date
Date
08/15/2024
08/14/2024
Exhibit B – Compensation Schedule
Exhibit C - Anti-Lobbying Certification
B
216

C-194-2024

EXHIBIT A

SCOPE OF SERVICES
RSG has prepared the following scope of work and services as described below for the City to consider based on specifications noted in the Scope of Services1.

KICK-OFF MEETING AND INITIAL RESEARCH
RSG would participate in a kick-off meeting in-person and driving tour with the City project team to review project history, goals, and expectations, as well as present and receive feedback on preliminary assessment of project opportunities.

RSG would review available planning documents if provided timely by the City as well as third party market reports prior to the meeting to understand market activity within the project area and ensure a productive project kick-off. RSG would utilize the market data and information from the City to recommend stakeholders to be interviewed and tailor the project development vision and scope.

STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
Working closely with the City, RSG would conduct 12 (virtual) stakeholder interview sessions with the following objectives:
1) Understand priorities, goals, and overall visions for the area. 2) Understanding of community benefits and infrastructure improvements to consider as part of the project.
3) Understand local economic and market conditions relevant to the project. 4) Determine stakeholder interest in forming a financing district to support investment.
5) Identify targeted public and private investment opportunities in the project area.
1 We generally utilized the contents of the RFP but did reorganize and elaborate on portions of the scope sought to provide the City more specifics where we felt that would be helpful for the City’s evaluation. 217

C-194-2024

MARKET ANALYSIS AND DEVELOPMENT CONCEPTS
With consideration of stakeholder feedback, zoning, site parameters, and any other design guidelines, RSG would conduct a market analysis to inform the recommendation of two alternative development concepts for the site. RSG would recommend potential financing tools for the City to consider – including but not limited to - local, state, and Federal funding program opportunities, development impact fees, and special district and tax increment financing tools to fund needed infrastructure and cover municipal service cost for each alternative2.

For each scenario, RSG would also prepare preliminary tax increment analysis reflecting proposed future development, potential public and private sector partners, and estimated costs for project and infrastructure construction.

PRESENTATION OF OPPORTUNITIES
RSG would conduct two in-person presentations to stakeholders on the development concepts and potential funding mechanisms, including potential financing districts. Stakeholders would also have the option to participate in the meeting virtually.

RSG would also conduct one in-person presentation to the City Council for feedback and direction.

TAX INCREMENT ANALYSIS (IF NEEDED)
If the identified project and financing approach includes the use of tax increment financing, RSG would identify projected real property value appreciation, appropriate tax entity proportional shares, projected district revenues, and bonding capacity generated by the tax increment.

PROJECT MARKETING/SOLICITATION OF INTEREST
RSG would prepare a marketing plan for disposition of the entire site and/or portions of the site, as appropriate. If deemed necessary, RSG would prepare a request for qualifications/ proposals (RFQ/P) to seek out qualified developers for 2 Some examples of the tax increment financing tools include Enhanced Infrastructure Financing District (EIFD), Community Revitalization and Investment Authority (CRIA), Climate Resilience Districts, and Community Finance Districts.
218

C-194-2024
the project site, evaluate development proposals, and make recommendations to the City.

RSG’s cost estimate assumes RSG would (a) assist with negotiations; (b) draft a term sheet for an exclusive negotiation agreement (ENA) and development agreement; and (c) review agreements drafted by legal counsel.

PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION
If deemed necessary, RSG would assist the City with the following services related to implementation of the proposed project:
• Requesting and reviewing project-based materials as related to the ENA and/or DA and documentation including market information and reports, sale comparables, pro forma schedules, entitlement requirements, site development, and/or similar information.
• Working with selected developer to ensure ongoing compliance with agreement terms and timing of deliverables, receipt of deposits, transaction timeframes and extensions, and schedule of performance. • Structuring financing for public benefit uses and/or public infrastructure.

IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE
Activity Timeline Tent. Schedule
Conduct Initial Research & In-Person
Kick Off Meeting
~30 days from execution of
Agreement August 14, 2024
Conduct 12 Stakeholder Interviews ~45 days from kick-off meeting
August -
September 2024
Propose 2 Development Concepts
(Incl. Financing Recommendations,
Development Feasibility, & Tax
Increment Projections)
~90 days from final
stakeholder interview
October -
December 2024
In - Person Presentation of
Opportunities to Stakeholders (2) and
City Council (1)
~60 days of City staff approval
of final development concept
analysis
January -
February 2025
Conduct Tax Increment Analysis (If
Applicable)
~60 days from receiving City
Council feedback
March – April
2025
219

C-194-2024
Project Marketing/Solicitation of
Interest
~90 days from receiving City
Council feedback
March – May
2025
Draft Term Sheets for Selected Project Dependent upon City Council TBD Selected Project Implementation &
Coordination
Dependent upon timing of
project selection TBD
220

C-194-2024

EXHIBIT B

SCHEDULE OF CHARGES AND TIMELINE
BUDGET
Estimated fees (not to exceed) $129,930.00
Hourly Rates:

Principal $295
Director $275
Senior Associate $225
Associate $195
Senior Analyst $160
Analyst $145
Research Assistant $135
Technician $100
Clerical $60
$/hour
Travel and out-of-pocket expenses None
(travel is included in the TOTAL (not to exceed amount) TOTAL (not to exceed) $129,930.00
221
C-194-2024

EXHIBIT C

ANTI-LOBBYING CERTIFICATION
Consultant shall submit to City this certification prior to or at the time of the execution of this Agreement.

This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by Section 1352, Title 31, U. S. Code. Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty not less than $10,000 and no more than $100,000 for such failure.

The undersigned certifies, to the best of his or her knowledge or belief, that:

1. No federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of it, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with the awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any Federal grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement; and

1. If any funds other than federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this Federal contract, grant, loan, cooperative agreement, it will complete and submit Standard Form-LLL, “Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying,” in accordance with its instruction.

Consultant:

Jim Simon, Principal
Jim Simon
By: Jim Simon (Aug 19, 2024 11:35 PDT)

222
C-194-2024
Form W-9
(Rev. October 2018)
Department of the Treasury
Internal Revenue Service
Request for Taxpayer
Identification Number and Certification
a Go to www.irs.gov/FormW9 for instructions and the latest information.

Give Form to the
requester. Do not
send to the IRS.
1 Name (as shown on your income tax return). Name is required on this line; do not leave this line blank.

RSG, Inc.
2 Business name/disregarded entity name, if different from above 3 Check appropriate box for federal tax classification of the person whose name is entered on line 1. Check only one of the following seven boxes.
4 Exemptions (codes apply only to
certain entities, not individuals; see
instructions on page 3):

Individual/sole proprietor or
single-member LLC
C Corporation ✔ S Corporation Partnership Trust/estate
Exempt payee code (if any)
Limited liability company. Enter the tax classification (C=C corporation, S=S corporation, P=Partnership) a Note: Check the appropriate box in the line above for the tax classification of the single-member owner. Do not check LLC if the LLC is classified as a single-member LLC that is disregarded from the owner unless the owner of the LLC is another LLC that is not disregarded from the owner for U.S. federal tax purposes. Otherwise, a single-member LLC that is disregarded from the owner should check the appropriate box for the tax classification of its owner.

Other (see instructions) a
Exemption from FATCA reporting
code (if any)
(Applies to accounts maintained outside the U.S.)
5 Address (number, street, and apt. or suite no.) See instructions. 170 Eucalyptus Avenue, Suite 200
6 City, state, and ZIP code
Vista, CA 92084
7 List account number(s) here (optional)
Requester’s name and address (optional)
Part I Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN)
Enter your TIN in the appropriate box. The TIN provided must match the name given on line 1 to avoid backup withholding. For individuals, this is generally your social security number (SSN). However, for a resident alien, sole proprietor, or disregarded entity, see the instructions for Part I, later. For other entities, it is your employer identification number (EIN). If you do not have a number, see How to get a TIN, later.

Note: If the account is in more than one name, see the instructions for line 1. Also see What Name and Number To Give the Requester for guidelines on whose number to enter.

Social security number
– –
or
Under penalties of perjury, I certify that:

1. The number shown on this form is my correct taxpayer identification number (or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me); and

2. I am not subject to backup withholding because: (a) I am exempt from backup withholding, or (b) I have not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) that I am subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends, or (c) the IRS has notified me that I am no longer subject to backup withholding; and

3. I am a U.S. citizen or other U.S. person (defined below); and

4. The FATCA code(s) entered on this form (if any) indicating that I am exempt from FATCA reporting is correct.

Certification instructions. You must cross out item 2 above if you have been notified by the IRS that you are currently subject to backup withholding because you have failed to report all interest and dividends on your tax return. For real estate transactions, item 2 does not apply. For mortgage interest paid, acquisition or abandonment of secured property, cancellation of debt, contributions to an individual retirement arrangement (IRA), and generally, payments other than interest and dividends, you are not required to sign the certification, but you must provide your correct TIN. See the instructions for Part II, later.

General Instructions
Section references are to the Internal Revenue Code unless otherwise noted.

Future developments. For the latest information about developments related to Form W-9 and its instructions, such as legislation enacted after they were published, go to www.irs.gov/FormW9.

Purpose of Form
An individual or entity (Form W-9 requester) who is required to file an information return with the IRS must obtain your correct taxpayer identification number (TIN) which may be your social security number (SSN), individual taxpayer identification number (ITIN), adoption taxpayer identification number (ATIN), or employer identification number (EIN), to report on an information return the amount paid to you, or other amount reportable on an information return. Examples of information returns include, but are not limited to, the following. • Form 1099-INT (interest earned or paid)
• Form 1099-DIV (dividends, including those from stocks or mutual funds)
• Form 1099-MISC (various types of income, prizes, awards, or gross proceeds)
• Form 1099-B (stock or mutual fund sales and certain other transactions by brokers)
• Form 1099-S (proceeds from real estate transactions)
• Form 1099-K (merchant card and third party network transactions) • Form 1098 (home mortgage interest), 1098-E (student loan interest), 1098-T (tuition)
• Form 1099-C (canceled debt)
• Form 1099-A (acquisition or abandonment of secured property) Use Form W-9 only if you are a U.S. person (including a resident alien), to provide your correct TIN.

If you do not return Form W-9 to the requester with a TIN, you might be subject to backup withholding. See What is backup withholding, later.

Cat. No. 10231X Form W-9 (Rev. 10-2018)
Signature of
U.S. person a 7/31/2024
Print or type.

See Specific Instructions on page 3.

Employer identification number
9 5 – 3 4 3 5 8 4 9
Part II Certification
223
C-194-2024
RSG, INC. :

Thank you for your payment on your City of South Lake Tahoe Business License. ALL LICENSES MUST BE AVAILABLE FOR INSPECTION UPON REQUEST. If you have questions concerning your business license, contact the City of South Lake Tahoe via email at: [email protected] or by telephone at: (530) 542-6012.

Keep this portion for your certificate separate in case you need a replacement for any lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate. A fee may be charged for a replacement or duplicate certificate.

If you have a fixed place of business within the City of South Lake Tahoe please display the Business License above in a conspicuous place at the premises. Otherwise, every Business License holder not having a fixed place of business in the City shall keep the Business License upon his or her person, or affixed in plain view to any cart, vehicle, van or other movable structure or device at all times if required by the Collector.

Starting January 1, 2021, Assembly Bill 1607 requires the prevention of gender-based discrimination of business establishments. A full notice is available in English or other languages by going to: https://www.dca.ca.gov/publications/.

Account Number: 331707 Date of Issue: 07/31/2024

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE

REVENUE SERVICES DIVISION
1901 LISA MALOFF WAY STE 210
SOUTH LAKE TAHOE, CA 96150
RSG, INC.
170 EUCALYPTUS AVE STE 200
VISTA, CA 92084-6028

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE

BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONS TAX CERTIFICATE
2024 - 2025

TO BE POSTED IN A CONSPICUOUS PLACE
AND
NOT TRANSFERABLE OR ASSIGNABLE.

Business Name
Business Location
Business Owner(s)
RSG, INC.
170 EUCALYPTUS AVE STE 200
VISTA, CA 92084-6028
RSG, INC.

Account Number
License Description
331707

CONSULTANTS
Effective Date
Expiration Date
July 31, 2024
June 30, 2025
RSG, INC.
170 EUCALYPTUS AVE STE 200
VISTA, CA 92084-6028
THIS BUSINESS LICENSE DOES NOT PERMIT A BUSINESS THAT IS OTHERWISE PROHIBITED.

For all inquiries regarding this license, contact the City of South Lake Tahoe at (530) 542-6012. 224
C-194-2024

CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE (MM/DD/YYYY)
02/16/2023
THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS

CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.

IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed.

If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).

PRODUCER
The Empire Company
550 North Park Center Drive
Suite 205
Santa Ana CA 92705
CONTACT Erica Hornaday NAME:

PHONE
(A/C, No, Ext): FAX
(A/C, No): E-MAIL [email protected] ADDRESS:

INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC #
INSURER A : Sentinel Insurance Company, LTD 11000

INSURED
RSG, Inc.
170 Eucalyptus Avenue
Suite 200
Vista CA 92084
INSURER B : Trumbull Insurance Company 27120
INSURER C : Peleus Insurance Company 34118
INSURER D :

INSURER E :

INSURER F :

COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: 2023/2024 UPDT Master REVISION NUMBER:

THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS

CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.

INSR

LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL

INSD SUBRWVD POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF (MM/DD/YYYY) POLICY EXP (MM/DD/YYYY) LIMITS COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000

CLAIMS-MADE OCCUR
DAMAGE TO RENTED $ 1,000,000 PREMISES (Ea occurrence)
MED EXP (Any one person) $ 10,000
A Y Y 72SBAAQ7019 01/01/2023 01/01/2024 PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 GEN'LAGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 PRO- PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $ 2,000,000 POLICY JECT LOC $ OTHER:

A

AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY
Y 72SBAAQ7019 01/01/2023 01/01/2024
COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT (Ea accident) $ 1,000,000
ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY (Per person) $
OWNED

AUTOS ONLY
HIRED

AUTOS ONLY

SCHEDULED
AUTOS

NON-OWNED

AUTOS ONLY
BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $
PROPERTY DAMAGE (Per accident) $
$
A

UMBRELLA LIAB

EXCESS LIAB
OCCUR
CLAIMS-MADE 72SBAAQ7019 01/01/2023 01/01/2024
EACH OCCURRENCE $ 2,000,000
AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000
DED RETENTION $ 10,000 $

WORKERS COMPENSATION

AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY Y / N
PER

STATUTE OTH- ER
E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ 1,000,000
B ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? Y N / A Y 72WECVK8727 01/01/2023 01/01/2024 E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $ (Mandatory in NH) 1,000,000 If yes, describe under
E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ 1,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below C
Errors & Omissions
Claims Made 121MPL0167514-03 03/01/2023 01/01/2024

AGGREGATE LIMIT

EACH CLAIM
4,000,000
2,000,000
DEDUCTIBLE 10,000
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space is required) City of South Lake Tahoe, its elected or appointed officers, officials, employees, agents and volunteers are named as additional insured in respect to general liability where required by written contract, per form (SS 00 08 04 05). General Liability is Primary & Non-Contributory per form (SS 00 08 04 05).

General Liability and Worker’s Compensation Waiver of Subrogation per forms (SS 00 08 04 05) and (WC 04 03 06) attached. *30 day notice of cancellation applies except 10 days for non-payment.

CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION
City of South Lake Tahoe
1901 Airport Rd.

South Lake Tahoe CA 96150

SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE

THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS.

AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
ACORD 25 (2016/03)
© 1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved.

The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD
225
C-194-2024
Policy Number: 72SBAAQ7019

QUICK REFERENCE

BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM

READ YOUR POLICY CAREFULLY
BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM Beginning on Page
A. COVERAGES 1
Business Liability 1
Medical Expenses 2
Coverage Extension - Supplementary Payments 2
B. EXCLUSIONS 3
C. WHO IS AN INSURED 10
D. LIABILITY AND MEDICAL EXPENSES
LIMITS OF INSURANCE 14
E. LIABILITY AND MEDICAL EXPENSES GENERAL CONDITIONS 15

1. Bankruptcy 15

2. Duties In The Event Of Occurrence, Offense, Claim Or Suit 15

3. Financial Responsibility Laws 16

4. Legal Action Against Us 16

5. Separation Of Insureds 16

6. Representations 16

7. Other Insurance 16

8. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us 17 F. OPTIONAL ADDITIONAL INSURED COVERAGES 18
Additional Insureds 18
G. LIABILITY AND MEDICAL EXPENSES DEFINITIONS 20
Form SS 00 08 04 05
226
C-194-2024

BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM
Various provisions in this policy restrict coverage. Read the entire policy carefully to determine rights, duties and what is and is not covered.

Throughout this policy the words "you" and "your" refer to the Named Insured shown in the Declarations. The words "we", "us" and "our'' refer to the stock insurance company member of The Hartford providing this insurance.

The word "insured" means any person or organization qualifying as such under Section C. - Who Is An Insured.

Other words and phrases that appear in quotation marks have special meaning. Refer to Section G. - Liability And Medical Expenses Definitions.

A. COVERAGES

1. BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE (BODILY

INJURY, PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL

AND ADVERTISING INJURY)
Insuring Agreement
a. We will pay those sums that the insured
becomes legally obligated to pay as
damages because of "bodily injury",
"property damage" or "personal and
advertising injury" to which this insurance
applies. We will have the right and duty to
defend the insured against any "suit"
seeking those damages. However, we will
have no duty to defend the insured against
any "suit" seeking damages for "bodily
injury", "property damage" or "personal and
advertising injury" to which this insurance
does not apply.

We may, at our discretion, investigate any
"occurrence" or offense and settle any claim
or "suit" that may result. But:
(1) The amount we will pay for damages is
limited as described in Section D. -
Liability And Medical Expenses Limits
Of Insurance; and
(2) Our right and duty to defend ends when
we have used up the applicable limit of
insurance in the payment of judgments,
settlements or medical expenses to which
this insurance applies.

No other obligation or liability to pay sums or
perform acts or services is covered unless
explicitly provided for under Coverage
Extension - Supplementary Payments.
b. This insurance applies:
(1) To "bodily injury" and "property
damage" only if:
(a) The "bodily injury" or "property
damage" is caused by an
"occurrence" that takes place in the
"coverage territory";
(b) The "bodily injury" or "property
damage" occurs during the policy
period;and
(c) Prior to the policy period, no insured
listed under Paragraph 1. of Section
C. - Who Is An Insured and no
"employee" authorized by you to give
or receive notice of an "occurrence"
or claim, knew that the "bodily injury"
or "property damage" had occurred,
in whole or in part. If such a listed
insured or authorized "employee"
knew, prior to the policy period, that
the "bodily injury" or "property
damage" occurred, then any
continuation, change or resumption
of such "bodily injury" or "property
damage" during or after the policy
period will be deemed to have been
known prior to the policy period.
(2) To "personal and advertising injury"
caused by an offense arising out of your
business, but only if the offense was
committed in the "coverage territory"
during the policy period.
c. "Bodily injury" or "property damage" will be
deemed to have been known to have
occurred at the earliest time when any
insured listed under Paragraph 1. of Section
C. - Who Is An Insured or any "employee"
authorized by you to give or receive notice
of an "occurrence" or claim:
(1) Reports all, or any part, of the "bodily
injury" or "property damage" to us or
any other insurer;
Form SS 00 08 04 05 Page 1 of 24
© 2005, The Hartford
227
C-194-2024

BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM
(2) Receives a written or verbal demand or
claim for damages because of the "bodily
injury'' or "property damage"; or
(3) Becomes aware by any other means that
"bodily injury" or "property damage" has
occurred or has begun to occur.
d. Damages because of "bodily injury" include
damages claimed by any person or
organization for care, loss of services or
b. We will make these payments regardless of
fault. These payments will not exceed the
applicable limit of insurance. We will pay
reasonable expenses for:
(1) First aid administered at the time of an
accident;
(2) Necessary medical, surgical, x-ray and
dental services, including prosthetic
devices; and
death resulting at any time from the "bodily
injury".
e. Incidental Medical Malpractice
(3) Necessary
professional
services.
ambulance,
nursing and
hospital,
funeral
(1) "Bodily injury" arising out of the
rendering of or failure to render
professional health care services as a
physician, dentist, nurse, emergency
medical technician or paramedic shall
be deemed to be caused by an
"occurrence", but only if:
(a) The physician, dentist, nurse,
emergency medical technician or
paramedic is employed by you to
provide such services; and
(b) You are not engaged in the
business or occupation of providing
such services.
(2) For the purpose of determining the
limits of insurance for incidental medical
malpractice, any act or omIssIon
together with all related acts or
omissions in the furnishing of these
services to any one person will be
considered one "occurrence".

2. MEDICAL EXPENSES
Insuring Agreement
a. We will pay medical expenses as described
below for "bodily injury" caused by an
accident:
(1) On premises you own or rent;
(2) On ways next to premises you own or
rent; or
(3) Because of your operations;
provided that
(1) The accident takes place in the
"coverage territory" and during the
policy period;
(2) The expenses are incurred and reported
to us within three years of the date of
the accident; and
(3) The injured person submits to
examination, at our expense, by
physicians of our choice as often as we
reasonably require.

3. COVERAGE EXTENSION -

SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS
a. We will pay, with respect to any claim or
"suit" we investigate or settle, or any "suit"
against an insured we defend:
(1) All expenses we incur.
(2) Up to $1,000 for the cost of bail bonds
required because of accidents or traffic
law violations arising out of the use of
any vehicle to which Business Liability
Coverage for "bodily injury" applies. We
do not have to furnish these bonds.
(3) The cost of appeal bonds or bonds to
release attachments, but only for bond
amounts within the applicable limit of
insurance. We do not have to furnish
these bonds.
(4) All reasonable expenses incurred by the
insured at our request to assist us in the
investigation or defense of the claim or
"suit", including actual loss of earnings
up to $500 a day because of time off
from work.
(5) All costs taxed against the insured in
the "suit".
(6) Prejudgment interest awarded against
the insured on that part of the judgment
we pay. If we make an offer to pay the
applicable limit of insurance, we will not
pay any prejudgment interest based on
that period of time after the offer.
(7) All interest on the full amount of any
judgment that accrues after entry of the
judgment and before we have paid,
offered to pay, or deposited in court the
part of the judgment that is within the
applicable limit of insurance.

Any amounts paid under (1) through (7)
above will not reduce the limits of insurance.

228
C-194-2024

BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM
b. If we defend an insured against a "suit"
and an indemnitee of the insured is also
named as a party to the "suit", we will
defend that indemnitee if all of the
following conditions are met:
(1) The "suit" against the indemnitee
seeks damages for which the insured
has assumed the liability of the
indemnitee in a contract or agreement
that is an "insured contract";
(2) This insurance applies to such liability
assumed by the insured;
(3) The obligation to defend, or the cost of
the defense of, that indemnitee, has
also been assumed by the insured in
the same "insured contract";
(4) The allegations in the "suit" and the
information we know about the
"occurrence" are such that no conflict
appears to exist between the interests
of the insured and the interest of the
indemnitee;
(5) The indemnitee and the insured ask
us to conduct and control the defense
of that indemnitee against such "suit"
and agree that we can assign the
same counsel to defend the insured
and the indemnitee; and
(6) The indemnitee:
(a) Agrees in writing to:
(i) Cooperate with us in the
investigation, settlement or
defense of the "suit";
(ii) Immediately send us copies of
any demands, notices,
summonses or legal papers
received in connection with
the "suit";
(iii) Notify any other insurer whose
coverage is available to the
indemnitee; and
(iv) Cooperate with us with
respect to coordinating other
applicable insurance available
to the indemnitee; and
(b) Provides us with written
authorization to:
(i) Obtain records and other
information related to the
"suit"; and
(ii) Conduct and control the
defense of the indemnitee in
such "suit".

So long as the above conditions are met,
attorneys' fees incurred by us in the
defense of that indemnitee, necessary
litigation expenses incurred by us and
necessary litigation expenses incurred
by the indemnitee at our request will be
paid as Supplementary Payments.

Notwithstanding the provisions of
Paragraph 1.b.(b) of Section B. -
Exclusions, such payments will not be
deemed to be damages for "bodily
injury" and "property damage" and will
not reduce the Limits of Insurance.

Our obligation to defend an insured's
indemnitee and to pay for attorneys' fees
and necessary litigation expenses as
Supplementary Payments ends when:
(1) We have used up the applicable limit
of insurance in the payment of
judgments or settlements; or
(2) The conditions set forth above, or the
terms of the agreement described in
Paragraph (6) above, are no longer met.

B. EXCLUSIONS

1. Applicable To Business Liability Coverage
This insurance does not apply to:
a. Expected Or Intended Injury
(1) "Bodily injury" or "property damage"
expected or intended from the
standpoint of the insured. This
exclusion does not apply to "bodily
injury" or "property damage" resulting
from the use of reasonable force to
protect persons or property; or
(2) "Personal and advertising injury" arising
out of an offense committed by, at the
direction of or with the consent or
acquiescence of the insured with the
expectation of inflicting "personal and
advertising injury".
b. Contractual Liability
(1) "Bodily injury" or "property damage"; or
(2) "Personal and advertising injury"
for which the insured is obligated to pay
damages by reason of the assumption of
liability in a contract or agreement.

This exclusion does not apply to liability
for damages because of:
(a) "Bodily injury", "property damage" or
"personal and advertising injury'' that
the insured would have in the
absence of the contract or
agreement; or
Form SS 00 08 04 05 Page 3 of24
229
C-194-2024

BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM
(b) "Bodily injury" or "property damage"
assumed in a contract or agreement
that is an "insured contract",
provided the "bodily injury" or
"property damage" occurs
subsequent to the execution of the
contract or agreement. Solely for
the purpose of liability assumed in
an "insured contract", reasonable
attorneys' fees and necessary
litigation expenses incurred by or for
a party other than an insured are
deemed to be damages because of
"bodily injury" or "property damage"
provided:
(i) Liability to such party for, or for
the cost of, that party's defense
has also been assumed in the
same "insured contract", and
(ii) Such attorneys' fees and
litigation expenses are for
defense of that party against a
civil or alternative dispute
resolution proceeding in which
damages to which this
insurance applies are alleged.
c. Liquor Liability
"Bodily injury" or "property damage" for
which any insured may be held liable by
reason of:
(1) Causing or contributing to the
intoxication of any person;
(2) The furnishing of alcoholic beverages to
a person under the legal drinking age or
under the influence of alcohol; or
(3) Any statute, ordinance or regulation
relating to the sale, gift, distribution or
use of alcoholic beverages.

This exclusion applies only if you are in the
business of manufacturing, distributing,
selling, serving or furnishing alcoholic
beverages.
d. Workers' Compensation And Similar
Laws
Any obligation of the insured under a
workers' compensation, disability benefits
or unemployment compensation law or
any similar law.
e. Employer's Liability
"Bodily injury" to:
(1) An "employee" of the insured arising
out of and in the course of:
(a) Employment by the insured; or
(b) Performing duties related to the
conduct of the insured's business, or
(2) The spouse, child, parent, brother or
sister of that "employee" as a
consequence of (1) above.

This exclusion applies:
(1) Whether the insured may be liable as
an employer or in any other capacity;
and
(2) To any obligation to share damages
with or repay someone else who must
pay damages because of the injury.

This exclusion does not apply to liability
assumed by the insured under an "insured
contract".
f. Pollution
(1) "Bodily injury", "property damage" or
"personal and advertising injury"
arising out of the actual, alleged or
threatened discharge, dispersal,
seepage, migration, release or escape
of "pollutants":
(a) At or from any premises, site or
location which is or was at any
time owned or occupied by, or
rented or loaned to any insured.

However, this subparagraph does
not apply to:
(i) "Bodily injury" if sustained within
a building and caused by
smoke, fumes, vapor or soot
produced by or originating from
equipment that is used to heat,
cool or dehumidify the building,
or equipment that is used to
heat water for personal use, by
the building's occupants or their
guests;
(ii) "Bodily injury" or "property
damage" for which you may be
held liable, if you are a
contractor and the owner or
lessee of such premises, site or
location has been added to your
policy as an additional insured
with respect to your ongoing
operations performed for that
additional insured at that
premises, site or location and
such premises, site or location
is not and never was owned or
occupied by, or rented or
loaned to, any insured, other
than that additional insured; or

230
C-194-2024

BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM
(iii) "Bodily injury" or "property
damage" arising out of heat,
smoke or fumes from a
"hostile fire";
(b) At or from any premises, site or
location which is or was at any
time used by or for any insured or
others for the handling, storage,
disposal, processing or treatment
of waste;
(c) Which are or were at any time
transported, handled, stored,
treated, disposed of, or processed
as waste by or for:
(I) Any insured; or
(ii) Any person or organization for
whom you may be legally
responsible;
(d) At or from any premises, site or
location on which any insured or
any contractors or subcontractors
working directly or indirectly on
any insured's behalf are
performing operations if the
"pollutants" are brought on or to
the premises, site or location in
connection with such operations
by such insured, contractor or
subcontractor. However, this
subparagraph does not apply to:
(i) "Bodily injury" or "property
damage" arising out of the
escape of fuels, lubricants or
other operating fluids which are
needed to perform the normal
electrical, hydraulic or
mechanical functions
necessary for the operation of
"mobile equipment" or its parts,
if such fuels, lubricants or other
operating fluids escape from a
vehicle part designed to hold,
store or receive them. This
exception does not apply if the
"bodily injury" or "property
damage" arises out of the
intentional discharge, dispersal
or release of the fuels,
lubricants or other operating
fluids, or if such fuels,
lubricants or other operating
fluids are brought on or to the
premises, site or location with
the intent that they be
discharged, dispersed or
released as part of the
operations being performed
by such insured, contractor or
subcontractor;
(ii) "Bodily injury" or "property
damage" sustained within a
building and caused by the
release of gases, fumes or
vapors from materials brought
into that building in connection
with operations being performed
by you or on your behalf by a
contractor or subcontractor; or
(iii) "Bodily injury" or "property
damage" arising out of heat,
smoke or fumes from a
"hostile fire"; or
(e) At or from any premises, site or
location on which any insured or any
contractors or subcontractors
working directly or indirectly on any
insured's behalf are performing
operations if the operations are to
test for, monitor, clean up, remove,
contain, treat, detoxify or neutralize,
or in any way respond to, or assess
the effects of, "pollutants".
(2) Any loss, cost or expense arising out
of any:
(a) Request, demand, order or statutory
or regulatory requirement that any
insured or others test for, monitor,
clean up, remove, contain, treat,
detoxify or neutralize, or in any way
respond to, or assess the effects of,
"pollutants"; or
(b) Claim or suit by or on behalf of a
governmental authority for
damages because of testing for,
monitoring, cleaning up, removing,
containing, treating, detoxifying or
neutralizing, or in any way
responding to, or assessing the
effects of, "pollutants".

However, this paragraph does not
apply to liability for damages because
of "property damage" that the insured
would have in the absence of such
request, demand, order or statutory or
regulatory requirement, or such claim
or "suit" by or on behalf of a
governmental authority.

Form 55 00 08 04 05 Page 5 of 24
231
C-194-2024

BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM
g. Aircraft, Auto Or Watercraft
"Bodily injury" or "property damage" arising
out of the ownership, maintenance, use or
entrustrnent to others of any aircraft, "auto"
or watercraft owned or operated by or rented
or loaned to any insured. Use includes
operation and "loading or unloading".

This exclusion applies even if the claims
against any insured allege negligence or
other wrongdoing in the supervision, hiring,
employment, training or monitoring of others
by that insured, if the "occurrence" which
caused the "bodily injury" or "property
damage" involved the ownership,
maintenance, use or entrustment to others of
any aircraft, "auto" or watercraft that is
owned or operated by or rented or loaned to
any insured.

This exclusion does not apply to:
(1) A watercraft while ashore on premises
you own or rent;
(2) A watercraft you do not own that is:
(a) Less than 51 feet long; and
(b) Not being used to carry persons
for a charge;
(3) Parking an "auto" on, or on the ways
next to, premises you own or rent,
provided the "auto" is not owned by or
rented or loaned to you or the insured;
(4) Liability assumed under any "insured
contract" for the ownership,
maintenance or use of aircraft or
watercraft;
(5) "Bodily injury" or "property damage"
arising out of the operation of any of
the equipment listed in Paragraph f.(2)
or f.(3) of the definition of "mobile
equipment"; or
(6) An aircraft that is not owned by any
insured and is hired, chartered or loaned
with a paid crew. However, this
exception does not apply if the insured
has any other insurance for such "bodily
injury" or "property damage", whether
the other insurance is primary, excess,
contingent or on any other basis.
h. Mobile Equipment
"Bodily injury" or "property damage"
arising out of:
(1) The transportation of "mobile equipment''
by an "auto" owned or operated by or
rented or loaned to any insured; or
(2) The use of "mobile equipment'' in, or
while in practice or preparation for, a
prearranged racing, speed or
demolition contest or in any stunting
activity.
i. War
"Bodily injury", "property damage" or
"personal and advertising injury", however
caused, arising, directly or indirectly, out of:
(1) War, including undeclared or civil war;
(2) Warlike action by a military force,
including action in hindering or
defending against an actual or
expected attack, by any government,
sovereign or other authority using
military personnel or other agents; or
(3) Insurrection, rebellion, revolution,
usurped power, or action taken by
governmental authority in hindering or
defending against any of these.
j. Professional Services
"Bodily injury", "property damage" or
"personal and advertising injury" arising
out of the rendering of or failure to render
any professional service. This includes
but is not limited to:
(1) Legal, accounting or advertising
services;
(2) Preparing, approving, or failing to
prepare or approve maps, shop
drawings, opinions, reports, surveys,
field orders, change orders, designs or
drawings and specifications;
(3) Supervisory, inspection, architectural
or engineering activities;
(4) Medical, surgical, dental, x-ray or
nursing services treatment, advice or
instruction;
(5) Any health or therapeutic service
treatment, advice or instruction;
(6) Any service, treatment, advice or
instruction for the purpose of
appearance or skin enhancement, hair
removal or replacement or personal
grooming;
(7) Optical or hearing aid services
including the prescribing, preparation,
fitting, demonstration or distribution of
ophthalmic lenses and similar
products or hearing aid devices;

232
C-194-2024

BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM
(8) Optometry or optometric services
including but not limited to examination
of the eyes and the prescribing,
preparation, fitting.demonstration or
distribution of ophthalmic lenses and
similar products;
(9) Any:
(a) Body piercing (not including ear
piercing);
(b) Tattooing, including but not limited
to the insertion of pigments into or
under the skin; and
(c) Similar services;
(10) Services in the practice of pharmacy;
and
(11) Computer consulting, design or
programming services, including web
site design.

Paragraphs (4) and (5) of this exclusion do
not apply to the Incidental Medical
Malpractice coverage afforded under
Paragraph 1.e. in Section A. - Coverages.
k. Damage To Property
"Property damage" to:
(1) Property you own, rent or occupy,
including any costs or expenses
incurred by you, or any other person,
organization or entity, for repair,
replacement, enhancement,
restoration or maintenance of such
property for any reason, including
prevention of injury to a person or
damage to another's property;
(2) Premises you sell, give away or
abandon, if the "property damage" arises
out of any part of those premises;
(3) Property loaned to you;
(4) Personal property in the care, custody
or control of the insured;
(5) That particular part of real property on
which you or any contractors or
subcontractors working directly or
indirectly on your behalf are performing
operations, if the "property damage"
arises out of those operations; or
(6) That particular part of any property
that must be restored, repaired or
replaced because "your work" was
incorrectly performed on it.

Paragraphs (1), (3) and (4) of this
exclusion do not apply to "property
damage" (other than damage by fire) to
premises, including the contents of such
premises, rented to you for a period of 7 or
fewer consecutive days. A separate Limit
of Insurance applies to Damage To
Premises Rented To You as described in
Section D. - Limits Of Insurance.

Paragraph (2) of this exclusion does not
apply if the premises are "your work" and
were never occupied, rented or held for
rental by you.

Paragraphs (3) and (4) of this exclusion do
not apply to the use of elevators.

Paragraphs (3), (4), (5) and (6) of this
exclusion do not apply to liability assumed
under a sidetrack agreement.

Paragraphs (3) and (4) of this exclusion do
not apply to "property damage" to
borrowed equipment while not being used
to perform operations at a job site.

Paragraph (6) of this exclusion does not
apply to "property damage" included in the
"products-completed operations hazard".

I. Damage To Your Product
"Property damage" to "your product''
arising out of it or any part of it.
m. Damage To Your Work
"Property damage" to "your work" arising
out of it or any part of it and included in the
"products-completed operations hazard".

This exclusion does not apply if the
damaged work or the work out of which
the damage arises was performed on your
behalf by a subcontractor.
n. Damage To Impaired Property Or
Property Not Physically Injured
"Property damage" to "impaired property"
or property that has not been physically
injured, arising out of:
(1) A defect, deficiency, inadequacy or
dangerous condition in "your product''
or "your work"; or
(2) A delay or failure by you or anyone
acting on your behalf to perform a
contract or agreement in accordance
with its terms.

This exclusion does not apply to the loss
of use of other property arising out of
sudden and accidental physical injury to
"your product" or "your work" after it has
been put to its intended use.

Form SS 00 08 04 05 Page 7 of24
233
C-194-2024

BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM
o. Recall Of Products, Work Or Impaired
Property
Damages claimed for any loss, cost or
expense incurred by you or others for the
loss of use, withdrawal, recall, inspection,
repair, replacement, adjustment, removal
or disposal of:
(1) "Your product";
(2) "Your work"; or
(3) "Impaired property";
if such product, work or property is
withdrawn or recalled from the market or
from use by any person or organization
because of a known or suspected defect,
deficiency, inadequacy or dangerous
condition in it.
p. Personal And Advertising Injury
"Personal and advertising injury":
(1) Arising out of oral, written or electronic
publication of material, if done by or at
the direction of the insured with
knowledge of its falsity;
(2) Arising out of oral, written or electronic
publication of material whose first
publication took place before the
beginning of the policy period;
(3) Arising out of a criminal act committed
by or at the direction of the insured;
(4) Arising out of any breach of contract,
except an implied contract to use
another's "advertising idea" in your
"advertisement";
(5) Arising out of the failure of goods,
products or services to conform with
any statement of quality or
performance made in your
"advertisement";
(6) Arising out of the wrong description of
the price of goods, products or services;
(7) Arising out of any violation of any
intellectual property rights such as
copyright, patent, trademark, trade
name, trade secret, service mark or
other designation of origin or
authenticity.

However, this exclusion does not
apply to infringement, in your
"advertisement", of
(a) Copyright;
(b) Slogan, unless the slogan is also
a trademark, trade name, service
mark or other designation of origin
or authenticity; or
(c) Title of any literary or artistic work;
(8) Arising out of an offense committed by
an insured whose business is:
(a) Advertising, broadcasting,
publishing or telecasting;
(b) Designing or determining content
of web sites for others; or
(c) An Internet search, access,
content or service provider.

However, this exclusion does not
apply to Paragraphs a., b. and c.
under the definition of "personal and
advertising injury" in Section G. -
Liability And Medical Expenses
Definitions.

For the purposes of this exclusion,
placing an "advertisement" for or
linking to others on your web site, by
itself, is not considered the business
of advertising, broadcasting,
publishing or telecasting;
(9) Arising out of an electronic chat room
or bulletin board the insured hosts,
owns, or over which the insured
exercises control;
(10) Arising out of the unauthorized use of
another's name or product in your e-mail
address, domain name or metatags, or
any other similar tactics to mislead
another's potential customers;
(11) Arising out of the violation of a
person's right of privacy created by
any state or federal act.

However, this exclusion does not
apply to liability for damages that the
insured would have in the absence of
such state or federal act;
(12) Arising out of:
(a) An "advertisement" for others on
your web site;
(b) Placing a link to a web site of
others on your web site;
(c) Content from a web site of others
displayed within a frame or border
on your web site. Content includes
information, code, sounds, text,
graphics or images; or
(d) Computer code, software or
programming used to enable:
(i) Your web site; or
(ii) The presentation or functionality
of an "advertisement'' or other
content on your web site;

234
C-194-2024

BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM
(13) Arising out of a violation of any antitrust law;
(14) Arising out of the fluctuation in price or
value of any stocks, bonds or other
securities; or
(15) Arising out of discrimination or
humiliation committed by or at the
direction of any "executive officer",
director, stockholder, partner or
member of the insured.
q. Electronic Data
Damages arising out of the loss of, loss of
use of, damage to, corruption of, inability
to access, or inability to manipulate
"electronic data".
r. Employment-Related Practices
"Bodily injury" or "personal and advertising
injury" to:
(1) A person arising out of any:
(a) Refusal to employ that person;
(b) Termination of that person's
employment; or
(c) Employment-related practices,
policies, acts or omissions, such as
coercion, demotion, evaluation,
reassignment, discipline,
defamation, harassment, humiliation
or discrimination directed at that
person; or
(2) The spouse, child, parent, brother or
sister of that person as a
consequence of "bodily injury" or
"personal and advertising injury" to the
person at whom any of the
employment-related practices
described in Paragraphs (a), (b), or (c)
above is directed.

This exclusion applies:
(1) Whether the insured may be liable as
an employer or in any other capacity;
and
(2) To any obligation to share damages
with or repay someone else who must
pay damages because of the injury.
s. Asbestos
(1) "Bodily injury", "property damage" or
"personal and advertising injury"
arising out of the "asbestos hazard".
(2) Any damages, judgments, settlements,
loss, costs or expenses that:
(a) May be awarded or incurred by
reason of any claim or suit
alleging actual or threatened injury
or damage of any nature or kind to
persons or property which would
not have occurred in whole or in
part but for the "asbestos hazard";
(b) Arise out of any request, demand,
order or statutory or regulatory
requirement that any insured or
others test for, monitor, clean up,
remove, encapsulate, contain,
treat, detoxify or neutralize or in
any way respond to or assess the
effects of an "asbestos hazard"; or
(c) Arise out of any claim or suit for
damages because of testing for,
monitoring, cleaning up, removing,
encapsulating, containing, treating,
detoxifying or neutralizing or in any
way responding to or assessing the
effects of an "asbestos hazard".
t. Violation Of Statutes That Govern EMails, Fax, Phone Calls Or Other Methods Of Sending Material Or
Information
"Bodily injury", "property damage", or
"personal and advertising injury" arising
directly or indirectly out of any action or
omission that violates or is alleged to
violate:
(1) The Telephone Consumer Protection
Act (TCPA), including any amendment
of or addition to such law;
(2) The CAN-SPAM Act of 2003, including
any amendment of or addition to such
law; or
(3) Any statute, ordinance or regulation,
other than the TCPA or CAN-SPAM Act
of 2003, that prohibits or limits the
sending, transmitting, communicating or
distribution of material or information.

Damage To Premises Rented To You -
Exception For Damage By Fire, Lightning
or Explosion
Exclusions c. through h. and k. through o. do
not apply to damage by fire, lightning or
explosion to premises rented to you or
temporarily occupied by you with permission of
the owner. A separate Limit of Insurance
applies to this coverage as described in
Section D. - Liability And Medical Expenses
Limits Of Insurance.

Form SS 00 08 04 05 Page 9 of24
235
C-194-2024

BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM

2. Applicable To Medical Expenses Coverage
We will not pay expenses for "bodily injury":
a. Any Insured
To any insured, except "volunteer workers".
b. Hired Person
To a person hired to do work for or on behalf
of any insured or a tenant of any insured.
c. Injury On Normally Occupied Premises
To a person injured on that part of
premises you own or rent that the person
normally occupies.
d. Workers' Compensation And Similar
Laws
To a person, whether or not an
"employee" of any insured, if benefits for
the "bodily injury" are payable or must be
provided under a workers' compensation
or disability benefits law or a similar law.
e. Athletics Activities
To a person injured while practicing,
instructing or participating in any physical
exercises or games, sports or athletic
contests.
f. Products-Completed Operations Hazard
Included with the "products-completed
operations hazard".
g. Business Liability Exclusions
Excluded under Business Liability Coverage.

C. WHO IS AN INSURED

1. If you are designated in the Declarations as:
a. An individual, you and your spouse are
insureds, but only with respect to the
conduct of a business of which you are the
sole owner.
b. A partnership or joint venture, you are an
insured. Your members, your partners, and
their spouses are also insureds, but only with
respect to the conduct of your business.
c. A limited liability company, you are an
insured. Your members are also insureds,
but only with respect to the conduct of your
business. Your managers are insureds, but
only with respect to their duties as your
managers.
d. An organization other than a partnership,
joint venture or limited liability company, you
are an insured. Your "executive officers" and
directors are insureds, but only with respect
to their duties as your officers or directors.

Your stockholders are also insureds, but only
with respect to their liability as stockholders.
e. A trust, you are an insured. Your trustees
are also insureds, but only with respect to
their duties as trustees.

2. Each of the following is also an insured:
a. Employees And Volunteer Workers
Your "volunteer workers" only while
performing duties related to the conduct of
your business, or your "employees", other
than either your "executive officers" (if you
are an organization other than a
partnership, joint venture or limited liability
company) or your managers (if you are a
limited liability company), but only for acts
within the scope of their employment by
you or while performing duties related to
the conduct of your business.

However, none of these "employees" or
"volunteer workers" are insureds for:
(1) "Bodily injury" or "personal and
advertising injury":
(a) To you, to your partners or
members (if you are a partnership
or joint venture}, to your members
(if you are a limited liability
company), or to a co-"employee"
while in the course of his or her
employment or performing duties
related to the conduct of your
business, or to your other
"volunteer workers" while
performing duties related to the
conduct of your business;
(b) To the spouse, child, parent,
brother or sister of that co"employee" or that "volunteer worker" as a consequence of
Paragraph (1)(a) above;
(c) For which there is any obligation
to share damages with or repay
someone else who must pay
damages because of the injury
described in Paragraphs (1)(a) or
(b) above; or
(d) Arising out of his or her providing
or failing to provide professional
health care services.

If you are not in the business of
providing professional health care
services, Paragraph (d) does not apply
to any nurse, emergency medical
technician or paramedic employed by
you to provide such services.
(2) "Property damage" to property:
(a) Owned, occupied or used by,

236
C-194-2024

BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM
(b) Rented to, in the care, custody or
control of, or over which physical
control is being exercised for any
purpose by you, any of your
"employees", "volunteer workers",
any partner or member (if you are
a partnership or joint venture), or
any member (if you are a limited
liability company).
b. Real Estate Manager
Any person (other than your "employee" or
"volunteer worker''), or any organization
while acting as your real estate manager.
c. Temporary Custodians Of Your
Property
Any person or organization having proper
temporary custody of your property if you
die, but only:
(1) With respect to liability arising out of the
maintenance or use of that property; and
(2) Until your legal representative has
been appointed.
d. Legal Representative If You Die
Your legal representative if you die, but
only with respect to duties as such. That
representative will have all your rights and
duties under this insurance.
e. Unnamed Subsidiary
Any subsidiary and subsidiary thereof, of
yours which is a legally incorporated entity
of which you own a financial interest of
more than 50% of the voting stock on the
effective date of this Coverage Part.

The insurance afforded herein for any
subsidiary not shown in the Declarations
as a named insured does not apply to
injury or damage with respect to which an
insured under this insurance is also an
insured under another policy or would be
an insured under such policy but for its
termination or upon the exhaustion of its
limits of insurance.

3. Newly Acquired Or Formed Organization
Any organization you newly acquire or form,
other than a partnership, joint venture or
limited liability company, and over which you
maintain financial interest of more than 50% of
the voting stock, will qualify as a Named
Insured if there is no other similar insurance
available to that organization. However:
a. Coverage under this provision is afforded
only until the 180th day after you acquire
or form the organization or the end of the
policy period, whichever is earlier; and
b. Coverage under this provision does not
apply to:
(1) "Bodily injury" or "property damage"
that occurred; or
(2) "Personal and advertising injury"
arising out of an offense committed
before you acquired or formed the
organization.

4. Operator Of Mobile Equipment
With respect to "mobile equipment'' registered in
your name under any motor vehicle registration
law, any person is an insured while driving such
equipment along a public highway with your
permission. Any other person or organization
responsible for the conduct of such person is
also an insured, but only with respect to liability
arising out of the operation of the equipment, and
only if no other insurance of any kind is available
to that person or organization for this liability.

However, no person or organization is an insured
with respect to:
a. "Bodily injury" to a co-"employee" of the
person driving the equipment; or
b. "Property damage" to property owned by,
rented to, in the charge of or occupied by
you or the employer of any person who is
an insured under this provision.

5. Operator of Nonowned Watercraft
With respect to watercraft you do not own that
is less than 51 feet long and is not being used
to carry persons for a charge, any person is an
insured while operating such watercraft with
your permission. Any other person or
organization responsible for the conduct of
such person is also an insured, but only with
respect to liability arising out of the operation
of the watercraft, and only if no other
insurance of any kind is available to that
person or organization for this liability.

However, no person or organization is an
insured with respect to:
a. "Bodily injury" to a co-"employee" of the
person operating the watercraft; or
b. "Property damage" to property owned by,
rented to, in the charge of or occupied by
you or the employer of any person who is
an insured under this provision.

6. Additional Insureds When Required By
Written Contract, Written Agreement Or
Permit
The person(s) or organization(s) identified in
Paragraphs a. through f. below are additional
insureds when you have agreed, in a written
Form 55 00 08 04 05 Page 11 of 24
237

C-194-2024

BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM
contract, written agreement or because of a
permit issued by a state or political
subdivision, that such person or organization
be added as an additional insured on your
policy, provided the injury or damage occurs
subsequent to the execution of the contract or
agreement, or the issuance of the permit.

A person or organization is an additional
insured under this provision only for that
period of time required by the contract,
agreement or permit.

However, no such person or organization is an
additional insured under this provision if such
person or organization is included as an
additional insured by an endorsement issued
by us and made a part of this Coverage Part,
including all persons or organizations added
as additional insureds under the specific
additional insured coverage grants in Section
F. - Optional Additional Insured Coverages.
a. Vendors
Any person(s) or organization(s) (referred to
below as vendor), but only with respect to
"bodily injury" or "property damage" arising
out of "your products" which are distributed
or sold in the regular course of the vendor's
business and only if this Coverage Part
provides coverage for "bodily injury" or
"property damage" included within the
"products-completed operations hazard".
(1) The insurance afforded to the vendor
is subject to the following additional
exclusions:

This insurance does not apply to:
(a) "Bodily injury" or "property
damage" for which the vendor is
obligated to pay damages by
reason of the assumption of
liability in a contract or agreement.

This exclusion does not apply to
liability for damages that the
vendor would have in the absence
of the contract or agreement;
(b) Any express warranty
unauthorized by you;
(c) Any physical or chemical change
in the product made intentionally
by the vendor;
(d) Repackaging, except when
unpacked solely for the purpose of
inspection, demonstration, testing,
or the substitution of parts under
instructions from the manufacturer,
and then repackaged in the
original container;
(e) Any failure to make such
inspections, adjustments, tests or
servicing as the vendor has
agreed to make or normally
undertakes to make in the usual
course of business, in connection
with the distribution or sale of the
products;
(f) Demonstration, installation,
servicing or repair operations,
except such operations performed
at the vendor's premises in
connection with the sale of the
product;
(g) Products which, after distribution
or sale by you, have been labeled
or relabeled or used as a
container, part or ingredient of any
other thing or substance by or for
the vendor; or
(h) "Bodily injury" or "property
damage" arising out of the sole
negligence of the vendor for its
own acts or omissions or those of
its employees or anyone else
acting on its behalf. However, this
exclusion does not apply to:
(i) The exceptions contained in
Subparagraphs (d) or (f); or
(ii) Such inspections, adjustments,
tests or servicing as the vendor
has agreed to make or normally
undertakes to make in the usual
course of business, in
connection with the distribution
or sale of the products.
(2) This insurance does not apply to any
insured person or organization from
whom you have acquired such products,
or any ingredient, part or container,
entering into, accompanying or
containing such products.
b. Lessors Of Equipment
(1) Any person or organization from
whom you lease equipment; but only
with respect to their liability for "bodily
injury", "property damage" or
"personal and advertising injury"
caused, in whole or in part, by your
maintenance, operation or use of
equipment leased to you by such
person or organization.
238
Form SS 00 08 04 05 Page 13 of 24
C-194-2024

BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM
(2) With respect to the insurance afforded
to these additional insureds, this
insurance does not apply to any
"occurrence" which takes place after
you cease to lease that equipment.
c. Lessors Of Land Or Premises
(1) Any person or organization from
whom you lease land or premises, but
only with respect to liability arising out
of the ownership, maintenance or use
of that part of the land or premises
leased to you.
(2) With respect to the insurance afforded
to these additional insureds, this
insurance does not apply to:
(a) Any "occurrence" which takes
place after you cease to lease that
land or be a tenant in that
premises; or
(b) Structural alterations, new
construction or demolition
operations performed by or on
behalf of such person or
organization.
d. Architects, Engineers Or Surveyors
(1) Any architect, engineer, or surveyor, but
only with respect to liability for "bodily
injury", "property damage" or "personal
and advertising injury" caused, in whole
or in part, by your acts or omissions or
the acts or omissions of those acting on
your behalf:
(a) In connection with your premises;
or
(b) In the performance of your
ongoing operations performed by
you or on your behalf.
(2) With respect to the insurance afforded
to these additional insureds, the
following additional exclusion applies:

This insurance does not apply to
"bodily injury", "property damage" or
"personal and advertising injury"
arising out of the rendering of or the
failure to render any professional
services by or for you, including:
(a) The preparing, approving, or
failure to prepare or approve,
maps, shop drawings, opinions,
reports, surveys, field orders,
change orders, designs or
drawings and specifications; or
(b) Supervisory, inspection,
architectural or engineering
activities.
e. Permits Issued By State Or Political
Subdivisions
(1) Any state or political subdivision, but
only with respect to operations
performed by you or on your behalf for
which the state or political subdivision
has issued a permit.
(2) With respect to the insurance afforded
to these additional insureds, this
insurance does not apply to:
(a) "Bodily injury", "property damage"
or "personal and advertising
injury" arising out of operations
performed for the state or
municipality; or
(b) "Bodily injury" or "property damage"
included within the "productscompleted operations hazard". f. Any Other Party
(1) Any other person or organization who
is not an insured under Paragraphs a.
through e. above, but only with
respect to liability for "bodily injury",
"property damage" or "personal and
advertising injury" caused, in whole or
in part, by your acts or omissions or
the acts or omissions of those acting
on your behalf:
(a) In the performance of your
ongoing operations;
(b) In connection with your premises
owned by or rented to you; or
(c) In connection with "your work" and
included within the "productscompleted operations hazard", but only if
(i) The written contract or written
agreement requires you to
provide such coverage to
such additional insured; and
(ii) This Coverage Part provides
coverage for "bodily injury" or
"property damage" included
within the "productscompleted operations hazard".
(2) With respect to the insurance afforded
to these additional insureds, this
insurance does not apply to:
"Bodily injury", "property damage" or
"personal and advertising injury"
arising out of the rendering of, or the
failure to render, any professional
architectural, engineering or surveying
services, including:
239
Form 55 00 08 04 05
C-194-2024

BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM
(a) The preparing, approving, or
failure to prepare or approve,
maps, shop drawings, opinions,
reports, surveys, field orders,
change orders, designs or
drawings and specifications; or
(b) Supervisory, inspection,
architectural or engineering
activities.

The limits of insurance that apply to additional
insureds are described in Section D. - Limits
Of Insurance.

How this insurance applies when other
insurance is available to an additional insured
is described in the Other Insurance Condition
in Section E. - Liability And Medical Expenses
General Conditions.

No person or organization is an insured with
respect to the conduct of any current or past
partnership, joint venture or limited liability
company that is not shown as a Named Insured in
the Declarations.

D. LIABILITY AND MEDICAL EXPENSES

LIMITS OF INSURANCE

1. The Most We Will Pay
The Limits of Insurance shown in the
Declarations and the rules below fix the most
we will pay regardless of the number of:
a. Insureds;
b. Claims made or "suits" brought; or
c. Persons or organizations making claims or
bringing "suits".

2. Aggregate Limits
The most we will pay for:
a. Damages because of "bodily injury" and
"property damage" included in the
"products-completed operations hazard" is
the Products-Completed Operations
Aggregate Limit shown in the
Declarations.
b. Damages because of all other "bodily
injury", "property damage" or "personal
and advertising injury", including medical
expenses, is the General Aggregate Limit
shown in the Declarations.

This General Aggregate Limit applies
separately to each of your "locations"
owned by or rented to you.
"Location" means premises involving the
same or connecting lots, or premises
whose connection is interrupted only by a
street, roadway or right-of-way of a
railroad.

This General Aggregate limit does not
apply to "property damage" to premises
while rented to you or temporarily
occupied by you with permission of the
owner, arising out of fire, lightning or
explosion.

3. Each Occurrence Limit
Subject to 2.a. or 2.b above, whichever
applies, the most we will pay for the sum of all
damages because of all "bodily injury",
"property damage" and medical expenses
arising out of any one "occurrence" is the
Liability and Medical Expenses Limit shown in
the Declarations.

The most we will pay for all medical expenses
because of "bodily injury" sustained by any
one person is the Medical Expenses Limit
shown in the Declarations.

4. Personal And Advertising Injury Limit
Subject to 2.b. above, the most we will pay for
the sum of all damages because of all
"personal and advertising injury" sustained by
any one person or organization is the Personal
and Advertising Injury Limit shown in the
Declarations.

5. Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit
The Damage To Premises Rented To You
Limit is the most we will pay under Business
Liability Coverage for damages because of
"property damage" to any one premises, while
rented to you, or in the case of damage by fire,
lightning or explosion, while rented to you or
temporarily occupied by you with permission of
the owner.

In the case of damage by fire, lightning or
explosion, the Damage to Premises Rented To
You Limit applies to all damage proximately
caused by the same event, whether such
damage results from fire, lightning or explosion
or any combination of these.

6. How Limits Apply To Additional Insureds
The most we will pay on behalf of a person or
organization who is an additional insured
under this Coverage Part is the lesser of:
a. The limits of insurance specified in a
written contract, written agreement or
permit issued by a state or political
subdivision; or
b. The Limits of Insurance shown in the
Declarations.

Such amount shall be a part of and not in
addition to the Limits of Insurance shown in
the Declarations and described in this Section.
240
Form SS 00 08 04 05 Page 15 of 24
C-194-2024

BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM
If more than one limit of insurance under this
policy and any endorsements attached thereto
applies to any claim or "suit", the most we will pay
under this policy and the endorsements is the
single highest limit of liability of all coverages
applicable to such claim or "suit". However, this
paragraph does not apply to the Medical Expenses
limit set forth in Paragraph 3. above.

The Limits of Insurance of this Coverage Part apply
separately to each consecutive annual period and to
any remaining period of less than 12 months, starting
with the beginning of the policy period shown in the
Declarations, unless the policy period is extended
after issuance for an additional period of less than 12 months. In that case, the additional period will be
deemed part of the last preceding period for purposes
of determining the Limits of Insurance.

E. LIABILITY AND MEDICAL EXPENSES

GENERAL CONDITIONS

1. Bankruptcy
Bankruptcy or insolvency of the insured or of
the insured's estate will not relieve us of our
obligations under this Coverage Part.

2. Duties In The Event Of Occurrence,
Offense, Claim Or Suit
a. Notice Of Occurrence Or Offense
You or any additional insured must see to
it that we are notified as soon as
practicable of an "occurrence" or an
offense which may result in a claim. To
the extent possible, notice should include:
(1) How, when and where the "occurrence"
or offense took place;
(2) The names and addresses of any
injured persons and witnesses; and
(3) The nature and location of any injury
or damage ansmg out of the
"occurrence" or offense.
b. Notice Of Claim
If a claim is made or "suit" is brought
against any insured, you or any additional
insured must:
(1) Immediately record the specifics of the
claim or "suit" and the date received;
and
(2) Notify us as soon as practicable.

You or any additional insured must see to
it that we receive a written notice of the
claim or "suit" as soon as practicable.
c. Assistance And Cooperation Of The
Insured
You and any other involved insured must:
(1) Immediately send us copies of any
demands, notices, summonses or
legal papers received in connection
with the claim or "suit";
(2) Authorize us to obtain records and
other information;
(3) Cooperate with us in the investigation,
settlement of the claim or defense
against the "suit"; and
(4) Assist us, upon our request, in the
enforcement of any right against any
person or organization that may be
liable to the insured because of injury
or damage to which this insurance
may also apply.
d. Obligations At The lnsured's Own Cost
No insured will, except at that insured's own
cost, voluntarily make a payment, asst.me
any obligation, or incur any expense, other
than for first aid, without our consent.
e. Additional lnsured's Other Insurance
If we cover a claim or "suit" under this
Coverage Part that may also be covered
by other insurance available to an
additional insured, such additional insured
must submit such claim or "suit" to the
other insurer for defense and indemnity.

However, this provision does not apply to
the extent that you have agreed in a
written contract, written agreement or
permit that this insurance is primary and
non-contributory with the additional
insured's own insurance.
f. Knowledge Of An Occurrence, Offense,
Claim Or Suit
Paragraphs a. and b. apply to you or to
any additional insured only when such
"occurrence", offense, claim or "suit" is
known to:
(1) You or any additional insured that is
an individual;
(2) Any partner, if you or an additional
insured is a partnership;
(3) Any manager, if you or an additional
insured is a limited liability company;
(4) Any "executive officer" or insurance
manager, if you or an additional
insured is a corporation;
(5) Any trustee, if you or an additional
insured is a trust; or
(6) Any elected or appointed official, if you
or an additional insured is a political
subdivision or public entity.
241
Form 55 00 08 04 05
C-194-2024

BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM
This Paragraph f. applies separately to
you and any additional insured.

3. Financial Responsibility Laws
a. When this policy is certified as proof of
financial responsibility for the future under
the provisions of any motor vehicle
financial responsibility law, the insurance
provided by the policy for "bodily injury"
liability and "property damage" liability will
comply with the provisions of the law to
the extent of the coverage and limits of
insurance required by that law.
b. With respect to "mobile equipment" to
which this insurance applies, we will
provide any liability, uninsured motorists,
underinsured motorists, no-fault or other
coverage required by any motor vehicle
law. We will provide the required limits for
those coverages.

4. Legal Action Against Us
No person or organization has a right under
this Coverage Form:
a. To join us as a party or otherwise bring us
into a "suit" asking for damages from an
insured; or
b. To sue us on this Coverage Form unless
all of its terms have been fully complied
with.

A person or organization may sue us to recover
on an agreed settlement or on a final judgment
against an insured; but we will not be liable for
damages that are not payable under the terms of
this insurance or that are in excess of the
applicable limit of insurance. An agreed
settlement means a settlement and release of
liability signed by us, the insured and the
claimant or the claimant's legal representative.

5. Separation Of Insureds
Except with respect to the Limits of Insurance,
and any rights or duties specifically assigned
in this policy to the first Named Insured, this
insurance applies:
a. As if each Named Insured were the only
Named Insured; and
b. Separately to each insured against whom
a claim is made or "suit" is brought.

6. Representations
a. When You Accept This Policy
By accepting this policy, you agree:
(1) The statements in the Declarations
are accurate and complete;
(2) Those statements are based upon
representations you made to us; and
(3) We have issued this policy in reliance
upon your representations.
b. Unintentional Failure To Disclose
Hazards
If unintentionally you should fail to disclose
all hazards relating to the conduct of your
business at the inception date of this
Coverage Part, we shall not deny any
coverage under this Coverage Part
because of such failure.

7. Other Insurance
If other valid and collectible insurance is
available for a loss we cover under this
Coverage Part, our obligations are limited as
follows:
a. Primary Insurance
This insurance is primary except when b.
below applies. If other insurance is also
primary, we will share with all that other
insurance by the method described in c.
below.
b. Excesslnsurance
This insurance is excess over any of the
other insurance, whether primary, excess,
contingent or on any other basis:
(1) Your Work
That is Fire, Extended Coverage,
Builder's Risk, Installation Risk or
similar coverage for "your work";
(2) Premises Rented To You
That is fire, lightning or explosion
insurance for premises rented to you
or temporarily occupied by you with
permission of the owner;
(3) Tenant Liability
That is insurance purchased by you to
cover your liability as a tenant for
"property damage" to premises rented
to you or temporarily occupied by you
with permission of the owner;
(4) Aircraft, Auto Or Watercraft
If the loss arises out of the maintenance
or use of aircraft, "autos" or watercraft to
the extent not subject to Exclusion g. of
Section A. - Coverages.
(5) Property Damage To Borrowed
Equipment Or Use Of Elevators
If the loss arises out of "property
damage" to borrowed equipment or
the use of elevators to the extent not
subject to Exclusion k. of Section A. -
Coverages.
242
Form SS 00 08 04 05 Page 17 of 24
C-194-2024

BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM
(6) When You Are Added As An
Additional Insured To Other
Insurance
That is other insurance available to
you covering liability for damages
ansmg out of the premises or
operations, or products and completed
operations, for which you have been
added as an additional insured by that
insurance; or
(7) When You Add Others As An
Additional Insured To This
Insurance
That is other insurance available to an
additional insured.

However, the following provisions
apply to other insurance available to
any person or organization who is an
additional insured under this Coverage
Part:
(a) Primary Insurance When
Required By Contract
This insurance is primary if you
have agreed in a written contract,
written agreement or permit that
this insurance be primary. If other
insurance is also primary, we will
share with all that other insurance
by the method described in c.
below.
(b) Primary And Non-Contributory
To Other Insurance When
Required By Contract
If you have agreed in a written
contract, written agreement or
permit that this insurance is
primary and non-contributory with
the additional insured's own
insurance, this insurance is
primary and we will not seek
contribution from that other
insurance.

Paragraphs (a) and (b) do not apply to
other insurance to which the additional
insured has been added as an
additional insured.

When this insurance is excess, we will
have no duty under this Coverage Part to
defend the insured against any "suit" if any
other insurer has a duty to defend the
insured against that "suit". If no other
insurer defends, we will undertake to do
so, but we will be entitled to the insured's
rights against all those other insurers.

When this insurance is excess over other
insurance, we will pay only our share of
the amount of the loss, if any, that
exceeds the sum of:
(1) The total amount that all such other
insurance would pay for the loss in the
absence of this insurance; and
(2) The total of all deductible and selfinsured amounts under all that other insurance.

We will share the remaining loss, if any, with
any other insurance that is not described in
this Excess Insurance provision and was not
bought specifically to apply in excess of the
Limits of Insurance shown in the
Declarations of this Coverage Part.
c. Method Of Sharing
If all the other insurance permits
contribution by equal shares, we will follow
this method also. Under this approach,
each insurer contributes equal amounts
until it has paid its applicable limit of
insurance or none of the loss remains,
whichever comes first.

If any of the other insurance does not permit
contribution by equal shares, we will
contribute by limits. Under this method, each
insurer's share is based on the ratio of its
applicable limit of insurance to the total
applicable limits of insurance of all insurers.

8. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against
Others To Us
a. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery
If the insured has rights to recover all or
part of any payment, including
Supplementary Payments, we have made
under this Coverage Part, those rights are
transferred to us. The insured must do
nothing after loss to impair them. At our
request, the insured will bring "suit" or
transfer those rights to us and help us
enforce them. This condition does not
apply to Medical Expenses Coverage.
b. Waiver Of Rights Of Recovery (Waiver
Of Subrogation)
If the insured has waived any rights of
recovery against any person or
organization for all or part of any payment,
including Supplementary Payments, we
have made under this Coverage Part, we
also waive that right, provided the insured
waived their rights of recovery against
such person or organization in a contract,
agreement or permit that was executed
prior to the injury or damage.
243

C-194-2024

BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM
F. OPTIONAL ADDITIONAL INSURED

COVERAGES
If listed or shown as applicable in the Declarations,
one or more of the following Optional Additional
Insured Coverages also apply. When any of these
Optional Additional Insured Coverages apply,
Paragraph 6. (Additional Insureds When Required
by Written Contract, Written Agreement or Permit)
of Section C., Who Is An Insured, does not apply
to the person or organization shown in the
Declarations. These coverages are subject to the
terms and conditions applicable to Business
Liability Coverage in this policy, except as
provided below:

1. Additional Insured - Designated Person Or
Organization
WHO IS AN INSURED under Section C. is
amended to include as an additional insured
the person(s) or organization(s) shown in the
Declarations, but only with respect to liability
for "bodily injury", "property damage" or
"personal and advertising injury" caused, in
whole or in part, by your acts or omissions or
the acts or omissions of those acting on your
behalf:
a. In the performance of your ongoing
operations; or
b. In connection with your premises owned
by or rented to you.

2. Additional Insured - Managers Or Lessors
Of Premises
a. WHO IS AN INSURED under Section C. is
amended to include as an additional insured
the person(s) or organization(s) shown in the
Declarations as an Additional Insured -
Designated Person Or Organization; but only
with respect to liability arising out of the
ownership, maintenance or use of that part of
the premises leased to you and shown in the
Declarations.
b. With respect to the insurance afforded to
these additional insureds, the following
additional exclusions apply:

This insurance does not apply to:
(1) Any "occurrence" which takes place
after you cease to be a tenant in that
premises; or
(2) Structural alterations, new
construction or demolition operations
performed by or on behalf of such
person or organization.

3. Additional Insured - Grantor Of Franchise
WHO IS AN INSURED under Section C. is
amended to include as an additional insured
the person(s) or organization(s) shown in the
Declarations as an Additional Insured -
Grantor Of Franchise, but only with respect to
their liability as grantor of franchise to you.

4. Additional Insured - Lessor Of Leased
Equipment
a. WHO IS AN INSURED under Section C. is
amended to include as an additional
insured the person(s) or organization(s)
shown in the Declarations as an Additional
Insured - Lessor of Leased Equipment,
but only with respect to liability for "bodily
injury", "property damage" or "personal
and advertising injury" caused, in whole or
in part, by your maintenance, operation or
use of equipment leased to you by such
person(s) or organization(s).
b. With respect to the insurance afforded to
these additional insureds, this insurance
does not apply to any "occurrence" which
takes place after you cease to lease that
equipment.

5. Additional Insured - Owners Or Other
Interests From Whom Land Has Been
Leased
a. WHO IS AN INSURED under Section C. is
amended to include as an additional
insured the person(s) or organization(s)
shown in the Declarations as an Additional
Insured - Owners Or Other Interests From
Whom Land Has Been Leased, but only
with respect to liability arising out of the
ownership, maintenance or use of that part
of the land leased to you and shown in the
Declarations.
b. With respect to the insurance afforded to
these additional insureds, the following
additional exclusions apply:

This insurance does not apply to:
(1) Any "occurrence" that takes place
after you cease to lease that land; or
(2) Structural alterations, new
construction or demolition operations
performed by or on behalf of such
person or organization.

6. Additional Insured - State Or Political
Subdivision - Permits
a. WHO IS AN INSURED under Section C. is
amended to include as an additional
insured the state or political subdivision
shown in the Declarations as an Additional
244
Form SS 00 08 04 05 Page 19 of 24
C-194-2024

BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM
Insured - State Or Political Subdivision -
Permits, but only with respect to
operations performed by you or on your
behalf for which the state or political
subdivision has issued a permit.
b. With respect to the insurance afforded to
these additional insureds, the following
additional exclusions apply:

This insurance does not apply to:
(1) "Bodily injury", "property damage" or
"personal and advertising injury"
arising out of operations performed for
the state or municipality; or
(2) "Bodily injury" or "property damage"
included in the "product-completed
operations" hazard.

7. Additional Insured-Vendors
a. WHO IS AN INSURED under Section C. is
amended to include as an additional
insured the person(s) or organization(s)
(referred to below as vendor) shown in the
Declarations as an Additional Insured -
Vendor, but only with respect to "bodily
injury" or "property damage" arising out of
"your products" which are distributed or
sold in the regular course of the vendor's
business and only if this Coverage Part
provides coverage for "bodily injury" or
"property damage" included within the
"products-completed operations hazard".
b. The insurance afforded to the vendor is
subject to the following additional exclusions:
(1) This insurance does not apply to:
(a) "Bodily injury" or "property
damage" for which the vendor is
obligated to pay damages by
reason of the assumption of
liability in a contract or agreement.

This exclusion does not apply to
liability for damages that the
vendor would have in the absence
of the contract or agreement;
(b) Any express warranty
unauthorized by you;
(c) Any physical or chemical change
in the product made intentionally
by the vendor;
(d) Repackaging, unless unpacked
solely for the purpose of inspection,
demonstration, testing, or the
substitution of parts under
instructions from the manufacturer,
and then repackaged in the original
container;
(e) Any failure to make such
inspections, adjustments, tests or
servicing as the vendor has agreed
to make or normally undertakes to
make in the usual course of
business, in connection with the
distribution or sale of the products;
(f) Demonstration, installation,
servicing or repair operations,
except such operations performed
at the vendor's premises in
connection with the sale of the
product;
(g) Products which, after distribution
or sale by you, have been labeled
or relabeled or used as a
container, part or ingredient of any
other thing or substance by or for
the vendor; or
(h) "Bodily injury" or "property
damage" arising out of the sole
negligence of the vendor for its
own acts or omissions or those of
its employees or anyone else
acting on its behalf. However, this
exclusion does not apply to:
(i) The exceptions contained in
Subparagraphs (d) or (f); or
(ii) Such inspections,
adjustments, tests or servicing
as the vendor has agreed to
make or normally undertakes
to make in the usual course of
business, in connection with
the distribution or sale of the
products.
(2) This insurance does not apply to any
insured person or organization from
whom you have acquired such
products, or any ingredient, part or
container, entering into,
accompanying or containing such
products.

8. Additional Insured - Controlling Interest
WHO IS AN INSURED under Section C. is
amended to include as an additional insured
the person(s) or organization(s) shown in the
Declarations as an Additional Insured -
Controlling Interest, but only with respect to
their liability arising out of:
a. Their financial control of you; or
b. Premises they own, maintain or control
while you lease or occupy these premises.
245
Form SS 00 08 04 05
C-194-2024

BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM
This insurance does not apply to structural
alterations, new construction and demolition
operations performed by or for that person or
organization.

9. Additional Insured - Owners, Lessees Or
Contractors - Scheduled Person Or
Organization
a. WHO IS AN INSURED under Section C. is
amended to include as an additional
insured the person(s) or organization(s)
shown in the Declarations as an Additional
Insured - Owner, Lessees Or Contractors,
but only with respect to liability for "bodily
injury", "property damage" or "personal
and advertising injury" caused, in whole or
in part, by your acts or omissions or the
acts or omissions of those acting on your
behalf:
(1) In the performance of your ongoing
operations for the additional
insured(s); or
(2) In connection with "your work"
performed for that additional insured
and included within the "productscompleted operations hazard", but only if this Coverage Part provides
coverage for "bodily injury" or
"property damage" included within the
"products-completed operations
hazard".
b. With respect to the insurance afforded to
these additional insureds, this insurance
does not apply to "bodily injury", "property
damage" or "personal an advertising
injury" arising out of the rendering of, or
the failure to render, any professional
architectural, engineering or surveying
services, including:
(1) The preparing, approving, or failure to
prepare or approve, maps, shop
drawings, opinions, reports, surveys,
field orders, change orders, designs or
drawings and specifications; or
(2) Supervisory, inspection, architectural
or engineering activities.

10. Additional Insured - Co-Owner Of Insured
Premises
WHO IS AN INSURED under Section C. is
amended to include as an additional insured
the person(s) or Organization(s) shown in the
Declarations as an Additional Insured - CoOwner Of Insured Premises, but only with respect to their liability as co-owner of the
premises shown in the Declarations.

The limits of insurance that apply to additional
insureds are described in Section D. - Limits Of
Insurance.

How this insurance applies when other insurance
is available to an additional insured is described in
the Other Insurance Condition in Section E. -
Liability And Medical Expenses General
Conditions.

G. LIABILITY AND MEDICAL EXPENSES

DEFINITIONS

1. "Advertisement" means the widespread public
dissemination of information or images that
has the purpose of inducing the sale of goods,
products or services through:
a. (1) Radio;
(2) Television;
(3) Billboard;
(4) Magazine;
(5) Newspaper;
b. The Internet, but only that part of a web
site that is about goods, products or
services for the purposes of inducing the
sale of goods, products or services; or
c. Any other publication that is given
widespread public distribution.

However, "advertisement" does not include:
a. The design, printed material, information
or images contained in, on or upon the
packaging or labeling of any goods or
products; or
b. An interactive conversation between or
among persons through a computer network.

2. "Advertising idea" means any idea for an
"advertisement".

3. "Asbestos hazard" means an exposure or
threat of exposure to the actual or alleged
properties of asbestos and includes the mere
presence of asbestos in any form.

4. "Auto" means a land motor vehicle, trailer or
semi-trailer designed for travel on public
roads, including any attached machinery or
equipment. But "auto" does not include
"mobile equipment".

5. "Bodily injury" means physical:
a. Injury;
b. Sickness; or
c. Disease
sustained by a person and, if arising out of the
above, mental anguish or death at any time.

6. "Coverage territory" means:
246
Form SS 00 08 04 05 Page 21 of 24
C-194-2024
a. The United States of America (including its
territories and possessions), Puerto Rico
and Canada;
b. International waters or airspace, but only if
the injury or damage occurs in the course
of travel or transportation between any
places included in a. above;
c. All other parts of the world if the injury or
damage arises out of:
(1) Goods or products made or sold by you
in the territory described in a. above;
(2) The activities of a person whose home
is in the territory described in a.
above, but is away for a short time on
your business; or
(3) "Personal and advertising injury"
offenses that take place through the
Internet or similar electronic means of
communication
provided the insured's responsibility to pay
damages is determined in the United States of
America (including its territories and
possessions), Puerto Rico or Canada, in a
"suit" on the merits according to the
substantive law in such territory, or in a
settlement we agree to.

7. "Electronic data" means information, facts or
programs:
a. Stored as or on;
b. Created or used on; or
c. Transmitted to or from
computer software, including systems and
applications software, hard or floppy disks,
CD-ROMS, tapes, drives, cells, data
processing devices or any other media which
are used with electronically controlled
equipment.

8. "Employee" includes a "leased worker".
"Employee" does not include a "temporary
worker".

9. "Executive officer" means a person holding
any of the officer positions created by your
charter, constitution, by-laws or any other
similar governing document.

10. "Hostile fire" means one which becomes
uncontrollable or breaks out from where it was
intended to be.

11. "Impaired property" means tangible property,
other than "your product" or "your work", that
cannot be used or is less useful because:
a. It incorporates "your product'' or "your work"
that is known or thought to be defective,
deficient, inadequate or dangerous; or

BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM
b. You have failed to fulfill the terms of a
contract or agreement;
if such property can be restored to use by:
a. The repair, replacement, adjustment or
removal of "your product" or "your work";
or
b. Your fulfilling the terms of the contract or
agreement.

12. "Insured contract" means:
a. A contract for a lease of premises.

However, that portion of the contract for a
lease of premises that indemnifies any
person or organization for damage by fire,
lightning or explosion to premises while
rented to you or temporarily occupied by
you with permission of the owner is
subject to the Damage To Premises
Rented To You limit described in Section
D. - Liability and Medical Expenses Limits
of Insurance.
b. A sidetrack agreement;
c. Any easement or license agreement,
including an easement or license
agreement in connection with construction
or demolition operations on or within 50
feet of a railroad;
d. Any obligation, as required by ordinance,
to indemnify a municipality, except in
connection with work for a municipality;
e. An elevator maintenance agreement; or
f. That part of any other contract or
agreement pertaining to your business
(including an indemnification of a
municipality in connection with work
performed for a municipality) under which
you assume the tort liability of another
party to pay for "bodily injury" or "property
damage" to a third person or organization,
provided the "bodily injury" or "property
damage" is caused, in whole or in part, by
you or by those acting on your behalf.

Tort liability means a liability that would be
imposed by law in the absence of any
contract or agreement.

Paragraph f. includes that part of any
contract or agreement that indemnifies a
railroad for "bodily injury" or "property
damage" arising out of construction or
demolition operations within 50 feet of any
railroad property and affecting any railroad
bridge or trestle, tracks, road-beds, tunnel,
underpass or crossing.

However, Paragraph f. does not include
that part of any contract or agreement:
247

C-194-2024

BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM
(1) That indemnifies an architect,
engineer or surveyor for injury or
damage arising out of:
(a) Preparing, approving or failing to
prepare or approve maps, shop
drawings, oprrnons, reports,
surveys, field orders, change
orders, designs or drawings and
specifications; or
(b) Giving directions or instructions,
or failing to give them, if that is the
primary cause of the injury or
damage; or
(2) Under which the insured, if an
architect, engineer or surveyor,
assumes liability for an injury or
damage arising out of the insured's
rendering or failure to render
professional services, including those
listed in (1) above and supervisory,
inspection, architectural or
engineering activities.

13. "Leased worker" means a person leased to
you by a labor leasing firm under an
agreement between you and the labor leasing
firm, to perform duties related to the conduct of
your business. "Leased worker" does not
include a "temporary worker".

14. "Loading or unloading" means the handling of
property:
a. After it is moved from the place where it is
accepted for movement into or onto an
aircraft, watercraft or "auto";
b. While it is in or on an aircraft, watercraft or
"auto"; or
c. While it is being moved from an aircraft,
watercraft or "auto" to the place where it is
finally delivered;
but "loading or unloading" does not include the
movement of property by means of a mechanical
device, other than a hand truck, that is not
attached to the aircraft, watercraft or "auto".

15. "Mobile equipment" means any of the following
types of land vehicles, including any attached
machinery or equipment:
a. Bulldozers, farm machinery, forklifts and
other vehicles designed for use principally
off public roads;
b. Vehicles maintained for use solely on or
next to premises you own or rent;
c. Vehicles that travel on crawler treads;
d. Vehicles, whether self-propelled or not, on
which are permanently mounted:
(1) Power cranes, shovels, loaders,
diggers or drills; or
(2) Road construction or resurfacing
equipment such as graders, scrapers
or rollers;
e. Vehicles not described in a., b., c., or d.
above that are not self-propelled and are
maintained primarily to provide mobility to
permanently attached equipment of the
following types:
(1) Air compressors, pumps and
generators, including spraying,
welding, building cleaning,
geophysical exploration, lighting and
well servicing equipment; or
(2) Cherry pickers and similar devices
used to raise or lower workers;
f. Vehicles not described in a., b., c., or d.
above maintained primarily for purposes
other than the transportation of persons or
cargo.

However, self-propelled vehicles with the
following types of permanently attached
equipment are not "mobile equipment" but
will be considered "autos":
(1) Equipment, of at least 1,000 pounds
gross vehicle weight, designed
primarily for:
(a) Snow removal;
(b) Road maintenance, but not
construction or resurfacing; or
(c) Street cleaning;
(2) Cherry pickers and similar devices
mounted on automobile or truck
chassis and used to raise or lower
workers; and
(3) Air compressors, pumps and
generators, including spraying,
welding, building cleaning,
geophysical exploration, lighting and
well servicing equipment.

16. "Occurrence" means an accident, including
continuous or repeated exposure to substantially
the same general harmful conditions.

17. "Personal and advertising injury" means injury,
including consequential "bodily injury", arising
out of one or more of the following offenses:
a. False arrest, detention or imprisonment;
b. Malicious prosecution;
248
Form 55 00 08 04 05 Page 23 of24
C-194-2024

BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM
c. The wrongful eviction from, wrongful entry
into, or invasion of the right of private
occupancy of a room, dwelling or
premises that the person occupies,
committed by or on behalf of its owner,
landlord or lessor;
d. Oral, written or electronic publication of
material that slanders or libels a person or
organization or disparages a person's or
organization's goods, products or services;
e. Oral, written or electronic publication of
material that violates a person's right of
privacy;
f. Copying, in your "advertisement", a
person's or organization's "advertising
idea" or style of "advertisement";
g. Infringement of copyright, slogan, or title of
any literary or artistic work, in your
"advertisement"; or
h. Discrimination or humiliation that results in
injury to the feelings or reputation of a
natural person.

18. "Pollutants" means any solid, liquid, gaseous or
thermal irritant or contaminant, including smoke,
vapor, soot, fumes, acids, alkalis, chemicals and
waste. Waste includes materials to be recycled,
reconditioned or reclaimed.

19. "Products-completed operations hazard";
a. Includes all "bodily injury" and "property
damage" occurring away from premises
you own or rent and arising out of "your
product" or "your work" except:
(1) Products that are still in your physical
possession; or
(2) Work that has not yet been completed
or abandoned. However, "your work"
will be deemed to be completed at the
earliest of the following times:
(a) When all of the work called for in
your contract has been completed.
(b) When all of the work to be done at
the job site has been completed if
your contract calls for work at
more than one job site.
(c) When that part of the work done at
a job site has been put to its
intended use by any person or
organization other than another
contractor or subcontractor
working on the same project.

Work that may need service, maintenance,
correction, repair or replacement, but
which is otherwise complete, will be
treated as completed.

The "bodily injury" or "property damage"
must occur away from premises you own
or rent, unless your business includes the
selling, handling or distribution of "your
product" for consumption on premises you
own or rent.
b. Does not include "bodily injury" or
"property damage" arising out of:
(1) The transportation of property, unless
the injury or damage arises out of a
condition in or on a vehicle not owned
or operated by you, and that condition
was created by the "loading or
unloading" of that vehicle by any
insured; or
(2) The existence of tools, uninstalled
equipment or abandoned or unused
materials.

20. "Property damage" means:
a. Physical injury to tangible property,
including all resulting loss of use of that
property. All such loss of use shall be
deemed to occur at the time of the
physical injury that caused it; or
b. Loss of use of tangible property that is not
physically injured. All such loss of use
shall be deemed to occur at the time of
"occurrence" that caused it.

As used in this definition, "electronic data" is
not tangible property.

21. "Suit" means a civil proceeding in which
damages because of "bodily injury", "property
damage" or "personal and advertising injury"
to which this insurance applies are alleged.
"Suit" includes:
a. An arbitration proceeding in which such
damages are claimed and to which the
insured must submit or does submit with
our consent; or
b. Any other alternative dispute resolution
proceeding in which such damages are
claimed and to which the insured submits
with our consent.

22. "Temporary worker" means a person who is
furnished to you to substitute for a permanent
"employee" on leave or to meet seasonal or
short-term workload conditions.

23. "Volunteer worker" means a person who:
a. Is not your "employee";
249

C-194-2024

BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM
b. Donates his or her work;
c. Acts at the direction of and within the
scope of duties determined by you; and
d. Is not paid a fee, salary or other
compensation by you or anyone else for
their work performed for you.

24. "Your product":
a. Means:
(1) Any goods or products, other than real
property, manufactured, sold, handled,
distributed or disposed of by:
(a) You;
(b) Others trading under your name;
or
(c) A person or organization whose
business or assets you have
acquired; and
(2) The providing of or failure to provide
warnings or instructions.
c. Does not include vending machines or
other property rented to or located for the
use of others but not sold.

25. "Your work":
a. Means:
(1) Work or operations performed by you
or on your behalf; and
(2) Materials, parts or equipment
furnished in connection with such work
or operations.
b. Includes:
(1) Warranties or representations made at
any time with respect to the fitness,
quality, durability, performance or use
of "your work"; and
(2) Containers (other than
materials, parts or
furnished in connection
goods or products.
b. Includes:
vehicles),
equipment
with such
(2) The providing of or failure to provide
warnings or instructions.
(1) Warranties or representations made at
any time with respect to the fitness,
quality, durability, performance or use
of "your product"; and
250
THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.

HIRED AUTO AND NON-OWNED AUTO
This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following:

BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM
This coverage is subject to all prov1s1ons in the
BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM not
expressly modified herein:

A. Amended Coverage:

Coverage is extended to "bodily injury" and
"property damage" arising out of the use of a "hired
auto" and "non-owned auto".

B. Paragraph B. EXCLUSIONS is amended as
follows:

1. Exclusion g. Aircraft, Auto or Watercraft does
not apply to a "hired auto" or a "non-owned
auto".

2. Exclusion e. Employers Liability does not
apply to "bodily injury" to domestic "employees"
not entitled to workers' compensation benefits
or to liability assumed by the "insured" under an
"insured contract".

3. Exclusion f. Pollution is replaced by the
following:
"Bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out
of the actual, alleged or threatened discharge,
dispersal, seepage, migration, release or
escape of "pollutants":
a. That are, or that are contained in any
property that is:
(1) Being transported or towed by, handled,
or handled for movement into, onto or
from, the covered "auto";
(2) Otherwise in the course of transit by or
on behalf of the "insured"; or
(3) Being stored, disposed of, treated or
processed in or upon the covered
"auto".
b. Before the "pollutants" or any property in
which the "pollutants" are contained are
moved from the place where they are
accepted by the "insured" for movement into
or onto the covered "auto"; or
c. After the "pollutants" or any property in
which the "pollutants" are contained are
moved from the covered "auto" to the place
where they are finally delivered, disposed of
or abandoned by the "insured".

Paragraph a. above does not apply to fuels,
lubricants, fluids, exhaust gases or other
similar "pollutants" that are needed for or
result from the normal electrical, hydraulic
or mechanical functioning of the covered
"auto" or its parts, if:
(1) The "pollutants" escape, seep, migrate,
or are discharged or released directly
from an "auto" part designed by its
manufacturer to hold, store, receive, or
dispose of such "pollutants"; and
(2) The "bodily injury" and "property
damage" does not arise out of the
operation of any equipment listed in
paragraphs 15.b. and 15.c. of the
definition of "mobile equipment".

Paragraphs b. and c. above do not apply to
"accidents" that occur away from premises
owned by or rented to an "insured" with
respect to "pollutants" not in or upon a
covered "auto" if:
(1) The "pollutants" or any property in
which the "pollutants" are contained are
upset, overturned or damaged as a
result of the maintenance or use of a
covered "auto"; and
Form SS 04 38 09 09
© 2009, The Hartford
(Includes copyrighted material of ISO Properties, Inc., with its permission)

C-194-2024 251
(2) The discharge, dispersal, seepage,
migration, release or escape of the
"pollutants" is caused directly by such
upset, overturn or damage as a result of
the maintenance or use of a covered
"auto".

4. With respect to this coverage, the following
additional exclusions apply:
a. Fellow employee
Coverage does not apply to "bodily injury" to
any fellow "employee" of the "insured"
arising out of the operation of an "auto"
owned by the "insured" in the course of the
fellow "employee's" employment.
b. Care, custody or control
Coverage does not apply to "property
damage" involving property owned or
transported by the "insured" or in the
"insured's" care, custody or control.

C. With respect to "hired auto" and "non-owned auto"
coverage, Paragraph C. WHO IS AN INSURED is
deleted and replaced by the following:

The following are "insureds":
a. You.
b. Your "employee" while using with your
permission:
(1) An "auto" you hire or borrow; or
(2) An "auto" you don't own, hire or borrow in
your business or personal affairs; or
(3) An "auto" hired or rented by your
"employee" on your behalf and at your
direction.
c. Anyone else while using a "hired auto" or "nonowned auto" with your permission except:
(1) The owner or anyone else from whom you
hire or borrow an "auto".
(2) Someone using an auto while he or she is
working in a business of selling, servicing,
repairing, parking or storing "autos" unless
that business is yours.
(3) Anyone other than your "employees",
partners (if you are a partnership), members
(if you are a limited liability company), or a
lessee or borrower or any of their
"employees", while moving property to or
from an "auto".
(4) A partner (if you are a partnership), or a
member (if you are a limited liability
company) for an "auto" owned by him or her
or a member of his or her household.
d. Anyone liable for the conduct of an "insured"
described above but only to the extent of that
liability.

D. With respect to the operation of a "hired auto" and
"non-owned auto", the following additional
conditions apply:

1. OTHERINSURANCE
a. Except for any liability assumed under an
"insured contract" the insurance provided by
this Coverage Form is excess over any
other collectible insurance.

However, if your business is the selling,
servicing, repairing, parking or storage of
"autos", the insurance provided by this
endorsement is primary when covered
"bodily injury" or "property damage" arises
out of the operation of a customer's "auto"
by you or your "employee".
b. When this Coverage Form and any other
Coverage Form or policy covers on the
same basis, either excess or primary, we
will pay only our share. Our share is the
proportion that the Limit of Insurance of our
Coverage Form bears to the total of the
limits of all the Coverage Forms and policies
covering on the same basis.

2. TWO OR MORE COVERAGE FORMS OR

POLICIES ISSUED BY US
If the Coverage Form and any other Coverage
Form or policy issued to you by us or any
company affiliated with us apply to the same
"accident", the aggregate maximum Limit of
Insurance under all the Coverage Forms or
policies shall not exceed the highest applicable
Limit of Insurance under any one Coverage
Form or policy. This condition does not apply to
any Coverage Form or policy issued by us or an
affiliated company specifically to apply as
excess insurance over this Coverage Form.

E. The following definitions are added:

G. LIABILITY AND MEDICAL EXPENSES
DEFINITIONS:

1. "Hired auto" means any "auto" you lease,
hire, rent or borrow. This does not include
any auto you lease, hire, rent or borrow
from any of your "employees", your partners
(if you are a partnership), members (if you
are a limited liability company),

or your "executive officers" or members of
their households.

This does not include a long-term leased
"auto" that you insure as an owned "auto"
under any other auto liability insurance
policy or a temporary substitute for an
"auto" you own that is out of service
because of its breakdown, repair, servicing
or destruction.

2. "Non-owned auto " means any "auto" you
do not own, lease, hire, rent or borrow
which is used in connection with your
business. This includes:
a. "Autos" owned by your "employees" your
partners (if you are a partnership),
members (if you are a limited liability
company), or your "executive officers",
or members of their households, but
only while used in your business or your
personal affairs.
b. Customer's "auto" that is in your care,
custody or control for service.

Form SS 04 38 09 09 253
Countersigned by
Authorized Representative
Form WC 04 03 06
Process Date: 11/22/22
(1) Printed in U.S.A.

Policy Expiration DCa-1te94:-02012/
401/24
THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.

WAIVER OF OUR RIGHT TO RECOVER FROM

OTHERS ENDORSEMENT - CALIFORNIA
Policy Number: 72 WEC VK8727 Endorsement Number:

Effective Date: 01/01/23 Effective hour is the same as stated on the Information Page of the policy.

Named Insured and Address: RSG, INC.
17872 GILLETTE AVE STE 350
IRVINE CA 92614
We have the right to recover our payments from anyone liable for an injury covered by this policy. We will not enforce our right against the person or organization named in the Schedule. (This agreement applies only to the extent that you perform work under a written contract that requires you to obtain this agreement from us.) You must maintain payroll records accurately segregating the remuneration of your employees while engaged in the work described in the Schedule.

The additional premium for this endorsement shall be 2 % of the California workers' compensation premium otherwise due on such remuneration.

SCHEDULE
Person or Organization Job Description
Any person or organization for whom you are required by written contract or agreement to obtain this waiver of rights from us
254
Countersigned by
Authorized Representative
Form WC 04 03 06
Process Date: 11/20/23
(1) Printed in U.S.A.

Policy Expiration DCa-1te94:-02012/
401/25
THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.

WAIVER OF OUR RIGHT TO RECOVER FROM

OTHERS ENDORSEMENT - CALIFORNIA
Policy Number: 72 WEC VK8727 Endorsement Number:

Effective Date: 01/01/24 Effective hour is the same as stated on the Information Page of the policy.

Named Insured and Address: RSG, INC.
17872 GILLETTE AVE STE 350
IRVINE CA 92614
We have the right to recover our payments from anyone liable for an injury covered by this policy. We will not enforce our right against the person or organization named in the Schedule. (This agreement applies only to the extent that you perform work under a written contract that requires you to obtain this agreement from us.) You must maintain payroll records accurately segregating the remuneration of your employees while engaged in the work described in the Schedule.

The additional premium for this endorsement shall be 2 % of the California workers' compensation premium otherwise due on such remuneration.

SCHEDULE
Person or Organization Job Description
Any person or organization for whom you are required by written contract or agreement to obtain this waiver of rights from us
255
C-194-2024 © 2011, The Hartford
THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.

NOTICE OF CANCELLATION TO CERTIFICATE HOLDER(S)
This policy is subject to the following additional Conditions:

A. If this policy is cancelled by the Company, other
than for non-payment of premium, notice of such
cancellation will be provided at least thirty (30) days in advance of the cancellation effective date to the
certificate holder(s) with mailing addresses on file
with the agent of record or the Company.

B. If this policy is cancelled by the company for nonpayment of premium, or by the insured, notice of such cancellation will be provided within ten (10)
days of the cancellation effective date to the
certificate holder(s) with mailing addresses on file
with the agent of record or the Company.

If notice is mailed, proof of mailing to the last known mailing address of the certificate holder(s) on file with the agent of record or the Company will be sufficient
proof of notice.

Any notification rights provided by this endorsement
apply only to active certificate holder(s) who were issued Failure to provide such notice to the certificate holder(s) will not amend or extend the date the cancellation
becomes effective, nor will it negate cancellation of the policy. Failure to send notice shall impose no liability of any kind upon the Company or its agents or
representatives.

Form SS 12 23 06 11 Page 1 of 1
256
Date: February 27, 2025
To: Joe Irvin, City Manager
Hilary Roverud, Assistant City Manager
City of South Lake Tahoe
From: Jim Simon, President
Mark Sawicki, Director
Jillian Glickman, Senior Analyst
RSG, Inc.

Subject: Chateau Project A - Phase 4 Feasibility Assessment and Recommendations for Stimulating Development

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
v The approved development plan from 2007 is not financially or market feasible to construct in today’s market, particularly with inclusion of the proposed convention center with no public subsidy.
v A plan revision is necessary, but will add risk, take time, and incur costs. Ideally, the plan revision should reduce floor area, reduce the number of Tourist Accommodation Units (TAUs) while increasing their size, add additional Commercial Floor Area (CFA), and include a workforce or affordable housing component.

Ø Even with an approved development plan revision, we do not believe that in the current market such development would be financially feasible (sufficiently profitable) to entice a developer to proceed.

Ø For a new investor/developer to take over and complete the project, they would require a substantially discounted acquisition cost or a substantial subsidy.

Ø Likewise, if the City were to acquire ownership of the site, it will face an uncertain holding period while it seeks to identify a developer that is capable and willing to complete the revised project. Given the current infeasibility of development, the City may also experience a significant investment loss on a subsequent disposition to a developer. v Given that the current owner’s investment to date (land, entitlement, predevelopment, and carry costs) is a sunk cost, we expect them to be uniquely motivated to improve development prospects by gaining approval of a more feasible plan revision. By doing so, the asset will be positioned as market conditions improve to either obtain financing for construction or be marketed to a new investor as “development-ready.”
v Whether it is working with the current owner or a subsequent developer, the City should consider tools to incentivize and facilitate development activity in the near term, including any or all of the following:

Ø Offer to provide for an experienced local development consultant to assist the owner in seeking approvals of a plan revision with the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency (TRPA) and the City.
257
Joe Irvin, City Manager, and Hilary Roverud, Assistant City Manager City of South Lake Tahoe
February 27, 2025

Ø Offer pre-development funding to assist with the costs of a potential Environmental Impact Statement/Report (EIS/R), if deemed necessary due to the plan revision.

Ø Offer to provide for an engineer to review the integrity of the existing parking structure to determine if it can support new development.

Ø Purchase or license public parking.

Ø Provide assistance for the production of workforce or affordable housing. v Any City incentives or assistance, such as those suggested above, should be documented with a binding memorandum of understanding or other bilateral funding or development agreement. This would allow the City to set performance milestones and obligations that, if unmet, could provide a means for foreclosure, if necessary. However, depending on how assistance is structured, it could also trigger prevailing wage on the entire project, which would negatively impact feasibility by a far greater amount than the positive benefits from the public assistance.
v The fiscal impact of successful development of this site would be substantial, generating tax revenues projected to exceed $6 million annually upon stabilized occupancy (which at best would not be expected until 10 years from now). RSG also projected that property tax increment revenue from creation of an Enhanced Infrastructure Financing District (EIFD) could generate over $37 million in present value dollars over the next 45 years. While such outsized returns might justify City investment in development, given current market conditions and uncertainties with the site, there remains outsized risk that development will occur on the timeline or in the manner projected, if at all. As such, RSG would recommend providing only modest amounts of financial assistance at this time, but to continue actively advancing eventual development of the site.

CHATEAU PROJECT HISTORY/BACKGROUND SUMMARY
The Chateau at Heavenly Village project was approved by the City in 2007 with two major components:
• Project A is the northern portion approved for 365 TAUs, spa and recreation uses, a night club, approximately 16,000 sq. ft. of mixed-use commercial space, and over 95,000 square feet of convention space (ballroom/concert/exhibit/meeting). A concrete foundation, below-grade parking, and structural columns were completed before loss of funding in 2007. These initial improvements are now known as Chateau Phase 1.
• Project B on the southern portion was approved for 123 TAUs and 27,057 square feet of commercial space.

Following foreclosures by multiple lenders in 2009, ownership of Project A and B became divided among several new owners. The City subsequently abandoned earlier plans to provide financing assistance through tax allocation bonds supported by property tax increment, establishment of a Community Facilities District (CFD), and Mello-Roos bonds supported by special taxes and transient occupancy taxes. With the dissolution of the South Tahoe Redevelopment Agency in 2012, an Owner Participation Agreement with the original developer was extinguished, and the Successor Agency subsequently released covenants, conditions, and restrictions associated with the inclusion of the convention center component of the project.
258
Joe Irvin, City Manager, and Hilary Roverud, Assistant City Manager City of South Lake Tahoe
February 27, 2025

Project B, now known as Zalanta, was partially completed with 30 units in 2015 (Project B – Phase 1). A building permit application was submitted in December 2022 for an additional 60 units (Project B - Phase 2). It is not clear at this time if the owner/developer is committed to beginning construction on Phase 2 in 2025, since they have not sought to finalize the building permit.

Project A (Chateau) Phase 2 - approximately 24,000 sq. ft. of retail/commercial space in 9 separate units on Tahoe Boulevard - was completed by a separate owner (Imperium Blue Tahoe Holdings DE, LLC) in 2014.

Project A (Chateau) Phase 3 – 16 condo units on the 2nd & 3rd floor above the Phase 2 retail – was approved in 2018-19 and is still under construction by the owner of the remaining Phase 4 site, Tahoe Chateau Land Holdings LLC (TCLH). There have been numerous issues with construction including leaking/weatherproofing, scaffolding replacement, a Stop Work Notice, and issuance of citations, fines, and fees for violations under the City Code.

The focus of this report is on the opportunities, constraints, feasibility, and path forward towards completing the remaining Project A (Chateau) Phase 4 development, including potential plan revisions and funding assistance intended to provide incentive and support, in a manner that brings economic and community benefits to the City.

SUMMARY OF RSG ASSIGNMENT
RSG’s scope of services to date has included a review of project history, goals and expectations; conducting 12 stakeholder interviews to gather further insights on priorities, goals and vision for the area, and ideas for community benefits and infrastructure improvements to consider in the project; evaluating local economic and market conditions; and identifying public and private investment opportunities and mechanisms to support development.

RSG also conducted market analysis, evaluated the feasibility of development program alternatives, prepared preliminary tax increment analysis, and explored potential financing tools. RSG research included review of planning and permitting documents, sales and leasing data, market trend reports, Marshall and Swift construction cost data, and assessor tax data, among other sources.

FINDINGS
Stakeholder Feedback
Following is a summary of key points and observations gathered from stakeholders:
• While development across the country is affected by labor and material cost issues, interest rates, and relatively tepid demand, development in Tahoe faces added and unique challenges. There have been relatively few projects constructed in recent years. • Most development in the area involves local developers and owners, rather than large institutions as may typically be found in bigger markets. Successful projects rely on existing relationships and coordination among the local real estate and development community including architects, contractors, and brokers, as well as regional planners and commissioners.
• South Lake Tahoe has a saturation of 3-star hotels and a greater unmet demand for higher259 Joe Irvin, City Manager, and Hilary Roverud, Assistant City Manager City of South Lake Tahoe
February 27, 2025

end larger-sized luxury accommodations.
• The original development concept for this site was to sell fractional shares in units under a timeshare plan. However, this product type is no longer desirable, and the resort lodging industry has moved towards “amenitized home ownership”, in which users/investors have direct ownership of vacation rental units (which owners may occupy or elect to add to vacation rental stock). These are also referred to as “condo hotel’ units. • The original plans had a high proportion of smaller units such as studios and 1-bedrooms.

Current market demand now favors resort projects with larger units of 3-, 4-, and 5-bedroom sizes. Demand for large units has increased as a result of the vacation home rental restrictions adopted recently in the City for areas outside of the Tourist Core. • The management and operation of condo hotel units, and the value proposition for the individual owner/investors, is enhanced by the adjacency of a brand-name resort hotel operation and operator.
• The Tahoe Blue Events Center (TBEC) in Stateline has lessened the demand for an events center in South Lake Tahoe. TBEC has added minor league hockey but still has capacity for more programming activity, including more youth sports and tournaments. This would increase demand for larger accommodations since hotel rooms usually don’t fit families. • TBEC contains over 50,000 sq. ft. of total meeting, convention, and exhibition space, including a 27,000 sq. ft. arena floor for trade shows, general sessions, and other uses, and 10,000 sq. ft. of meeting room space. This is less than 85% of the size of the original Chateau convention space. The Visitors Authority suggested a small amount of additional meeting space would complement TBEC, but a larger space might compete for bookings. • A plan revision will be necessary to complete the project. To gain approval from the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency (TRPA), the revised building plans will likely need to stay within the floor area coverage of the original plans. Elimination of the convention center space could allow for the addition of more marketable lodging space. A plan revision that includes larger units would likely result in increased building heights to 4-5 stories, but they could be accommodated in the interior of the project site.
• The elimination of the convention space floor area in a plan revision would also allow for more public open space and paseos to access ground floor retail and restaurant offerings, similar to the Marriott Heavenly Village across the street. The elimination of the convention center, which was several stories tall, also allows for reduced building heights at the street level.
• A reduction in the total number of TAUs would allow for an increase in Commercial Floor Area (CFA) under TRPA guidelines at a ratio of 300 square feet per unit reduction. CFA can be either retail or food and beverage businesses with separate marketing, access, and ownership that is independent of a hotel. (Food and beverage spaces within a hotel are referred to as “accessory uses” and do not count towards CFA.) • The convention center component was expected to have a high impact on traffic, as measured by “vehicle miles traveled” or VMT. Replacing this building use with residential/hotel uses, and retail/food/beverage options serving the Tourist Core population, should lead to a net reduction of VMT from the original plans, and thus may be viewed favorably by TRPA.
• A plan revision should still include a modest amount of accessible meeting room space 260
Joe Irvin, City Manager, and Hilary Roverud, Assistant City Manager City of South Lake Tahoe
February 27, 2025

and/or opportunities to host smaller local events such as weddings and parties. Additional outdoor space could be used for small events, stages, a farmers’ market, a climbing wall, or play spaces.
• TRPA approvals for other large Tahoe-area developments (such as Waldorf and Homewood) have included a workforce housing component. To best facilitate TRPA approval, ideally a plan revision should include affordable or workforce housing onsite, or at one or more identified properties in or near the Tourist Core. However, this would add cost and make the project less feasible without an external subsidy.
• Other community concerns that should be addressed in a plan revision include transit, traffic, and parking. The removal of the convention center and reduction in TAUs would improve impacts compared to the original plan approval. The project should consider a contribution towards the micro transit initiative and including space for a transit stop. • Purchase offers have been made for the Chateau Phase 4 site, but no sale has resulted.

The owner’s land acquisition and site improvement costs may exceed what a prospective buyer is willing to offer.
• The seller would need to be willing to cooperate with a prospective buyer and wait 18 months or more for a plan revision process to be completed. A new investor is highly unlikely to complete a purchase without first obtaining entitlements for a more current, market-ready, and feasible development plan.
• Large national resort operators that are not currently represented in South Lake Tahoe may be interested in “planting a flag” and adding this destination to their offerings. • The Washoe Tribe is interested in the economic development potential of this site and would consider partnering with a developer if the opportunity became available. If the Tribe purchased the land, but did not seek to have it designated as “trust land”, it would follow State and local permitting laws and pay taxes. However, it may be exempt from State Surplus Lands Act provisions. If the land were designated as trust land, the City could seek a tax sharing agreement with the Tribe. The Tribe would like to include employee housing on site and may be interested in including a tribal-themed casino operation.

Feasibility of Approved Project and Alternatives
RSG developed a financial model to evaluate the feasibility of development using the existing plan approvals (net of structures that have already been built or are in process), as well as an alternative plan revision intended to reflect and satisfy key stakeholder feedback described above. The RSG financial model uses market data and insights gathered from local brokers and industry sources to project hotel room rates, condo sale prices, occupancy, and development costs, as well as operating revenues, costs, and valuation for the hotel and condo rental business.

The original plans for development were approved as one site and included both Project A and Project B. Therefore, any subsequent revisions to the TRPA approval involves all of the parcels and building area, regardless of the fact that the components now have separate ownership. The following chart shows the project components from the final 2007 approval, divided into Project A (Chateau) and Project B (Zalanta). The chart below details the phases that have subsequently been built or planned under Zalanta Phase 1 and 2 (90 units, retail, and parking), and Chateau Phases 1, 2, and 3 (parking, retail, and 16 units, respectively). The remainder for Project A (Chateau) was used as the basis for assessing the feasibility of developing under the original plans or a plan revision. 261
Joe Irvin, City Manager, and Hilary Roverud, Assistant City Manager City of South Lake Tahoe
February 27, 2025

Original Plan Feasibility
RSG first evaluated whether development under the original approved plan was financially feasible, should the current or a subsequent owner proceed with construction without seeking a further plan revision. RSG’s projection of development feasibility assumes that the lodging units would not be marketed as fractional ownership or timeshares but would instead be divided among standard hotel rooms and residential condominiums sold to owner/investors with an opportunity to participate in the vacation home rental market. This development program would still include the large convention meeting space.

RSG projects that development under the original plan would result in costs ($543 million) exceeding value ($418 million) by more than $125 million, largely due to the inclusion of the convention space that alone is estimated to cost approximately $85 million. This does not include the cost of the land and existing site improvements.

The provision of convention center space including exhibit hall, events, and meeting spaces can be beneficial to the local economy, primarily by augmenting seasonal lodging and dining demand with conferences booked during midweek and shoulder seasons. However, the economic benefits would be widely spread among a range of hotels and restaurants (including those outside of the City of South Lake Tahoe), while the costs of developing and operating the convention center would burden the Chateau project. There is also no guarantee that the convention center will be successful in competing with other conference destinations to attract a sufficient volume of business. As an example, the City of Ontario convention center has over 200,000 square feet of convention center space and is next to an international airport, yet it still has difficulty competing with other locations Remainder Project Component Calculation
Project A (Chateau) Permitted Built/Planned Remainder
Hotel/condo (Units/TAU) 268/365 16 349
TAU sf avg 731 1,777 683
Hotel area sf 345,879 36,856 309,023
Parking 535 247 288
meeting facility sf 95,302 - 95,302
conf capacity 1,600 - 1,600
concert capacity 2,700 2,700
Accessory sf (eat/drink) 75,480 - 75,480
Rec and spa sf 16,193 - 16,193
Commercial/food sf 20,415 18,880 1,535
Nightclub 9,035 8,988 47
Project B (Zalanta) Permitted Built/Planned Remainder
Hotel/condo (Units/TAU) 85/112 90 22
Hotel area sf 132,014
Parking 182 113 69
Accessory uses sf 6,298 6,298
Commercial/food sf 27,057 6,307 20,750
Combined Site Permitted Built/Planned Remainder
Hotel/condo (Units/TAU) 353/477 106 371
262
Joe Irvin, City Manager, and Hilary Roverud, Assistant City Manager City of South Lake Tahoe
February 27, 2025

and meeting its business targets.

Plan Revision Feasibility
RSG prepared a plan revision scenario that would eliminate the convention center while including larger residential condominium units, although fewer of them. Under TRPA guidelines, a reduction of TAUs from the original approved plans could potentially be converted into an increase in Commercial Floor Area (CFA) at a rate of 300 square feet per unit reduction. RSG reduced the total TAUs from the approved remainder of 349 to 285 (of which 125 would be standard hotel units and 160 would be residential condos). The 64 unit difference from the original plan was converted to an additional 19,200 square feet of CFA. The revised plan scenario would reduce meeting space to 10,000 sq. ft. and significantly reduce hotel accessory use space. This plan revision also includes a workforce housing component of 59 Moderate-income units, which equates to 17% of the total units built.

RSG projects that development under the plan revision described above would result in a project with a total value ($497 million) that is marginally greater than total costs ($490 million), without accounting for land costs. The total development costs are inclusive of an effective internal net subsidy of $21 million for the onsite workforce housing component.

In recent years, the cost of development has continued to rise faster than rents and sale values, interest rates and lending requirements have eased somewhat but remain challenging, and insurance costs have continued to rapidly increase, particularly due to wildfire risk. Hotel development in California has been particularly challenging lately, with 2024 resulting in the lowest opening of hotels and rooms in ten years. However, project feasibility can change dramatically with changes in the market and adjustments to the plan revision components. RSG evaluated the sensitivity of interest Suggested Plan Revision vs. 2007 Approved Plan
Component
Suggested Plan
Revision
2007 Approval
Chateau (Project A)
Phase 4 Change
Standard Hotel units 125 n/a
Residential Condominiums 160 n/a
Total TAUs 285 349 -64
Workforce Housing units 59 0 59
Lodging sq. f t.(gross) 456,793 411,284 45,509
Workforce Housing 50,000 - 50,000
Accessory Eating/Drinking/Retail 10,500 75,480 (64,980) Rec/Spa 24,700 16,193 8,507
Accessory Use: 35,200 91,673 (56,473)
Commercial Floor Area (CFA) 20,735 1,535 19,200
Meeting Space 10,000 95,302 (85,302)
Total Development sq. ft. 572,728 599,794 (27,066)
263
Joe Irvin, City Manager, and Hilary Roverud, Assistant City Manager City of South Lake Tahoe
February 27, 2025

rates and room rates on a plan revision scenario without the workforce housing component and concluded that if interest rates fell by 3% and room rates increased 10%, with all other assumptions unchanged, the project would be feasible.

Workforce or Affordable Housing Alternatives
In the plan revision scenario above, RSG assumed the site would include 59 units restricted to Moderate-income households (up to 120% of Area Median Income or AMI). The units would range from studios to 3-bedroom in size and average 850 sq. ft. The projection does not assume any external subsidy is available.

RSG also evaluated two other options for the project to contribute to affordable housing. One alternative would instead include 33 units restricted to Low-income households. The rents would be based on 30% of income for qualifying households, which can earn up to 80% of AMI. The 33 units would represent 17% of the residential condos, in conformance with the City’s inclusionary housing ordinance. The effective internal net subsidy under this scenario is estimated at $41 million, which would make the project infeasible without any identified external subsidy. Another possibility for reducing internal subsidy would be to build the affordable housing as a separate project, financing it with low income housing tax credit equity and other State funding sources.

A more feasible alternative, which is also in conformance with the City’s inclusionary ordinance, would have the project make an affordable housing in-lieu fee payment of $17.65 per square foot of new residential condo space. This would reduce the cost to the project for affordable housing to approximately $6.2 million and the feasibility of the revised plan would increase to $28 million before land costs.

Cost of Existing Land and Improvements
As noted earlier, feasibility results under the previous scenarios do not include land costs. The current assessed value of the parcels that constitute the Phase 4 site land and improvements is $45.8 million.

However, this amount likely does not include all of the current owner’s costs to date, nor does it represent what an appraiser may conclude as fair market value. We understand the owner has previously received offers to purchase for more than $50 million and would likely be seeking substantially more than this if they were to sell.

Based on our feasibility projections, a prospective buyer would not be able to purchase the site and complete development without a discount of the land cost by the seller, or without a substantial subsidy, even under the most favorable of the RSG plan revision scenarios.

However, given that the current owner’s investment is already a sunk cost, they should be uniquely motivated to profit from development, as long as a more feasible plan revision is approved.

Tax Revenue Projections
RSG projected the General Fund revenues the City could potentially collect from this development if it were to proceed under the plan revision as outlined above. Net of the existing value of the property today, RSG projected four revenue streams: property tax increment (TI), property tax in lieu of vehicle license fees (PTIL), sales tax, and transient occupancy tax (TOT) over a 35 year period, of which the first five years include pre-development work and construction. The future revenues were discounted at 6% per year to approximate 2025 present value dollars.

RSG projected fiscal revenue over 35 years of $84 million in present value dollars. As shown in the 264
Joe Irvin, City Manager, and Hilary Roverud, Assistant City Manager City of South Lake Tahoe
February 27, 2025

table below, 75% of the tax revenue is from TOT. This is a significant amount of TOT – if the project is successful, it would generate more than 3x the amount of the current largest TOT generator in the City (Marriott’s Timber Lodge). Chateau Phase 4 is assumed to most closely resemble the Zalanta project in terms of high-end style, amenities, location, and larger unit sizes than most of the other offerings in South Lake Tahoe. Our research indicates that condominium vacation rentals at Zalanta are able to charge significantly higher room rates than the market average, and higher than the alternative luxury accommodations we identified.

Tax Increment Financing Potential
There are several property tax increment financing tools, including Enhanced Infrastructure Financing Districts (“EIFDs”), Climate Resilience Districts (“CRDs”), and Community Revitalization and Investment Authorities (“CRIAs”), that assist local governments with generating revenue to invest in economic development, infrastructure, affordable housing, and other development projects. These Chateau Phase 4: Fiscal Impact Projections
Construction Period + 30-Year Recurring Tax Forecast
Property Tax
Property Tax InLieu of VLF
Sales Tax
(Retail
Spending)2
Transient
Occupancy Tax
(TOT)
Total City Tax
Revenues
Current 2024-25 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ -
CY1 2025-26 -
CY2 2026-27 1,571 - - 1,571
CY3 2027-28 74,639 18,885 - 93,524
CY4 2028-29 133,994 33,760 - 167,754
CY5 2029-30 451,615 116,571 - 568,186
1 2030-31 675,292 172,877 261,857 2,574,409 3,684,434
2 2031-32 870,563 220,494 269,713 4,255,990 5,616,760
3 2032-33 889,546 224,904 277,804 4,830,431 6,222,685
4 2033-34 908,908 229,402 286,138 4,975,344 6,399,792
5 2034-35 928,657 233,990 294,722 5,124,604 6,581,974
6 2035-36 948,802 238,670 303,564 5,278,342 6,769,378
7 2036-37 969,349 243,443 312,671 5,436,693 6,962,156
8 2037-38 990,308 248,312 322,051 5,599,794 7,160,464
9 2038-39 1,011,685 253,278 331,712 5,767,787 7,364,463 10 2039-40 1,033,490 258,344 341,664 5,940,821 7,574,319 11 2040-41 1,055,731 263,511 351,914 6,119,046 7,790,201 12 2041-42 1,078,417 268,781 362,471 6,302,617 8,012,286 13 2042-43 1,101,557 274,157 373,345 6,491,695 8,240,754 14 2043-44 1,125,159 279,640 384,546 6,686,446 8,475,791 15 2044-45 1,149,234 285,233 396,082 6,887,040 8,717,588 16 2045-46 1,173,790 290,937 407,964 7,093,651 8,966,342 17 2046-47 1,198,837 296,756 420,203 7,306,460 9,222,257 18 2047-48 1,224,385 302,691 432,809 7,525,654 9,485,540 19 2048-49 1,250,444 308,745 445,794 7,751,424 9,756,406 20 2049-50 1,277,024 314,920 459,168 7,983,967 10,035,078 21 2050-51 1,304,136 321,218 472,943 8,223,486 10,321,782 22 2051-52 1,331,790 327,643 487,131 8,470,190 10,616,753 23 2052-53 1,359,997 334,196 501,745 8,724,296 10,920,233 24 2053-54 1,388,768 340,879 516,797 8,986,025 11,232,469 25 2054-55 1,418,115 347,697 532,301 9,255,605 11,553,718 26 2055-56 1,448,048 354,651 548,270 9,533,274 11,884,243 27 2056-57 1,478,581 361,744 564,718 9,819,272 12,224,315 28 2057-58 1,509,724 368,979 581,660 10,113,850 12,574,212 29 2058-59 1,541,489 376,358 599,109 10,417,265 12,934,223 30 2059-60 1,573,891 383,886 617,083 10,729,783 13,304,642 Total (Rounded) $ 35,878,000 $ 8,896,000 $ 12,458,000 $ 214,205,000 $ 271,436,000 NPV 6% $ 12,165,000 $ 3,036,000 $ 5,040,000 $ 63,800,000 $ 84,041,000 Inflation Rate 2% 2% 3% 3%
Year
265
Joe Irvin, City Manager, and Hilary Roverud, Assistant City Manager City of South Lake Tahoe
February 27, 2025

financing tools could be a way for the City to generate funds necessary to purchase the site, if there was a feasible opportunity to do so. More than 30 of these districts have been created over the past 10 years and they can be a particularly valuable public financing resource when multiple eligible taxing agencies elect to participate (educational entities are not eligible). However, participation is voluntary and the City would need to convince the other taxing agencies of the benefit of this investment. Without such participation, the City would essentially be borrowing or bonding solely against its own revenue streams. Successfully negotiating participation with El Dorado County, the agency with the largest property tax share, would be essential to ensure that sufficient additional funds beyond the City’s own tax revenue can be generated and invested. It is important to note that for most tax increment financing districts, it can take many years before a significant level of revenues are collected and available.

Each property tax increment financing tool involves a distinct formation process that the City would need to consider further if it decided to implement one. CRIAs, for example, offer local governments tax increment financing, in addition to unique powers such as the ability to use eminent domain to pursue community development activities, which can be a useful adjunct to negotiations. However, unlike EIFDs and CRDs, CRIAs must designate revitalization areas in which at least 70 percent of the property within the revitalization area meet the following requirements established by Government Code Section 62001(d):

1. An annual median household income that is less than 80 percent of the State-wide, Countywide, or City-wide annual median income; AND

2. Three of the following four conditions:
o An unemployment rate 3 percent higher than the Statewide average annual unemployment rate;
o Crime rates 5 percent higher than the Statewide average crime rate for violent or property crime offenses;
o Deteriorated or inadequate infrastructure, including streets, sidewalks, water supply, sewer treatment and processing, and parks;
o Deteriorated commercial or residential structures.

Depending on the census tracts or census block groups included in the potential revitalization area, RSG believes there may be evidence of the site’s surrounding census tracts meeting the designated income criteria outlined by Government Code Section 62001(d) above. However, the other conditions would need to be studied and documented further in order to determine whether a potential revitalization area meets the remaining criteria.

It is important to note that if the City pursued the establishment of a CRIA, not less than 25 percent of allocated taxes would need to be deposited into a separate Low- and Moderate-Income Housing Fund for the purposes of increasing, improving, and preserving the community’s supply of low- and moderate-income housing available at an affordable housing cost.

EIFDs, on the other hand, have a less stringent formation process and could yield some of the revenues needed to purchase the site. It is generally recommended that tax increment financing districts be established up to the maximum duration limit of 45 years in order to generate the full amount of revenue allowed. As a result, RSG prepared a 45-year tax increment forecast that assumes the following:
266
Joe Irvin, City Manager, and Hilary Roverud, Assistant City Manager City of South Lake Tahoe
February 27, 2025

RSG projected tax increment revenues of $37 million in present value dollars (at a 6% discount rate) over 45 years, and $8 million in present value dollars over the first 10 years. These figures include both property tax increment (TI) revenues and property tax in lieu of vehicle license fee (PTIL) revenues, in addition to net available revenue from the Successor Agency’s Redevelopment Property Tax Trust Fund (RPTTF). The projection assumes the City contributes 50% of its property tax increment to the EIFD and that the County agrees to match this dollar amount (which is roughly 29% of the County’s property tax increment). The total amount of tax increment revenues generated will ultimately depend on the City’s contribution rate, and the County’s participation and contribution rate, towards the creation of a tax increment financing district, as well as the underlying development and assessed value of properties in the district.

SUGGESTIONS FOR FACILITATING DEVELOPMENT PROGRESS
The purpose of providing public assistance to the project (as further described below) is threefold:

1. It can encourage more timely and full development of the site.

2. If it leads to a successful development, the City will reap a very high return on investment through the tax revenue the project will generate.

3. It also would allow the City to set deadlines for performance as a condition of funding. Ideally, a funding agreement with the current owner or a subsequent investor could be accompanied with a recorded lien on the property, such that the City could seek payment from a sale of the property if performance milestones are not met.

However, one major downside to the City providing financial assistance is that it could potentially trigger prevailing wage requirements for the entire project. Depending on the local labor market, this could add 10-20% to the already high cost of development. As such, before making any commitment to provide assistance regarding the development project, the parties should explore if there is a funding structure that may avoid this costly requirement.

Acquisition Offer and Subsequent Developer Solicitation The City may consider acquiring the site from the current owner and then subsequently seeking another developer to complete the project. RSG would not recommend this approach for several reasons:
• Risk of investment loss. As demonstrated in the analysis of development feasibility, there is both tremendous opportunity for financial gain from developing the site, and great risk that development costs could exceed the value of improvements. Moreover, the positive net value of development may not be greater than the amount the seller is willing to accept for the site.

1. The EIFD would consist entirely of the former Redevelopment Project Area.

2. Adoption of the EIFD would occur by June 2026 with a FY 2025-26 Base Year.

3. Tax increment collection would begin in FY 2026-27.

4. The City would contribute 50% of its tax increment revenues generated by the former Redevelopment Project Area to the proposed EIFD.

5. The County would match the City contribution in dollar amounts, which results in approximately 29% of their tax increment revenues from the former Project Area being contributed to the EIFD.
267
Joe Irvin, City Manager, and Hilary Roverud, Assistant City Manager City of South Lake Tahoe
February 27, 2025

• Financing acquisition will likely be complicated, risky, and inadequate. Given the size of the investment, the City would need to borrow the funds necessary to acquire the site. Tax increment projections indicate that bond financing with pledged tax increment, or creation of a financing district, could yield some but not all of the purchase amount. The City’s ability to repay such borrowing is predicated on development actually proceeding in the short term and generating the revenue necessary to repay bonds. Although development of the site would yield significant tax revenue, there is significant risk that development can be accomplished that is both timely and profitable.
• Surplus Lands Act. Once the City acquires the site and then seeks to dispose of it for development, the property would become subject to the State’s Surplus Land Act, which requires that the land be offered first to affordable housing developers. The City could seek an exemption, but that would require reserving a portion of the site to produce affordable housing that represents 25% of the units built. This would further complicate the development process, add risk, and also burden the site with additional costs that would further diminish feasibility. • Public Private Partnership process. The City could seek a private partner to invest alongside the City, sharing the risk and returns from development. This would likely be a complicated negotiation and agreement to achieve, particularly if it is attempted before a plan revision is approved and the private partner has completed adequate due diligence to gain confidence that the venture would be profitable. If the City were to participate in development with the private sector, it would need to comply with certain State law requirements (Government Code 52200- 52203 and 53083) that include gauging the level of its financial participation and the projected outcomes, including the number of jobs created and other factors.

Public Financial Assistance to the Existing or a Subsequent Owner/Developer The current owner’s sunk costs and the projected value of development create challenges for a potential investor/developer wishing to acquire the property. There are also great uncertainties with the site and its current approvals that both the current owner and subsequent interested investors will need to resolve. Perhaps the greatest value the City could add in the short term is helping mitigate some of these uncertainties, so that the site is best positioned to be “development-ready”, which would allow for financing and construction as markets improve, or to facilitate a sale to another investor/developer ready and able to proceed with the project.

The primary concerns for any developer/investor considering this project are:

1. Gaining approval of a feasible plan revision.

2. Determining the full cost of development including requests to include community benefits in the project such as affordable or workforce housing, parks and public open space, or other public uses/amenities.

3. Determining if the existing parking structure and improvements are structurally reliable for vertical development.

Given the immediate impediments to potential development, RSG recommends that the City consider any or all of the following incentives or mitigations to spur development of the site:

Ø Dedicated Experienced Local Advisor/Consultant. Several stakeholders have recommended that to gain approval of a plan revision through TRPA and the City, and to successfully manage a development project of this size in a unique market, requires the abilities of a dedicated, experienced, local advisor or consultant to guide, inform, and 268
Joe Irvin, City Manager, and Hilary Roverud, Assistant City Manager City of South Lake Tahoe
February 27, 2025

represent the owner or their agent through local processes. In this regard, the City could provide pre-development funding assistance for contracting for such services as part of a bilateral commitment to gain approvals for a market-ready plan revision, create more certainty and less risk for the existing or a subsequent owner/investor, and to better facilitate development in a more timely manner. This could also include the cost of architecture, design, and engineering services to prepare a revised set of plans. § Projected cost: from $100,000 and up to $2 million.

Ø Engineer Review of Existing Parking Structure. Stakeholders expressed concern about the structural integrity of the existing parking structure and site improvements. The current owner or a potential investor would want assurances that vertical structures can rely on the existing foundation. The City could offer pre-development funding to commission a detailed inspection by a structural engineer.
§ Projected cost: from $20,000 and up to $150,000.

Ø EIS/EIR Preparation. Depending on the extent of the plan revision, there could be additional studies required to amend and update the Environmental Impact Study that was previously approved for the project. This work can be costly and time consuming and is not something an investor/developer would initiate and absorb without more certainty that a project can be approved and feasibly developed in the near term. The City could offer pre-development funding assistance towards any EIS/EIR studies required as part of the plan revision process. § Projected cost: from $100,000 and up to $1 million, depending on an assessment of the plan revision elements and applicability of prior studies.

Ø Provision of Public Parking. The City might consider the purchase of the underground parking structure or entering into a license agreement to pay for use of public parking spaces.

This would provide another means of providing financial assistance, improve the feasibility of development, and sustain public parking as a community benefit. § Projected cost: from $500,000 and up to $8 million, depending on a variety of factors including the number of dedicated public spaces.

Ø Public-Access Space. The City might consider providing funding for the provision of publicly-accessible open space or parks facilities within the project site. § Projected cost: from $100,000 and up to $1 million.

Ø Workforce Housing. Presuming a workforce or affordable housing component is included as part of a plan revision, it will add considerable extra cost to the project. The City should consider providing some public subsidy from its affordable housing funds, as well as seeking how to leverage those funds with other regional, State, or Federal resources. § Projected cost: at least $1 million and up to $20 million, depending on number of units, affordability levels, and availability of other funding sources.

Other Considerations and Recommendations
Stakeholders expressed to RSG great concerns regarding the commitment, experience, and capacity of the current owner and their representatives to complete the development of the site. This is understandable given the minimal level of activity that has occurred to date, as well as the considerable number of issues that arose with the construction of the Phase 3 units over the retail spaces. Neither the owner or their representatives appear to have the background and experience 269
Joe Irvin, City Manager, and Hilary Roverud, Assistant City Manager City of South Lake Tahoe
February 27, 2025

for a development of this type and size, nor do they appear to have any local experience or relationships with the Tahoe area development community. There is also a lack of clarity regarding which individuals have authority to represent the owner, who is known to be an overseas investor.

Ø The City should continue to engage with the property owner and seek to obtain assurances and confirmation of their commitment to development, their plans and ability to execute on them, and who the City can rely on as their representative or agent. The City should request to schedule periodic check in meetings with the owner/rep to keep communication open and troubleshoot issues.

Ø The City should consider withholding approval of new building permits until the owner/rep has an approved plan to complete the full project, including a full set of drawings and TRPA approval. (Note - The TRPA permit may be renewed annually based on an assessment of the level of development activity on any portion of the site, including Chateau, Zalanta, or the retail component.)
Ø The City should require the owner to complete a merger of the numerous separate parcels that constitute the Chateau (Project A) Phase 4 site, perhaps in conjunction with seeking approval of a plan revision.

NEXT STEPS
Discussions with Current Owner and/or Representative/Agent RSG recommends pursuing active discussion and periodic meetings with the owner/rep that include the following initial topics:

Ø Obtaining some form of validation from the property owner that confirms who is authorized to represent them in discussions and potential negotiations with the City.

Ø Clarifying their plans and expectations and explaining what may be preventing them from completing the project at this time. This would include inquiring:
§ What is their assessment of the feasibility of development? § Why did they only seek to build 16 units in a Phase 3 at this time? § What room rates and sale prices are they seeking for the 16 units of Phase 3 that are being built?
§ What amenities are being provided for the Phase 3 units? How are they being managed? § How much are development costs expected to be?
§ How is construction being financed?
§ What are they assuming in terms of a full development program (versus the original approved plans)?
§ Are they willing to seek approval for a plan revision from TRPA? Do they need assistance with redesign?
§ What is their financing plan?
Ø Asking if they are willing to accept assistance from the City to advance development. 270
Chateau
Development Project
City of South Lake Tahoe
City Council Meeting
March 11, 2025
271
Agenda
• Project Background/Details
• RSG Assignment Scope
• Key Findings
• Stakeholder Feedback
• Feasibility of Approved Project and Plan Revision Alternatives • Tax Revenue Projections and Financing Potential
• Recommended Actions to Facilitate Development

2.26.25 Chateau Development Project 272
Chateau Project
Background/Details

2.26.25 Chateau Development Project 273
Project Background/Details
• Project A (Chateau) approved for 365 TAUs,
spa/recreation and nightclub, 16k sf
commercial space, 95k sf convention space
• Phase 1 – foundation and below-grade parking
• Phase 2 – 27k sf of retail/bar (separate owner:

Imperium Blue Holdings)
• Phase 3 – 16 condo units over retail (in
construction)
• Phase 4 – remainder of Project A approval
• Project B (Zalanta)
• Phase 1 – 30 units and 6.3k sf retail (completed)
• Phase 2 – 60 units (permit application submitted,
timeline TBD)

2.26.25 Chateau Development Project
Zalanta Phase 1
Zalanta Phase 2
Chateau
Phase 2 & 3
Chateau
Phase 1 & 4
274
RSG Assignment

2.26.25 Chateau Development Project 275
RSG Assignment
• Reviewed project history and site
• Conducted 12+ stakeholder interviews for insight/input on • Priorities, goals, vision for the site
• Community benefit and infrastructure improvement ideas • Local economic and market conditions
• Public and private investment
• Conducted market analysis, evaluated development program feasibility, prepare tax increment analysis, and explored financing tools
• Researched planning and permitting, sales and leasing data, market trends, construction costs, and assessor tax data

2.26.25 Chateau Development Project 276
Key Findings

2.26.25 Chateau Development Project 277
Findings – Stakeholder Feedback
• Development is negatively impacted by labor and material costs, interest rates, tepid demand, unique Tahoe regional challenges • Saturation of 3-star hotels; high demand for “amenitized home ownership” and larger vacation home rentals in tourist core • Tahoe Blue Events Center has lessened demand for events space but increased demand for larger accommodations
• Successful convention/conference center destinations provide diverse economic benefits, while the significant development costs require government subsidy and/or contributions from hotel operators

2.26.25 Chateau Development Project 278
Stakeholder Feedback (continued)
• The Chateau site has conditions of approval that are 20 years old • A plan revision is needed for site development to be feasible and marketable, and should
• eliminate large convention center but keep some meeting space • allow for larger units (3- to 5-bedrooms)
• add more commercial floor area (CFA) for restaurants and retail, and • provide publicly accessible indoor and outdoor community space • A plan revision should address concerns around transit, traffic, and parking
• A workforce housing component could be considered

2.26.25 Chateau Development Project 279
Project Feasibility

2.26.25 Chateau Development Project 280
Feasibility of Original and Revised Project
• A project similar to the approved plan is not financially feasible • RSG estimates costs would significantly exceed project value • Convention center alone may cost approx. $85 million
• Original plan assumed public financing would be available • A plan revision is needed to reduce costs and increase revenue potential
• Other community benefits could be considered that enhance the overall project experience and viability given its prime location

2.26.25 Chateau Development Project 281
Suggested Plan Revision

2.26.25 Chateau Development Project 282
Plan Revision Feasibility
• RSG projects the suggested plan revision may still have a belowmarket value at this time • A workforce component may not be possible to include without identifying an external source of subsidy
• Market changes, such as increases in room rates and a reduction in interest rates, could make it possible for development to be profitable

2.26.25 Chateau Development Project 283
Tax Revenue Projections
and Financing Potential

2.26.25 Chateau Development Project 284
Tax Revenue Projections and Financing
• A successful project would generate property tax, sales tax, and transient occupancy tax (TOT) for the City
• Fiscal revenues are projected at $6+ million annually by Year 10 and $84 million over 35 years
• A tax increment financing district could yield $37
million over 45 years
• Assumes cooperation from the County

2.26.25 Chateau Development Project 285
Recommended Actions to
Facilitate Development

2.26.25 Chateau Development Project 286
Providing Assistance to Owner or a Buyer
• Primary uncertainties for any developer/investor are:

1. Gaining approval of a feasible plan revision

2. Determining the full cost of development including community benefits, affordable or workforce housing, parks and public open space, etc.

3. Determining if the existing parking structure and improvements are structurally reliable for vertical development
• Therefore, the greatest short-term value add is to mitigate project uncertainties and position the site to be “development-ready” • Allows for construction to occur quickly when markets improve • Can help facilitate a sale to another developer

2.26.25 Chateau Development Project 287
Potential Incentives

2.26.25 Chateau Development Project
Incentives Low Range High Range

1. Provide for dedicated experienced local
advisor/consultant $100,000 $2 million

2. Engineer review of existing parking structure $20,000 $150,000

3. EIS/EIR preparation $100,000 $1 million

4. License/purchase parking for public use $500,000 $8 million

5. Public access space $100,000 $1 million

6. Workforce housing $1 million $20 million
Range $20,000 $32 million
288
Facilitating Development Progress
Encourage more timely and full development of the site
If successful, City would yield a high return on investment A funding agreement could allow City and owner/developer to mutually set expectations and performance milestones
Public assistance may add ~20% to costs for prevailing wage

2.26.25 Chateau Development Project 289
Other Considerations and Next Steps
• Continue engaging with property owner to
• Clarify plans and expectations
• Seek their assessment on project feasibility and ability to finance • Discuss plan revision components
• Determine if they are willing to accept City assistance • Work with TRPA regarding plan revision expectations

2.26.25 Chateau Development Project 290
Jim Simon, Principal
[email protected]
714.316.2120
Mark Sawicki, Director
[email protected]
714.316.2194
291
City of South Lake Tahoe
Agenda Item Executive Summary
Joe Irvin, City Manager
__________________________________
Meeting Date: March 11, 2025
Agenda Item #:7
Agenda Item: Acceptance of Donation - Athletex Life & Sport LLC Standard Gym Memberships for Fire Department First Responders
Executive Summary: Athletex Life & Sport LLC has offered to donate 42 in-kind standard gym memberships for a minimum of one-year for Fire Department first responders, to serve as an alternative place to the workout facilities for physical conditioning at Fire Station 1 and Fire Station 2.

Requested Action / Suggested Motions: Pass a Motion authorizing and directing the Mayor to execute the donation agreement with Athletex Life & Sport LLC for 42 in-kind standard gym memberships for a minimum of one-year, valued at a total amount of $10,800 per year.

Responsible Staff Member: Rebecca Penado, Risk Manager
Reviewed and Approved By: Susan Blankenship, City Clerk Olga Tikhomirova, Director of Finance Heather Stroud, City Attorney
Attachments:
01 - Staff Report for Acceptance of Athletex Donation.docx 02 - Athletex Donation Agreement.docx
03 - Athletex Donation Acknowledgement Letter.pdf
04 - Athletex Donation Approval Form.pdf
292
Council Agenda Report – March 11, 2025 Page 1 of 1
City of South Lake Tahoe
Report to City Council
Meeting Date: March 11, 2025
Title: Acceptance of Donation - Athletex Standard Gym Memberships for South Lake Tahoe Fire Rescue.

Location: Citywide
Responsible Staff Member: Becky Penado, Risk Manager 530-542-6064 Background: South Lake Tahoe Fire Rescue (SLTFR) employs 42 first responders that are required to maintain a high level of fitness through regular workouts, as their job demands significant strength, endurance, and agility.

Exhaust from the Fire Apparatuses has been detected in the workout facilities at Fire Station 1 and Fire Station 2, so SLTFR desires an alternative space to conduct their physical conditioning to avoid the exhaust fumes. The SLTFR firefighters regularly move between each of the City’s fire stations
Issue and Discussion: Athletex Life & Sport LLC has offered to donate 42 in-kind standard gym memberships for a minimum of one-year, valued at an estimated amount of $10,080 per year, to the City’s South Lake Tahoe Fire Rescue First Responders.

Since the SLTFR first responders regularly switch between stations, memberships for all 42 firefighters are needed.

Financial Implications: There will be no fiscal impact to the General Fund or the City as a whole.

Environmental Considerations: This action is not a “project” subject to review under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) under CEQA Guidelines section 15378(b)(5) (organizational or administrative activities that will not result in direct or indirect physical changes in the environment).

Policy Implications: This item is in compliance with the City’s Donations, Sponsorships, Naming Rights Policy established in September 2022.
293

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE

DONATION AGREEMENT
This Donation Agreement (“Agreement”) is entered into as of the ___________ day of March, 2025, by and between Athletex Life & Sport LLC, with its principal place of business located at 2565 Lake Tahoe Blvd, South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150 (“Donor”) and City of South Lake Tahoe, a California Municipality, with its principal office located at 1901 Lisa Maloff Way, South Lake Tahoe, California, 96150 (“City”). The Donor and City shall be referred to herein collectively as the “Parties” or each as “Party”.

RECITALS
WHEREAS, South Lake Tahoe Fire Rescue desires an alternative space to the workout facilities at Fire Station 1 and Fire Station 2 to conduct their physical conditioning to avoid exhaust from the Fire Apparatuses that has been detected in those workout facilities.

WHEREAS, the Donor desires to donate gym memberships to the City’s South Lake Tahoe Fire Rescue first responders
WHEREAS, the donation will help protect the life and safety of South Lake Tahoe Fire Rescue first responders.

WHEREAS, Donor desires to donate gym memberships, and the City desires to accept the donation of the gym memberships in accordance with the terms and conditions of this agreement.

WHEREAS, this Agreement is consistent with the City’s Financial Policy for Donation, Sponsorship, and Naming Rights.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Parties hereby agree as follows.

1. Incorporation of Recitals. The above Recitals are a material part of this Agreement and are incorporated as though they were fully set forth herein.

2. Donation. Subject to and upon the terms of this agreement, Donor hereby agrees to donate 42 in-kind standard gym memberships for a minimum of one-year, valued at an estimated amount of $10,080 per year, to the City’s South Lake Tahoe Fire Rescue first responders, and the City agrees to accept said donation.

3. Term. The term of this Agreement is for one year, which may be extended for additional one-year terms upon mutual written agreement of the Parties. Either 294
Party may terminate this Agreement for any reason upon 30 days’ notice to the other Party.

4. Indemnification. Each party shall indemnify, defend protect, hold harmless, and release the other, its officers, agents, and employees, from and against any and all claims, loss, proceedings, damages, causes of action, liability, costs, or expense (including attorneys’ fees and witness costs) arising from or in connection with, or caused by any act, omission, or negligence of such indemnifying party or its agents, employees, contractors, subcontractors, or invitees. This indemnification obligation shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages or compensation payable to or for the indemnifying party under workers’ compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts. This indemnity provision survives the Agreement.

5. Notice. Any notice required to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and either served personally or sent prepaid, first-class mail. Any such notice shall be addressed to the other party at the address set forth below. Notice shall be deemed communicated within 48 hours from the time of mailing if mailed as provided in this section.

If to City: City Manager
City of South Lake Tahoe
1901 Lisa Maloff Way
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150
Provide a copy to: City Attorney’s Office
City of South Lake Tahoe
1901 Lisa Maloff Way, Suite 300
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150
If to Athletex Life and Sport LLC: Jason Owings
Club Operator & COO
Athletex Life & Sport LLC
2565 Lake Tahoe Blvd
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150

6. Amendments. This Agreement may be modified or amended only by a written document executed by both Donor and City and approved as to form by the City Attorney.

7. Controlling Law Venue. This Agreement and all matters relating to it shall be governed by the laws of the State of California and any action brought relating to 295
this Agreement shall be held exclusively in the Superior Courts in the County of El Dorado, South Lake Tahoe Division.

8. Heirs and Assigns. This Agreement and the terms and conditions hereof shall apply to and are binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, and assigns of the Parties hereto.

9. Severability. If any term or portion of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal, or otherwise unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

10. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the complete and exclusive statement of Agreement between City and Donor. All prior written and oral communications, including correspondence, drafts, memoranda, and representations, are superseded in total by this Agreement.

11. Execution. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall constitute one and the same instrument and shall become binding upon the parties when at least one copy hereof shall have been signed by both parties hereto. In approving this Agreement, it shall not be necessary to produce or account for more than one counterpart.

12. Approval. The City and Donor each acknowledge that this Agreement, even though agreed upon by the City’s representatives, is not binding upon the City until such time as the South Lake Tahoe City Council approves this Agreement and authorizes the Mayor to execute this Agreement on behalf of the City.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed on the date first written above.

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE: DONOR: ATHLETEX LIFE & SPORT LLC:

By:___________________________ By:________________________________ Tamara Wallace Alexandra Schirra
Mayor Owner of Athletex

APPROVED AS TO FORM:
296

By:____________________________
Heather Stroud
City Attorney
ATTEST:

By:____________________________
Susan Blankenship
City Clerk
297
298
299
City of South Lake Tahoe
Agenda Item Executive Summary
Joe Irvin, City Manager
__________________________________
Meeting Date: March 11, 2025
Agenda Item #:8
Agenda Item: Ordinance Amending Chapter 4.185 of the South Lake Tahoe City Code (Shared Mobility Devices) (First Reading)
Executive Summary: On February 11, 2020, City Council adopted Ordinance 2020-1140 adding Chapter 4.185 to the South Lake Tahoe City Code (SLTCC). On March 26, 2024, City Council adopted Ordinance 2024-1184 amending SLTCC Chapter 4.185 to add a requirement that shared mobility devices be parked in corrals and adding additional requirements to implement the corrals. At the City Council meeting on November 19, 2024, Mayor Pro Tem Wallace requested, and Councilmember Creegan seconded, that an item be brought back to City Council to adopt an ordinance to amend Chapter 4.185 to reduce the maximum number of devices an operator may deploy in the City. City Council's direction on a reduced maximum number of devices, as well as proposed revisions to shared mobility device operator insurance requirements which staff recommends in accordance with recent amendments to the California Civil Code, are reflected in the proposed amended ordinance. Staff recommends reducing the total number of shared mobility devices allowed in the City from 1,000 to 500, and reducing the number of devices per operator from 500 to 250.

Requested Action / Suggested Motions: Pass a Motion to hold a first reading (by title only) of an Ordinance Amending Chapter 4.185 of the South Lake Tahoe City Code (Shared Mobility Devices) to Reduce the Maximum Number of Shared Mobility Devices an Operator May Deploy and Revise Operator Insurance Requirements, and refer second reading and adoption to March 25, 2025.

Responsible Staff Member: Dan Bardzell, Assistant City Attorney; David Stevenson, Chief of Police Reviewed and Approved By: Susan Blankenship, City Clerk Olga Tikhomirova, Director of Finance Heather Stroud, City Attorney
Attachments:
01_-_Staff_Report__4_.docx
02 - Ordinance (redline).pdf
03 - Ordinance.docx
300
Staff Report for City Council Meeting of March 11, 2025 1 of 2 City of South Lake Tahoe
Report to City Council
Meeting Date: March 11, 2025
Title: Amendment to Ordinance Regulating Shared Mobility Devices (First Reading) Location: Citywide
Responsible Staff Members: Dan Bardzell, Assistant City Attorney; David Stevenson, Chief of Police
Background:

On February 11, 2020, City Council adopted Ordinance 2020-1140 adding Chapter 4.185 to the South Lake Tahoe City Code. This ordinance regulates Shared Mobility Devices (SMDs). For purposes of this ordinance, a “shared mobility device” is defined, in pertinent part, as any wheeled transportation device, other than a bicycle, e-bicycle, automobile or motorcycle, by which a person can be propelled, moved or drawn; is accessed via an on-demand portal, whether a smartphone application, membership card, or similar method. On March 26, 2024, City Council adopted Ordinance 2024-1184 amending SLTCC Chapter 4.185 to add a requirement that SMDs be parked in corrals and adding additional requirements to implement the corrals.

Issue and Discussion:

At the City Council meeting on November 19, 2024, Mayor Pro Tem Wallace requested, and Councilmember Creegan seconded, that an item be brought back to City Council to adopt an ordinance to amend SLTCC Chapter 4.185 to reduce the number of SMDs an operator is authorized to deploy in the City. As a result, City staff has drafted a proposed ordinance to amend SLTCC Chapter 4.185 (Attachment 2: redline ordinance amending SLTCC Chapter

4.185; Attachment 3: clean ordinance amending SLTCC Chapter 4.185) to reduce the number of SMDs. Specifically, the amendment would reduce the number of SMDs each respective operator is authorized to deploy from 500 to 250, and reduce the overall amount of SMDs permitted within the City at a time from 1,000 to 500.

Additionally, the California Civil Code has been amended numerous times since 2021 (see Assembly Bill (AB) 1286 (effective January 1, 2021), AB 371 (effective January 1, 2023), and AB 458 (effective January 1, 2024)) to, in part, revise the insurance requirements for SMD operators. To bring the City’s SMD framework into compliance with the amended Civil Code, staff recommends revising SLTCC Chapter 4.185.050 as follows: (1) increase the aggregate amount of liability insurance an operator must carry for all occurrences during the policy period from $4,000,000 to $5,000,000, (2) require SMD operators procure insurance from an admitted insurer, or a nonadmitted insurer that is eligible to insure a home state insured, (3) require 301
Staff Report for City Council Meeting of March 11, 2025 2 of 2 operators to offer or make available, or confirm the rider maintains, insurance coverage for bodily injury or death suffered by a pedestrian when the injury or death involves the negligent conduct of the rider, of $10,000 for each occurrence of bodily injury to, or death of, one pedestrian in any one accident, and for property damage to an assistive technology device (a device to support the functional capabilities of an individual with a disability), or $1,000 for each occurrence, and (4) make additional clarifying changes.

Financial Implications:

The City would incur a loss of General Fund revenue associated with a 50 percent reduction in available SMD permits. A reduction of the overall amount of SMDs permitted within the City at a time from 1,000 to 500 would result in a loss of revenue of $41,500 ($83 permit fee per SMD). In FY 2023/2024, the total SMD revenue amounted to $81,000.

Policy Implications:

The proposed ordinance includes a reduction in the number of permitted SMDs for consideration by Council. It also proposes to add insurance requirements in compliance with state law.
302
Chapter 4.185

SHARED MOBILITY DEVICES
Sections:

4.185.010 Purpose.

4.185.020 Definitions.

4.185.030 Shared bicycles prohibited.

4.185.040 Permit required.

4.185.050 Application for permit.

4.185.060 Issuance of permits.

4.185.070 Fleet limits.

4.185.080 Geofencing and City-designated riding and parking zones.

4.185.090 Operating regulations.

4.185.100 Impoundment and retrieval of shared mobility devices.

4.185.110 Revocation of permit.

4.185.120 Enforcement.

4.185.010 Purpose.

The purpose of this chapter is to establish a process for permitting and regulating operators and riders of shared mobility devices to achieve the city’s goals of encouraging alternative modes of transportation while protecting public health and safety.

4.185.020 Definitions.

For the purposes of this chapter, the following terms, phrases and words shall have the meanings hereinafter set forth:
“Assistive technology device” means any item, piece of equipment, or product system, whether acquired commercially off the shelf, modified, or customized, that is used to increase, maintain, or improve the functional capabilities of an individual with a disability.
“Bikeway” means a facility that is provided primarily for bicycle travel as defined by California Streets and Highways Code section 890.4. “Class I bikeway” means a bike path or shared use path which provides a completely separated right-of-way designated for the exclusive use of bicycles and pedestrians with crossflows by motorists minimized.

303
“Class II bikeway” means a bike lane which provides a restricted right-of-way designated for the exclusive or semi exclusive use of bicycles with through travel by motor vehicles or pedestrians prohibited, but with vehicle parking and crossflows by pedestrians and motorists permitted.
“Corral” means an area designated by the chief of police for staging or parking shared mobility devices that is created either by geofencing, or by physical striping, marking or signage.
“Fleet” means all shared mobility devices in the city owned by a specific operator.
“Geofencing” means the creation of a virtual geographic boundary, defined by Global Positioning System (GPS), radio-frequency identification (RFID), or other technology, that enables an operator to regulate speed, issue notifications, and take other actions, when a shared mobility device within its fleet enters or leaves an area.
“Operator” means any individual, firm, association, partnership, or corporation arranging to provide shared mobility devices within the city. “Permit” means a permit issued to an operator under this chapter. “Rider” means any person who is riding or is in actual physical control of a shared mobility device.
“Shared mobility device” means any wheeled transportation device, other than a bicycle, e-bicycle, automobile or motorcycle, by which a person can be propelled, moved or drawn; is accessed via an on-demand portal, whether a smartphone application, membership card, or similar method; is displayed, placed or offered for rent in any public area or public right-of-way by an operator for shared use by members of the public; and is available to members of the public in unstaffed, self-service locations.

4.185.030 Shared bicycles prohibited.

Shared bicycles and shared e-bicycles are prohibited.

4.185.040 Permit required.

It is unlawful for any operator to conduct a shared mobility device business without a permit.
304

4.185.050 Application for permit.

A. An operator shall submit a permit application to the chief of police containing, at a minimum, the following:

1. The operator’s name and business address, and the name and natural person or persons who will serve as a local point of contact for the operator;

2. Proof of a valid city business and professions certificate;

3. The type and number of shared mobility devices the operator intends to deploy with a list of identifying serial numbers designated for each device, and a schedule for phased deployment of the fleet, if applicable;

4. The location of any building or property proposed to be used by the operator for its shared mobility device business operations within the city; and

5. A $8375.00 nonrefundable fee for each shared mobility device in the operator’s fleet for use within the city. If phased deployment of the fleet is proposed, payment for the first phase of deployment is due with the application and payment for any subsequent phases of deployment is due prior to each deployment. The nonrefundable fee is subject to periodic Consumer Price Index (CPI) increases in accordance with amendments to the City’s Master Fee Schedule.

B. At the time of application, the operator must provide proof of commercial general liability insurance with an admitted insurer, or a nonadmitted insurer that is eligible to insure a home state insured under Chapter 6 (commencing with Section 1760) of Part 2 of Division 1 of the Insurance Code, naming the city of South Lake Tahoe as an additional insured for an amount no less than $2,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury, and property damage, and with an aggregate amount of no less than $45,000,000 for all occurrences during the policy period, and which meets the following requirements:

1. If the operator maintains broader coverage and/or higher limits than the minimums required for all policies, the city requires and shall be entitled to the broader coverage and/or higher limits maintained by the operator. Any available insurance proceeds in excess of the specified minimum limits of insurance and coverage shall be available to the city. 305

2. The operator’s insurance coverage shall be the primary insurance coverage with respect to the city, its officers, officials, employees, and volunteers. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the city, its officers, officials, employees, or volunteers shall be excess of the operator’s insurance and shall not contribute with it.

3. The operator agrees to waive rights of subrogation which any insurer of operator may acquire from operator by virtue of the payment of any loss. The operator agrees to obtain any endorsement that may be necessary to effect this waiver of subrogation, but this provision applies regardless of whether or not the city has received a waiver of subrogation endorsement from the insurer.

4. The operator shall provide immediate written notice to the city if (1) any of the required insurance policies is terminated; (2) the limits of any of the required polices are reduced; or (3) the deductible or self-insured retention is increased. In the event of any cancellation or reduction in coverage or limits of any insurance, the operator shall obtain and submit proof of substitute insurance.

C. The operator must also offer or make available, or confirm the rider maintains, insurance coverage for bodily injury or death suffered by a pedestrian when the injury or death involves, in whole or in part, the negligent conduct of the rider, of $10,000 for each occurrence of bodily injury to, or death of, one pedestrian in any one accident, and for property damage to an assistive technology device, or $1,000 for each occurrence. This paragraph shall not be interpreted to limit or supersede the other insurance requirements set forth pursuant this Section.

D. Each application must bear the operator’s signature agreeing to:

1. Provide the city with anonymized data on its fleet trip activity within the city, including the zip code of each rider; and

2. Indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the city, its elected and appointed boards, officers, employees, agents, volunteers, contractors, and invitees from any and all liability for any and all claims, demands, actions, losses, damages, and injuries direct or indirect, including any and all costs and expenses in connection therewith, arising from operator’s activities, from and against each and every claim and demand of whatsoever nature made on behalf of or by any person, persons, firm, 306
partnership, corporation or otherwise, including operator’s employees, except for claims arising out of the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the city.

3. Submit to photo enforcement violations of this chapter, including the requirement to effectively prohibit riders under 18 years of age.

4.185.060 Issuance of permits.

A. Each permit shall contain the following:

1. The number and each type of shared mobility devices the operator is authorized to deploy, up to no more than 250500 shared mobility devices per operator;

2. A requirement to effectively prohibit shared mobility devices in the operator’s fleet from entering or operating on the public walkways and public rights-of-way within the Heavenly Village area, with an extent to be determined by the city manager, through geofencing or similar technology;

3. A requirement to effectively prohibit, using geofencing or similar technology, any shared mobility devices in the operator’s fleet from being locked, parked, or ending a ride within any Class I or Class II bikeway or trail in the city;

4. A requirement to effectively prohibit, using geofencing or similar technology, any shared mobility devices in the operator’s fleet from being locked, parked, or ending a ride except within a corral if the shared mobility device is within 1,000 feet from a corral; and

5. A requirement that each shared mobility device in the operator’s fleet have affixed to it a designated serial number in a font and style that may be observed with the naked eye from 50 feet away.

B. No permit will be issued prior to the operator obtaining any discretionary and building permits required to occupy any building or property within the city proposed to be used for operations, such as warehouse or office space.

C. Any operator in compliance with this chapter may apply for a permit annually.

4.185.070 Fleet limits.
307
A. No more than 5001,000 shared mobility devices shall be permitted within the city at a time. Once that limit is reached, no more permits will be issued to operators.

B. It is unlawful for an operator to deploy more shared mobility devices than allowed by that operator’s permit.

4.185.080 Geofencing and city-designated riding and parking zones.

A. The chief of police may establish special parking, no-ride zones, speed zones, or other areas where riding and/or parking restrictions may apply.

These locations may either be permanent or temporary.

B. The chief of police may establish locations of corrals. All corral locations will be published on the city’s website.

C. The chief of police may require that an operator mark or geofence these areas and make that information available through its smartphone app.

D. The chief of police may require that operators direct riders to specified designated parking areas (city-designated parking zones, or special areas for events). Geofencing must be integrated into the operator’s app within one week of notice from the chief of police.

E. The city manager, or their designee, may adopt additional rules to implement the provisions of this chapter, including geographic restrictions for shared mobility devices.

4.185.090 Operating regulations.

A. Operators shall comply with the following:

1. Each operator is subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations including those in this code and the California Vehicle Code pertaining to the operation and safety standards of the shared mobility devices in its fleet.

2. Each operator shall limit the motorized-assisted speed of each shared mobility device to no more than 15 miles per hour.

3. Through geofencing or similar technology, each operator shall effectively prohibit riders from entering or operating shared mobility devices on public walkways and public rights-of-way within the Heavenly Village area, as designated in the operator’s permit.
308

4. Through geofencing or similar technology, each operator shall effectively prohibit, using geofencing or similar technology, any shared mobility devices in the operator’s fleet from being locked, parked, or ending a ride within any Class I or Class II bikeway or trail in the city.

5. Through geofencing or similar technology, each operator shall effectively prohibit any shared mobility devices in the operator’s fleet from being locked, parked, or ending a ride except within a corral if the shared mobility device is within 1,000 feet from a corral.

6. The chief of police may require operators, through geofencing or similar technology, to temporarily prevent the operation of shared mobility devices in a specific area during an emergency situation or within the perimeter of a permitted special event when necessary to maintain public health and safety. For permitted special events, the city will provide 10 days’ notice to operators of any additional geofencing requirements.

7. When a rider operates a shared mobility device in the operator’s fleet within an area subject to geofencing, the operator shall notify the rider of the restricted area.

8. Each operator must effectively prohibit a person and account holder from renting more than one shared mobility device at a time.

9. Each operator must effectively prohibit riders under 18 years of age.

10. Operators shall ban the accounts of riders with two or more citations under this chapter.

11. Operators shall remove all shared mobility devices from operation within the city during the period of November 1st through April 30th each year.

B. Riders shall comply with the following:

1. All riders are subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations including those in this code and the California Vehicle Code.

2. All riders must be 18 years of age or older with a valid driver’s license.

3. No rider shall operate a shared mobility device with more than one rider per device at a time.
309

4. Riders must park shared mobility devices on a sidewalk or other hard surface in a manner that does not impede pedestrian access and provides a minimum of three feet for a pedestrian walkway; does not impede or obstruct access to ADA parking zones, street furniture, curb ramps, entryways, driveways, sidewalk cafes, bus stops, loading zones, or landscaping; and does not impede or obstruct vehicular traffic on a street or alley.

5. No rider shall lock, park, or end a ride within any Class I or Class II bikeway or trail in the city.

6. If a rider is within 1,000 feet from a corral, the rider shall only lock, park, or end a ride within a corral.

4.185.100 Impoundment and retrieval of shared mobility devices.

A. Within three hours of notice from the city, an operator shall retrieve a shared mobility device that is in any of the following conditions:

1. Inoperable or not safe to operate and parked on a city street, sidewalk or other city property; or

2. Parked, displayed, offered or made available for rent in violation of this chapter or the California Vehicle Code.

B. The city may impound a shared mobility device that is:

1. Not retrieved within three hours of notice to the operator; or

2. In a condition or parked in a manner that poses an imminent life safety hazard. No notice is required prior to impounding a shared mobility device posing an imminent life safety hazard.

4.185.110 Revocation of permit.

A. The city manager may revoke a permit on any of the following grounds, and shall provide written notice of the reason for the revocation to the operator:

1. The violation by operator of any of the terms, conditions or requirements of the permit or of this chapter.

2. Failure to effectively prohibit riders under the age of 18 from accessing shared mobility devices, which may be established either by multiple administrative citations issued to the operator based on photographic 310
evidence of underage riders, by a city-conducted survey identifying a pattern of underage riders using the operator’s shared mobility devices, or any combination thereof.

B. An operator may appeal the city manager’s decision to revoke or not renew a permit to the city council under the administrative appeal procedures in Chapter 2.35 SLTCC.

C. Within 10 business days of the revocation of an operator’s permit, the operator shall remove its fleet from the city and shall retrieve any shared mobility devices impounded by the city. If the operator fails to remove or retrieve any of its shared mobility devices, the city may remove and dispose of the shared mobility device at the operator’s cost.

4.185.120 Enforcement.

A. Any operator or rider violating any provision of this chapter is subject to administrative citations under Chapter 2.30 SLTCC.

B. The city may issue an administrative citation with a $100.00 fine to an operator based on photographic evidence that includes the serial number of an operator’s shared mobility device and demonstrates that a rider is using that shared mobility device in violation of this chapter, including a rider under the age of 18, riders operating a shared mobility device with more than one rider per device at one time, and operating or parking a shared mobility device within a restricted area subject to geofencing requirements.

C. Any operator violating, permitting, or assisting the violation of any provisions of this chapter shall be subject to any and all civil remedies, including, without limitation, permit revocation. All remedies provided herein shall be cumulative and not exclusive. Any violation of these provisions shall constitute a separate violation for each and every day during which such violation is committed or continued.

D. In addition to the remedies set forth in this chapter, operating a shared mobility device business in violation of any provision of this chapter is hereby declared to constitute a public nuisance under Chapter 4.40 SLTCC and, as such, may be abated or enjoined from further operation in the city. 311
Ordinance 2025-XXX March 25, 2025 Page 1 of 9
Ordinance 2025-XXX
Adopted by the City of South Lake Tahoe
City Council
March 25, 2025
An Ordinance Amending Chapter 4.185 of the South Lake Tahoe City Code (Shared Mobility Devices) to Reduce the Maximum Number of Shared Mobility Devices an Operator May Deploy and Revise Operator Insurance Requirements

FINDINGS
A. On February 11, 2020, the City Council adopted Ordinance 2020-1140 (Shared Mobility Devices) adding Chapter 4.185 to the South Lake Tahoe City Code (SLTCC), which established a process for permitting and regulating operators and riders of shared mobility devices to achieve the city’s goals of encouraging alternative modes of transportation while protecting public health and safety.

B. On March 26, 2024, City Council adopted Ordinance 2024-1184 amending SLTCC Chapter

4.185 to add a requirement that shared mobility devices be parked in corrals and adding additional requirements to implement the corrals. These requirements were added to address public safety concerns due to improper parking of shared mobility devices.

C. At the City Council meeting on November 19, 2024, Mayor Pro Tem Wallace requested, and Councilmember Creegan seconded, that an item be brought back to City Council to adopt an ordinance to amend Chapter 4.185 to reduce the maximum number of shared mobility devices an operator may deploy in the City.

D. City staff prepared the requested item and included City Council's direction on a reduced maximum number of shared mobility devices in the proposed amended ordinance. The proposed amended ordinance also includes revisions to shared mobility device operator insurance requirements which City staff recommends in accordance with amendments to California Civil Code section 2505.

E. California Vehicle Code section 21225 authorizes cities to regulate the parking and operation of these devices on pedestrian and bicycle facilities and city streets and highways, so long as such regulations are not in conflict with the California Vehicle Code.

Now, Therefore, the City Council of City of South Lake Tahoe does ordain as follows:

SECTION 1. Chapter 4.185 (Shared Mobility Devices) of the South Lake Tahoe City Code is amended to read in its entirety as follows:
312
Ordinance 2025-XXX March 25, 2025 Page 2 of 9
Chapter 4.185

SHARED MOBILITY DEVICES
Sections:

4.185.010 Purpose.

4.185.020 Definitions.

4.185.030 Shared bicycles prohibited.

4.185.040 Permit required.

4.185.050 Application for permit.

4.185.060 Issuance of permits.

4.185.070 Fleet limits.

4.185.080 Geofencing and City-designated riding and parking zones.

4.185.090 Operating regulations.

4.185.100 Impoundment and retrieval of shared mobility devices.

4.185.110 Revocation of permit.

4.185.120 Enforcement.

4.185.010 Purpose.

The purpose of this chapter is to establish a process for permitting and regulating operators and riders of shared mobility devices to achieve the city’s goals of encouraging alternative modes of transportation while protecting public health and safety.

4.185.020 Definitions.

For the purposes of this chapter, the following terms, phrases and words shall have the meanings hereinafter set forth:
“Assistive technology device” means any item, piece of equipment, or product system, whether acquired commercially off the shelf, modified, or customized, that is used to increase, maintain, or improve the functional capabilities of an individual with a disability. “Bikeway” means a facility that is provided primarily for bicycle travel as defined by California Streets and Highways Code section 890.4.
“Class I bikeway” means a bike path or shared use path which provides a completely separated rightof-way designated for the exclusive use of bicycles and pedestrians with crossflows by motorists minimized.
“Class II bikeway” means a bike lane which provides a restricted right-of-way designated for the exclusive or semi exclusive use of bicycles with through travel by motor vehicles or pedestrians prohibited, but with vehicle parking and crossflows by pedestrians and motorists permitted. “Corral” means an area designated by the chief of police for staging or parking shared mobility devices that is created either by geofencing, or by physical striping, marking or signage. “Fleet” means all shared mobility devices in the city owned by a specific operator. “Geofencing” means the creation of a virtual geographic boundary, defined by Global Positioning System (GPS), radio-frequency identification (RFID), or other technology, that enables an operator to regulate speed, issue notifications, and take other actions, when a shared mobility device within its fleet enters or leaves an area.
313
Ordinance 2025-XXX March 25, 2025 Page 3 of 9
“Operator” means any individual, firm, association, partnership, or corporation arranging to provide shared mobility devices within the city.
“Permit” means a permit issued to an operator under this chapter. “Rider” means any person who is riding or is in actual physical control of a shared mobility device. “Shared mobility device” means any wheeled transportation device, other than a bicycle, e-bicycle, automobile or motorcycle, by which a person can be propelled, moved or drawn; is accessed via an on-demand portal, whether a smartphone application, membership card, or similar method; is displayed, placed or offered for rent in any public area or public right-of-way by an operator for shared use by members of the public; and is available to members of the public in unstaffed, self-service locations.

4.185.030 Shared bicycles prohibited.

Shared bicycles and shared e-bicycles are prohibited.

4.185.040 Permit required.

It is unlawful for any operator to conduct a shared mobility device business without a permit.

4.185.050 Application for permit.

A. An operator shall submit a permit application to the chief of police containing, at a minimum, the following:

1. The operator’s name and business address, and the name and natural person or persons who will serve as a local point of contact for the operator;

2. Proof of a valid city business and professions certificate;

3. The type and number of shared mobility devices the operator intends to deploy with a list of identifying serial numbers designated for each device, and a schedule for phased deployment of the fleet, if applicable;

4. The location of any building or property proposed to be used by the operator for its shared mobility device business operations within the city; and

5. A $83.00 nonrefundable fee for each shared mobility device in the operator’s fleet for use within the city. If phased deployment of the fleet is proposed, payment for the first phase of deployment is due with the application and payment for any subsequent phases of deployment is due prior to each deployment. The nonrefundable fee is subject to periodic Consumer Price Index (CPI) increases in accordance with amendments to the City’s Master Fee Schedule.

B. At the time of application, the operator must provide proof of commercial general liability insurance with an admitted insurer, or a nonadmitted insurer that is eligible to insure a home state insured under Chapter 6 (commencing with Section 1760) of Part 2 of Division 1 of the Insurance Code, naming the city of South Lake Tahoe as an additional insured for an amount no less than $2,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury, and property damage, and with an aggregate amount of no less than $5,000,000 for all occurrences during the policy period, and which meets the following requirements:
314
Ordinance 2025-XXX March 25, 2025 Page 4 of 9

1. If the operator maintains broader coverage and/or higher limits than the minimums required for all policies, the city requires and shall be entitled to the broader coverage and/or higher limits maintained by the operator. Any available insurance proceeds in excess of the specified minimum limits of insurance and coverage shall be available to the city.

2. The operator’s insurance coverage shall be the primary insurance coverage with respect to the city, its officers, officials, employees, and volunteers. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the city, its officers, officials, employees, or volunteers shall be excess of the operator’s insurance and shall not contribute with it.

3. The operator agrees to waive rights of subrogation which any insurer of operator may acquire from operator by virtue of the payment of any loss. The operator agrees to obtain any endorsement that may be necessary to effect this waiver of subrogation, but this provision applies regardless of whether or not the city has received a waiver of subrogation endorsement from the insurer.

4. The operator shall provide immediate written notice to the city if (1) any of the required insurance policies is terminated; (2) the limits of any of the required polices are reduced; or (3) the deductible or self-insured retention is increased. In the event of any cancellation or reduction in coverage or limits of any insurance, the operator shall obtain and submit proof of substitute insurance.

C. The operator must also offer or make available, or confirm the rider maintains, insurance coverage for bodily injury or death suffered by a pedestrian when the injury or death involves, in whole or in part, the negligent conduct of the rider, of $10,000 for each occurrence of bodily injury to, or death of, one pedestrian in any one accident, and for property damage to an assistive technology device, or $1,000 for each occurrence. This paragraph shall not be interpreted to limit or supersede the other insurance requirements set forth pursuant this Section.

D. Each application must bear the operator’s signature agreeing to:

1. Provide the city with anonymized data on its fleet trip activity within the city, including the zip code of each rider; and

2. Indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the city, its elected and appointed boards, officers, employees, agents, volunteers, contractors, and invitees from any and all liability for any and all claims, demands, actions, losses, damages, and injuries direct or indirect, including any and all costs and expenses in connection therewith, arising from operator’s activities, from and against each and every claim and demand of whatsoever nature made on behalf of or by any person, persons, firm, partnership, corporation or otherwise, including operator’s employees, except for claims arising out of the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the city.

3. Submit to photo enforcement violations of this chapter, including the requirement to effectively prohibit riders under 18 years of age.

4.185.060 Issuance of permits.

A. Each permit shall contain the following:

1. The number and each type of shared mobility devices the operator is authorized to deploy, up to no more than 250 shared mobility devices per operator; 315
Ordinance 2025-XXX March 25, 2025 Page 5 of 9

2. A requirement to effectively prohibit shared mobility devices in the operator’s fleet from entering or operating on the public walkways and public rights-of-way within the Heavenly Village area, with an extent to be determined by the city manager, through geofencing or similar technology;

3. A requirement to effectively prohibit, using geofencing or similar technology, any shared mobility devices in the operator’s fleet from being locked, parked, or ending a ride within any Class I or Class II bikeway or trail in the city;

4. A requirement to effectively prohibit, using geofencing or similar technology, any shared mobility devices in the operator’s fleet from being locked, parked, or ending a ride except within a corral if the shared mobility device is within 1,000 feet from a corral; and

5. A requirement that each shared mobility device in the operator’s fleet have affixed to it a designated serial number in a font and style that may be observed with the naked eye from 50 feet away.

B. No permit will be issued prior to the operator obtaining any discretionary and building permits required to occupy any building or property within the city proposed to be used for operations, such as warehouse or office space.

C. Any operator in compliance with this chapter may apply for a permit annually.

4.185.070 Fleet limits.

A. No more than 500 shared mobility devices shall be permitted within the city at a time. Once that limit is reached, no more permits will be issued to operators.

B. It is unlawful for an operator to deploy more shared mobility devices than allowed by that operator’s permit.

4.185.080 Geofencing and city-designated riding and parking zones.

A. The chief of police may establish special parking, no-ride zones, speed zones, or other areas where riding and/or parking restrictions may apply. These locations may either be permanent or temporary.

B. The chief of police may establish locations of corrals. All corral locations will be published on the city’s website.

C. The chief of police may require that an operator mark or geofence these areas and make that information available through its smartphone app.

D. The chief of police may require that operators direct riders to specified designated parking areas (city-designated parking zones, or special areas for events). Geofencing must be integrated into the operator’s app within one week of notice from the chief of police.

E. The city manager, or their designee, may adopt additional rules to implement the provisions of this chapter, including geographic restrictions for shared mobility devices.

4.185.090 Operating regulations.

A. Operators shall comply with the following:
316
Ordinance 2025-XXX March 25, 2025 Page 6 of 9

1. Each operator is subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations including those in this code and the California Vehicle Code pertaining to the operation and safety standards of the shared mobility devices in its fleet.

2. Each operator shall limit the motorized-assisted speed of each shared mobility device to no more than 15 miles per hour.

3. Through geofencing or similar technology, each operator shall effectively prohibit riders from entering or operating shared mobility devices on public walkways and public rights-of-way within the Heavenly Village area, as designated in the operator’s permit.

4. Through geofencing or similar technology, each operator shall effectively prohibit, using geofencing or similar technology, any shared mobility devices in the operator’s fleet from being locked, parked, or ending a ride within any Class I or Class II bikeway or trail in the city.

5. Through geofencing or similar technology, each operator shall effectively prohibit any shared mobility devices in the operator’s fleet from being locked, parked, or ending a ride except within a corral if the shared mobility device is within 1,000 feet from a corral.

6. The chief of police may require operators, through geofencing or similar technology, to temporarily prevent the operation of shared mobility devices in a specific area during an emergency situation or within the perimeter of a permitted special event when necessary to maintain public health and safety. For permitted special events, the city will provide 10 days’ notice to operators of any additional geofencing requirements.

7. When a rider operates a shared mobility device in the operator’s fleet within an area subject to geofencing, the operator shall notify the rider of the restricted area.

8. Each operator must effectively prohibit a person and account holder from renting more than one shared mobility device at a time.

9. Each operator must effectively prohibit riders under 18 years of age.

10. Operators shall ban the accounts of riders with two or more citations under this chapter.

11. Operators shall remove all shared mobility devices from operation within the city during the period of November 1st through April 30th each year.

B. Riders shall comply with the following:

1. All riders are subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations including those in this code and the California Vehicle Code.

2. All riders must be 18 years of age or older with a valid driver’s license.

3. No rider shall operate a shared mobility device with more than one rider per device at a time.

4. Riders must park shared mobility devices on a sidewalk or other hard surface in a manner that does not impede pedestrian access and provides a minimum of three feet for a pedestrian 317
Ordinance 2025-XXX March 25, 2025 Page 7 of 9
walkway; does not impede or obstruct access to ADA parking zones, street furniture, curb ramps, entryways, driveways, sidewalk cafes, bus stops, loading zones, or landscaping; and does not impede or obstruct vehicular traffic on a street or alley.

5. No rider shall lock, park, or end a ride within any Class I or Class II bikeway or trail in the city.

6. If a rider is within 1,000 feet from a corral, the rider shall only lock, park, or end a ride within a corral.

4.185.100 Impoundment and retrieval of shared mobility devices.

A. Within three hours of notice from the city, an operator shall retrieve a shared mobility device that is in any of the following conditions:

1. Inoperable or not safe to operate and parked on a city street, sidewalk or other city property; or

2. Parked, displayed, offered or made available for rent in violation of this chapter or the California Vehicle Code.

B. The city may impound a shared mobility device that is:

1. Not retrieved within three hours of notice to the operator; or

2. In a condition or parked in a manner that poses an imminent life safety hazard. No notice is required prior to impounding a shared mobility device posing an imminent life safety hazard.

4.185.110 Revocation of permit.

A. The city manager may revoke a permit on any of the following grounds, and shall provide written notice of the reason for the revocation to the operator:

1. The violation by operator of any of the terms, conditions or requirements of the permit or of this chapter.

2. Failure to effectively prohibit riders under the age of 18 from accessing shared mobility devices, which may be established either by multiple administrative citations issued to the operator based on photographic evidence of underage riders, by a city-conducted survey identifying a pattern of underage riders using the operator’s shared mobility devices, or any combination thereof.

B. An operator may appeal the city manager’s decision to revoke or not renew a permit to the city council under the administrative appeal procedures in Chapter 2.35 SLTCC.

C. Within 10 business days of the revocation of an operator’s permit, the operator shall remove its fleet from the city and shall retrieve any shared mobility devices impounded by the city. If the operator fails to remove or retrieve any of its shared mobility devices, the city may remove and dispose of the shared mobility device at the operator’s cost.

4.185.120 Enforcement.

A. Any operator or rider violating any provision of this chapter is subject to administrative citations under Chapter 2.30 SLTCC.
318
Ordinance 2025-XXX March 25, 2025 Page 8 of 9
B. The city may issue an administrative citation with a $100.00 fine to an operator based on photographic evidence that includes the serial number of an operator’s shared mobility device and demonstrates that a rider is using that shared mobility device in violation of this chapter, including a rider under the age of 18, riders operating a shared mobility device with more than one rider per device at one time, and operating or parking a shared mobility device within a restricted area subject to geofencing requirements.

C. Any operator violating, permitting, or assisting the violation of any provisions of this chapter shall be subject to any and all civil remedies, including, without limitation, permit revocation. All remedies provided herein shall be cumulative and not exclusive. Any violation of these provisions shall constitute a separate violation for each and every day during which such violation is committed or continued.

D. In addition to the remedies set forth in this chapter, operating a shared mobility device business in violation of any provision of this chapter is hereby declared to constitute a public nuisance under Chapter 4.40 SLTCC and, as such, may be abated or enjoined from further operation in the city.

SECTION 2. If any section, subsection, sentence, clause, or phrase of this Ordinance is for any reason held to be invalid or unconstitutional by a decision of any court of competent jurisdiction, such decision will not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this Ordinance. The City Council declares that it would have passed this Ordinance and each and every section, subsection, sentence, clause, or phrase not declared invalid or unconstitutional without regard to whether any portion of the Ordinance would be subsequently declared invalid or unconstitutional.

SECTION 3. The City Clerk is directed to certify this Ordinance and cause it to be published in the manner required by law.

SECTION 4. This Ordinance shall become effective 30 days following its adoption.

Adopted by the City of South Lake Tahoe City Council on March 25, 2025 by the following vote:

Yes:

No:

Abstain:

Absent:
________________________ Date:_________
Mayor
Attest:
________________________
Susan Blankenship, City Clerk
First Reading:

Published:

Second Reading:
319
Ordinance 2025-XXX March 25, 2025 Page 9 of 9
Effective:

The presence of electronic signature certifies that the foregoing is a true and correct copy as approved by the South Lake Tahoe City Council.
320
City of South Lake Tahoe
Agenda Item Executive Summary
Joe Irvin, City Manager
__________________________________
Meeting Date: March 11, 2025
Agenda Item #:9
Agenda Item: Ski Run Business Improvement District Annual Report and Budget Executive Summary: This item completes the first step of the two-step process listed below as required by Streets & Highways Code sections 36533-36534. Step two, required by Streets & Highways Code section 36535, is scheduled for May 6th, 2025. Every year the Ski Run Business Improvement (BID) District Advisory Board is required to submit an Annual Report and proposed budget for approval to the City Council (City Ordinance No. 927, Section 2.9). The Council then adopts a “Resolution of Intention," which indicates the Council’s intention to levy an assessment to the BID members and sets a time and place of a future Public Hearing whereby members of the BID can provide written protests on the content of the Annual Report for the upcoming fiscal year.

Requested Action / Suggested Motions: Pass a Resolution approving a letter of intent to levy an assessment to the Ski Run Business Improvement District members and setting a time and place of a future public hearing whereby members of the Ski Run Business Improvement District can provide written protests on the content of the Annual Report for the upcoming fiscal year.

Responsible Staff Member: Ben Hannah - Accountant II
Reviewed and Approved By: Susan Blankenship, City Clerk Olga Tikhomirova, Director of Finance Heather Stroud, City Attorney
Attachments:
01 - Staff Report Ski Run BID.docx
02 - Resolution Ski Run BID.docx
03 - SRBID 2025-2026 Budget Proposal.pdf
04 - SRBID 2025-2026 Budget Proposal Prior Year vs Proposed.pdf 05 - SRBID 2025-2026 Budget Proposal Includes Measure S Recreation.pdf 06 - Friends of Ski Run Report 2025.pdf
321
Council Agenda Report March 11, 2025

City of South Lake Tahoe
Report to City Council
Meeting Date: March 11, 2025
Title: Ski Run Business Improvement District Annual Report and Budget Location: Ski Run Blvd
Responsible Staff Member: Ben Hannah, Accountant II (530) 542-6079 Background: On November 19, 2002, City Council formed the Ski Run Business Improvement District (SRBID) by adopting Resolution No. 2002-71. The Ski Run BID was formed under the Parking and Business Improvement Area Law of 1989, which is codified at California Streets & Highways Code 36500-36551. This Staff Report has been composed in accordance with Streets & Highways Code 36533 to satisfy the annual requirements for the Ski Run BID.

Issue and Discussion: This item completes the first step of the two-step process listed below as required by Streets & Highways Code sections 36533-36534. Step two, required by Streets & Highways Code section 36535, is scheduled for May 6th, 2025.

Step 1: Every year the Ski Run BID Advisory Board is required to submit an Annual Report and proposed budget for approval to the City Council (City Ordinance No. 927, Section 2.9). The Council then adopts a “Resolution of Intention”, which indicates the Council’s intention to levy an assessment to the BID members and sets a time and place of a future Public Hearing whereby members of the BID can provide written protests on the content of the Report for the upcoming fiscal year.

Step 2: The City Council must hold a public hearing and shall consider all protests from business owners within the Ski Run Business Improvement District, received either in writing and submitted to the City Clerk prior to the Public Hearing or presented orally at the Public Hearing. If a majority of businesses (based on their BID assessment) do not provide written protests, the Council may adopt a new Resolution confirming the report as originally filed or as changed. This will allow the Finance department to include the BID assessments with the annual business license renewal billing beginning in May for the 2025/2026 business tax year.

Annual Assessments:

1. There are no changes to the boundaries or areas of benefit in the area.

2. The method of assessment for 2025/2026 remains the same as in previous years and is as follows:
a. 25% of the annual Business and Professions Tax and, if applicable b. $2.00 per lineal foot of property frontage on Ski Run Blvd, if the property is owned by a business license holder.
322
Council Agenda Report March 11, 2025

Revenues: The Ski Run BID receives operating revenues from the annual assessments estimated to be $14,000 for business license year 2025/2026 which is $1,000 higher than the projection for the previous year 2024/2025. Actual business license year 2024/2025 revenues were $3,200 higher than previous projections. The next year’s projections assume that revenues will be higher than 2024/2025 projections but about the same as 2024/2025 actuals due to a relatively stable market.

Expenses: BID assessments will continue to be used for the allowable expenses of landscape maintenance which includes lawn care, water, and electricity. The City Public Works Department performs lawn care maintenance for six months beginning May 1st and ending October 31st.

Activities include sprinkler repair, aerating, fertilizing, mowing, clean-up, and debris removal.

Historically, the assessments have not been adequate to fully cover these costs, which would be the case for year 2025/2026 as well.

The proposed budget is based on last year’s actual revenues and expenses. It reflects a projected shortfall of $13,500 compared to $11,000 approved for the prior year General Fund subsidy.

Utilities, landscaping costs and assessment revenues increased with the expenses continuing to exceed BID revenues requiring an ongoing General Fund subsidy.

Financial Implications: The proposed 2025/2026 Ski Run Landscaping (fund 280) Funding Plan is attached and will be brought back for adoption as part of the fiscal year 2025/2026 City budget. The plan includes the BID assessment funded portion for landscaping and maintenance and the City General fund portion from the Parks Department for landscaping and maintenance.

For fiscal year 2025/2026, staff recommends budgeting $13,500 to be transferred in from the General Fund in order to reflect a true cost and achieve a balanced budget for the Ski Run Business Improvement District.

Environmental Considerations: This is not a “project” subject to review under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) Guidelines section 15378(b)(5) (organizational or administrative activities that will not result in direct or indirect physical changes in the environment).

Policy Implications: Consistent with the California laws and City policies. 323
Resolution 2025-XXX March 11, 2025 Page 1 of 3
Resolution 2025-XXX
Adopted by the City of South Lake Tahoe
City Council
March 11, 2025
Declaring its Intention to Levy an Annual Assessment for the 2025-2026 Fiscal Year Upon the Ski Run Business Improvement District

BACKGROUND
A. California Streets and Highways Code Section 36500 et seq, authorizes cities to establish parking and business improvements areas for the purpose of promoting economic revitalization and physical maintenance of business districts in order to create jobs, attract new business, and enhance the business district.

B. City Council established such an area known as the Ski Run Business Improvement District, which is located on Ski Run Blvd between Lake Tahoe Blvd and Pioneer Trail.

C. The annual process for levying assessments in business improvement districts requires that cities adopt a Resolution of Intent that declares their intent to levy such an assessment and set a date for a public hearing where interested parties may be heard on the issue.

BASED ON THE FACTS SET FORTH IN THE BACKGROUND, BE IT RESOLVED, that the City Council of the City of South Lake Tahoe:

1. Finds that the recitals set forth herein are true and correct.

2. Approves for consideration the Ski Run Business Improvement Annual Report for the year 2025, which is attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference.

3. Declares that there are no changes to the boundaries of the "Ski Run Business Improvement District" (the "District") as approved by the City of South Lake Tahoe City Council Ordinance 927. The boundaries of the District remain as set forth in the Map and boundary descriptions included in Exhibit A of Ordinance 927. A true and correct copy of the map is on file with the City Clerk of the City of South Lake Tahoe.

4. Declares that the types of improvements and activities proposed to be funded by the levy of assessments on businesses in the District have not changed. The types of improvements and activities are generally described as landscape maintenance, and are delineated in the Annual Report, attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference. A true and correct copy of the Annual Report is on file with the City Clerk of the City of South Lake Tahoe.

5. Intends to levy and collect an annual assessment for 2025/2026 fiscal year on businesses in the District, except where funds are otherwise available, to pay for all 324
Resolution 2025-XXX March 11, 2025 Page 2 of 3
improvements and activities of the District, as set forth in the Annual Report, which is attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference.

6. Directs that all funds of the District shall be expended on improvements and activities within the District.

7. Declares that the method and the basis for levying the assessments on all the businesses within the District are set forth in the Annual Report and attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference.

8. Declares that new businesses shall not be exempt from assessment.

9. Sets a public hearing, consistent with California Streets and Highways Code sections 36524 and 36525, to levy the proposed assessment for 2025/2026 fiscal year for May 6th, 2025 at 9:00 a.m. before the City Council of the City of South Lake Tahoe at the Council Chambers, 1901 Lisa Maloff Way, South Lake Tahoe, California.

10. Declares that at the public hearing, the testimony of all interested persons, for or against the levy of the proposed assessment for 2025/2026 fiscal year, the boundaries of the District, the area of benefit within the District and the assessments to be levied, will be heard.

11. Declares that a protest against the levy of the proposed assessment for 2025/2026 fiscal year or any aspect of it may be made orally or in writing. An oral protest shall be made at the said public hearing. To count in the majority protest against the levy of the proposed assessment for 2025/2026 fiscal year, a protest must be in writing. A written protest may be withdrawn from writing at any time before the conclusion of the public hearing. Each written protest shall contain a written description of the business in which the person signing the protest is interested, sufficient to identify the business, and the business’ address, the City business license tax registration number, name of protester, signature of protester, date of protest and the reason(s) the protester is against the levying of the District assessment. If the person signing the protest is not shown on the official records of the City as the owner of the business, then the protest shall contain or be accompanied by written evidence that the person is the owner of the business. Any written protest as to the regularity or evidence of the proceedings shall be in writing and clearly state the irregularity or defect to which objection is made.

Written protests shall be filed with the City Clerk, 1901 Lisa Maloff Way, South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150, at or before the time fixed for the hearing.

12. Declares that if at the conclusion of the public hearing, there are of record, written protests by the owners of the businesses within the District that will pay fifty percent (50%) or more of the total assessments of the entire District, no further proceedings to levy the proposed assessment for 2025/2026 fiscal year shall occur. New proceedings to levy an assessment shall not be undertaken again for a period of at least one (1) year from the date of the finding of the majority written protest by the City Council. If the majority of written protests are only as to an improvement or activity 325
Resolution 2025-XXX March 11, 2025 Page 3 of 3
proposed, then that type of improvement or activity shall not be included in the levy of the proposed assessment for 2025/2026 fiscal year within the District.

13. States that further information regarding the Ski Run Business Improvement District may be obtained from the City Clerk of the City of South Lake Tahoe at 1901 Lisa Maloff Way, South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150.

14. Directs the City Clerk to provide notice of the public hearing as follows:
a. Publish this Resolution of Intention in a newspaper of general circulation in the City of South Lake Tahoe once, at least seven (7) days before the hearing. b. Mail a complete copy of this Resolution of Intention to each and every business owner in the District within seven (7) days of the adoption of this Resolution by the City Council.

15. Declares that this Resolution is effective on its adoption.

Adopted by the City of South Lake Tahoe City Council on March 11, 2025, by the following vote:

Yes:

No:

Absent:

Abstain:
________________________ Date:_________
Tamara Wallace, Mayor
Attest:
________________________
Susan Blankenship, City Clerk
The presence of electronic signature certifies that the foregoing is a true and correct copy as approved by the South Lake Tahoe City Council.
326
BID Operating Revenue
BID Assessment 14,000 $
Total Revenue 14,000 $
BID Operating Expenses
Water/Sewer Utilities 7,500 $
Landscaping 17,000 $
Electricity for Timers 3,000 $
Total Expenses 27,500 $
BID Net Operating Revenue (Expense) (13,500) $
Other Revenue Funding Sources
General Fund Subsidy $ 13,500
Ski Run BID Fund Balance - $
Net Budgeted Revenue/(Expense) ** $ -
Provided for reference only. The above budget will be brought back for adoption as part of the fiscal year 2025/2026 City budget.

BID Projected Budget FY 2025/2026
FUND 280 - SKI RUN BUSINESS IMPROVEMENT DISTRICT
Total General Fund Subsidy $13,500
327
BID Operating Revenue BID Operating Revenue
BID Assessment 13,000 $ BID Assessment 14,000 $
Total Revenue $ 13,000 Total Revenue $ 14,000
BID Operating Expenses BID Operating Expenses
Water/Sewer Utilities 6,000 $ Water/Sewer Utilities 7,500 $ Landscaping 15,500 $ Landscaping 17,000 $ Electricity for Timers 2,500 $ Electricity for Timers 3,000 $ Total Expenses 24,000 $ Total Expenses 27,500 $
BID Net Operating Revenue (Expense) (11,000) $ BID Net Operating Revenue (Expense) (13,500) $ Other Revenue Funding Sources Other Revenue Funding Sources General Fund Subsidy 11,000 $ General Fund Subsidy 13,500 $ Ski Run BID Fund Balance - $ Ski Run BID Fund Balance - $ Net Budgeted Revenue/(Expense) $ - Net Budgeted Revenue/(Expense) $ - Provided for reference only. Provided for reference only. The above budget will be brought back for adoption as part of the fiscal year 2025/2026 City budget.

BID Adopted Budget FY 2024/2025
Total General Fund Subsidy $11,000
BID Projected Budget FY 2025/2026
Total General Fund Subsidy $13,500
Ski Run Landscaping and Bike Trail Maintenance Funding Plan 2024/2025 Adopted Budget and 2025/2026 Projected Budget Administered and Accounted for by City
FUND 280 - SKI RUN BUSINESS IMPROVEMENT DISTRICT FUND 280 - SKI RUN BUSINESS IMPROVEMENT DISTRICT 328
BID Operating Revenue
BID Assessment
Total Revenue 14,000 $
BID Operating Expenses
Landscaping $ 17,000
Water/Sewer Utilities $ 7,500
Electricity for Timers $ 3,000
Total Expenses 27,500 $
BID Net Operating Revenue (Expense) (13,500) $
Other Revenue Funding Sources
General Fund Subsidy $ 13,500
Ski Run BID Fund Balance $ -
Net Budgeted Revenue/(Expense) $ -
Measure S Operating Revenue
STAR Ballot Measure (Fund 281) $ 10,000
Total Revenue 10,000 $
Measure S Operating Expenses
Employee Compensation $ 11,045
Technical Services $ 4,800
Snow Removal $ -
Sand and Snow Poles $ 8,625
Electricity for Lights $ 5,800
Total Expenses 30,270 $
Measure S Net Operating Revenue/(Expenses) (20,270) $
Provided for reference only.

Note: Fund 281 Deficit is covered by prior year fund balance.

BID Projected Budget FY 2025-2026
FUND 280 - SKI RUN BUSINESS IMPROVEMENT DISTRICT
FUND 281 - MEASURE S RECREATION SKI RUN BIKE TRAIL
Total General Fund Subsidy $13,500
329
February 10, 2025
Ben Hannah
Accountant II
City of South Lake Tahoe
1901 Lisa Maloff Way
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150
Subject: 2024 Ski Run Business Improvement District Report Dear Mr. Hannah,
Last year was an exciting year for the Ski Run Business Improvement District (BID). We thank the City and City Council for their continued support of the Ski Run BID, businesses on Ski Run Boulevard, and neighbors that call this area home.

Ski Run Business Improvement District (BID) members continue to pay their annual assessment and continue to champion what we think is one of the greatest boulevards in the country.

Ski Run Community Park:

After four years of planning, fundraising, and construction, Ski Run Community Park opened much public fan-faire on August 16, 2024. Ski Run Park quickly became a community favorite and was consistently busy throughout the summer. We look forward to the many years of joy this park will bring to the community. Thank you for supporting this project and the long-term operations and maintenance of the park.

Community Events:

Ski Run continues to host community focused events during summer months. In 2024, events included:
• Longest Dinner Table in Tahoe - June. More than 200 community members gathered on Ski Run to share a meal and raise funds for F.E.E.T Fund, which helps fund kids field trips in South Lake Tahoe.
• Tahoe Brewfest – August. For the second year in a row, Ski Run hosted the Boys and Girls Club of Lake Tahoe largest fundraiser event. This event celebrates all that is special about South Lake Tahoe’s mountain culture: our beer, our crafts, our environment and most of all, our community.
• Ski Run Farmers Market – June through September. The annual Friday night farmers market with more space after expanding to another block. This added 330
space allowed more local vendors to participate in the market. This event continues to be a Friday tradition for residents and visitors alike.

Public Safety:

Ski Run BID members thank the City Council for reducing the speed limit on Ski Run Blvd. to 30 miles per hour. We continue to support any projects which improve pedestrian safety on the street.

Transportation and Environment:

We are excited about the planned Ski Run Mountain to Marina Green Infrastructure Plan. We support projects to reduce stormwater pollution from reaching Lake Tahoe including expansion of the Osgood Basin. We also support expanding bike and pedestrian trails that connect to Ski Run Blvd. including the complete streets and paths on Spruce Ave and path connections to Bijou Elementary School and Stateline.

In the next year, we look forward to continuing to offer great community events and support projects that promote a vibrant Ski Run and broader South lake Tahoe Community.

Sincerely,
Chris McNamara
Corey Rich
Devin Middlebrook
Jeff Cowen
Rachel Carlson
331
City of South Lake Tahoe
Agenda Item Executive Summary
Joe Irvin, City Manager
__________________________________
Meeting Date: March 11, 2025
Agenda Item #:10
Agenda Item: General Plan Annual Progress Report, Housing Element Implementation Update, and Surplus Land Inventory for 2024
Executive Summary: California Government Code Section 65300 requires each city to adopt a comprehensive, long-range General Plan to guide physical development of the incorporated city and lands outside the city boundaries. Each year, jurisdictions must submit a progress report to the Governor’s Office of Land Use and Climate Innovation (LCI) and the Department of Housing and Community Development (HCD). The report covers implementation of the general plan elements and includes additional reporting requirements on the housing element. This item also includes a surplus land inventory.

Requested Action / Suggested Motions: 1) Pass a Resolution accepting and filing the 2024 General Plan Annual Progress Report, including the Housing Element Implementation Update; and, 2) Pass a Resolution accepting the Surplus Land Inventory.

Responsible Staff Member: John Hitchcock, Planning Manager, and Gretchen Schooleman, Assistant Planner
Reviewed and Approved By: Zach Thomas, Director of Development Services Susan Blankenship, City Clerk Olga Tikhomirova, Director of Finance Heather Stroud, City Attorney Attachments:
01-Staff Report-Annual Progress Reports
02 - CSLT 2024 APR.pdf
03-Resolution Annual Progress Report.docx
04 - Resolution 2024 Surplus Lands.docx
05-PC Resolution 2025-001_General Plan Annual Progress Report 2024.pdf 06-PC Resolution 2025-002_Surplus Land Inventory.pdf
07- 2024APR_Presentation.pdf
332
City Council Agenda Report March 11, 2025 1 of 3
City of South Lake Tahoe
Report to City Council
Meeting Date: March 11, 2025
Title: City of South Lake Tahoe General Plan Annual Progress Report, Housing Element Implementation Update, and Surplus Land Inventory for 2024 Location: Citywide
Responsible Staff Member: Gretchen Schooleman, Assistant Planner Background: California Government Code Section 65300 requires each city to adopt a comprehensive, long-range General Plan to guide physical development of the incorporated city and lands outside the city boundaries. Government Code Section 65400 requires cities to submit an Annual Progress Report (APR) on the status of the General Plan and progress in its implementation to their legislative bodies, the Governor’s Office of Land Use and Climate Innovation (LCI), and the Department of Housing and Community Development (HCD) by April 1 of each year.

The APR provides the Planning Commission and City Council with information regarding the implementation of each element of the General Plan. The APR is designed to provide information for the Planning Commission and City Council to assess how the General Plan was implemented during the 12-month reporting period (January 2024 to December 2024).

Providing a copy of the APR to HCD also fulfills other statutory requirements for reporting to HCD. Cities must report certain housing information, including the local agency’s progress in meeting its share of regional housing needs and local efforts to remove governmental constraints to the development of housing (Government Codes Section 65584.3(c)). In addition, the City’s 2022 adopted Housing Element, Program 1-8, includes an annual public meeting to discuss progress on housing programs and to solicit feedback. Cities must also report a central inventory of all surplus land to HCD no later than April 1 of each year (Government Code 65400(a)(2)).

Submittal of the APR to LCI also allows for the identification of statewide trends in land use decision-making and how local planning and development activities relate to statewide planning goals and policies. In addition, LCI can track progress on a local jurisdiction’s comprehensive General Plan update using the information provided in the APR.

Issue and Discussion: City staff has drafted the 2024 General Plan APR for City Council consideration (Attachment 02). The 2024 General Plan APR includes information on the City’s progress in implementing the General Plan as well as required housing element and surplus land information.

The item before City Council is a Resolution accepting the 2024 General Plan APR (Attachment 03) and surplus land inventory (Attachment 04) and directing staff to submit the report to the Governor’s Office of Land Use and Climate Innovation and the California Department of 333
City Council Agenda Report March 11, 2025 2 of 3
Housing and Community Development, as recommended by the Planning Commission on February 20, 2025 through Resolution 2025-001 and Resolution 2025-002.

During the regularly scheduled Planning Commission meeting on February 20, 2025, Staff addressed questions from the Commission on the General Plan Annual Progress Report. The following bullet points provide a summary of the discussion based on questions from the Planning Commission:
 The City was awarded an additional $1.2 million in Community Development Block Grant Funding. These funds have been dedicated to the rehabilitation of three buildings for the Bears Den project. Currently, nine units are occupied, and plumbing and electrical work are planned for this year.
 City Council has directed staff to initiate a receivership process of the Sunray Hotel. The process is currently in litigation, and a recent 30-day extension has been granted.  The City currently holds 49 Tourist Accommodation Units (TAUs) eligible for conversion to Residential Units of Use (RUUs). Deed restrictions require these City-owned development rights to support long-term housing (30+ days of rental). The city is analyzing available coverage for Accessory Dwelling Units (ADUs) and exploring opportunities to expand ADU development in collaboration with the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency (TRPA) as outlined in an action item in the Housing Element.  The Housing Hotline and Community Office Hours have been established by the City Housing Division to address community concerns. Quarterly housing office hours have been attended with over 50 participants in January of 2024 and an even higher turnout in March, since then the number of attendees has been lower. Common discussion items revolve around questions about the rental assistance program, substandard housing issues, and details about specific projects. The Housing Hotline is for substandard housing issues and has evolved to include civil complaints. Additionally, rental assistance is available for security deposits and application fees, with nine families currently receiving aid, three pending, and one denied.
 The Sugar Pine project continues to advance, with 68 units completed. As of February 14, 57 units have been leased, with the current number likely higher at the time of this report. A waitlist is in place and operates on a first-come, first-served basis. Units designated for households at 30% of the Area Median Income (AMI) reached capacity quickly, and applicants at this income level are now on a waitlist until the next phase becomes available. The city has successfully closed financing for Phase 3, while Phase 2 is scheduled to open in Fall 2025.
 Discussions are ongoing regarding the Motel 6 property, with the City in talks with the California Tahoe Conservancy (CTC) about Units of Use. While no decisions have been made, there are active conversations, and TRPA incentives are available for transferring RUUs out of the SEZ zone.
334
City Council Agenda Report March 11, 2025 3 of 3
Financial Implications: Other than the staff time needed to prepare the required General Plan Annual Progress Report and supporting documents, there are no financial implications associated with the suggested action.

Environmental Considerations: The proposed General Plan Annual Report does not constitute a "project" within the meaning of the California Environmental Quality Act of 1970 (CEQA) Guidelines Section 15060(c)(2) because there is no potential that the report will result in a direct or reasonably foreseeable indirect physical change in the environment and CEQA Guidelines Section 15378 because they have no potential for either a direct physical change to the environment, or a reasonably foreseeable indirect physical change in the environment.

Policy Implications: The General Plan contains policies that provide direction for all City departments and facilities, which is used in strategic decision-making by the City Council for investments and budgeting, development approvals, policy adoption, and regulation. The General Plan APR includes information on the City’s progress in implementing the General Plan.

The recommended action is also consistent with the following adopted policies and programs:

City General Plan Housing Element
 Program 1-8 – Housing Element Implementation Progress o The City shall annually conduct a public workshop or public meeting to discuss progress on housing programs and to solicit feedback.
335

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE

GENERAL PLAN ANNUAL PROGRESS REPORT
JANUARY 2024-DECEMBER 2024
ACCEPTED BY CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE CITY COUNCIL ____________ Land Use &
Community
Design
Economic
Development Housing
Transportation
and Circulation
Public/ Quasi
Public Facilities
and Services
Recreation and
Open Space
Health and
Safety
Natural and
Cultural
Resources
Neighborhood
Priority Lists
336
City of South Lake Tahoe
2024 General Plan Annual Progress Report
2 Table of Contents
SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION............................................................................................................1 SECTION 2 GENERAL PLAN STATUS.............................................................................................1 SECTION 3 CURRENT POPULATION AND HOUSING ESTIMATES................................................2 SECTION 4 LAND USE & COMMUNITY DESIGN ELEMENT............................................................4 SECTION 5 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT ELEMENT.....................................................................10 SECTION 6 HOUSING ELEMENT...................................................................................................11 SECTION 7 TRANSPORTATION AND CIRCULATION ELEMENT ..................................................18 SECTION 8 PUBLIC/QUASI-PUBLIC FACILITIES AND SERVICES ELEMENT ..............................25 SECTION 9 RECREATION AND OPEN SPACE ELEMENT ............................................................27 SECTION 10 HEALTH AND SAFETY ELEMENT ...........................................................................29 SECTION 11 NATURAL AND CULTURAL RESOURCES ELEMENT ..............................................31 SECTION 12 NEIGHBORHOOD PRIORITY LISTS .........................................................................33 APPENDIX A………………. .............................................................................................................34 337
City of South Lake Tahoe
2024 General Plan Annual Progress Report
1 SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION
California Government Code Section 65400 (65400(a)(2)(A) and 65700 requires all cities and counties submit an annual report to their legislative body, the Governor’s Office of Land Use and Climate Innovation (LCI), and the California Department of Housing and Development (HCD) on the status of the General Plan and progress of its implementation. According to OPR, the purpose of the report is as follows:
 To provide enough information to allow legislative bodies to assess how the general plan is being implemented in accordance with adopted goals, policies, and implementation measures.
 To provide enough information to identify necessary course adjustments or modifications to the general plan as a means to improve local implementation.  To provide a clear correlation between land use decisions that have been made during the 12-month reporting period and the goals, policies, and implementation measures contained in the general plan.
 To provide enough information regarding local agency progress in meetings its share of regional housing needs and removing governmental constraints to the development of housing pursuant to Government Code 65583(c)(3).

SECTION 2 GENERAL PLAN STATUS
The City’s General Plan was adopted on May 17, 2011. The City Council found the General Plan to be compliant with State law and consistent with the State General Plan Guidelines. The General Plan is considered the “2030 General Plan” since it represents a twenty-year planning document for the 2010-2030 time frame. Government Code Section 65300 requires that every city and county adopt a comprehensive, long-term general plan. The purpose of the General Plan is to guide decisions on future development based on community input and to ensure that development regulations and capital improvements conform to the General Plan. The following elements are required to be included in a General Plan (City General Plan Elements are in parentheses):

1. Land Use Element (Land Use and Community Design)

2. Circulation Element (Transportation and Circulation)

3. Housing Element (Housing)

4. Conservation Element (Natural and Cultural Resources)

5. Open Space Element (Recreation and Open Space)

6. Noise Element (Health and Safety Element)

7. Safety Element (Health and Safety Element)

8. Environmental Justice Element (Land Use and Community Design)) In addition to the mandatory General Plan Elements listed above, the City’s General Plan includes an Economic Development Element and a Public/Quasi-Public Facilities and Services Element.

The City’s 2011 General Plan also includes Neighborhood Priority Lists identifying infrastructure and amenity needs for each neighborhood.
338
City of South Lake Tahoe
2024 General Plan Annual Progress Report
2 SECTION 3 CURRENT POPULATION AND HOUSING ESTIMATES
The most recent population and housing estimates from the California Department of Finance (DOF) are from January 2024. According to the California Department of Finance, the 2024 population estimate for the City of South Lake Tahoe is 20,790, a 0.4 percent increase in the population from the 2023 estimate of 20,703. Figure 1 shows the population estimates for the City of South Lake Tahoe published by the California Department of Finance from 2010 to 2024.

According to the California Department of Finance, in 2024 there were an estimated 16,052 housing units in the City, including 9,727 single-family detached units, 436 single-family attached units, 5,347 multi-family units, and 542 mobile/manufactured homes. Figure 2 depicts the percentage breakdown of housing in the City. Single-family housing represents 61 percent of the housing stock while multi-family housing accounts for 33 percent of the housing units. Of the 16,052 housing units in the City, 9,306 units are occupied, for a housing vacancy rate in the City of 42% percent.
19,000
19,500
20,000
20,500
21,000
21,500
22,000
22,500
23,000
23,500
24,000
Population
Year
Figure 1
Population Estimates for South Lake Tahoe, 2010-2024
339
City of South Lake Tahoe
2024 General Plan Annual Progress Report
3 61%
3%
33%
3%
Figure 2
Percentage of Estimated Housing Units in South Lake Tahoe by Type, 2024
Single-Family Detached
Single-Family Attached
Multi-Family
Mobile/Manufactured
Homes
340
City of South Lake Tahoe
2024 General Plan Annual Progress Report
4 Section 4 Land Use & Community Design Element
The Land Use & Community Design Element of the General Plan addresses future land use, development and redevelopment, community design, and sustainability. During 2024, the City continued to support development of residential and commercial projects that are consistent with the adopted goals of the Land Use & Community Design Element. 2024 Planning Entitlement Applications
During 2024, the Planning Division received 112 entitlement applications as depicted in Table 1 below.

Table 1
Planning Entitlement Applications Submitted during 2024* Type of Application
Area Plan Amendments 0
Community Plan Amendments 0
Plan Area Statement Amendments 0
Eligible Facility Requests for Wireless Facilities 5
Home Occupation 39
Commercial Fence 3
Major and Minor Design Review 15
Major and Minor Sign 33
Major and Minor Variances 3
Mobile Vending Location 4
Cannabis Use Permit 0
Publicly Visible Art 9
Special Use 1
Total Applications 112
*Does not include applications for residential allocations, special events, annual cannabis reviews, or zoning letters.

Proposed General Plan Amendments
In 2023 the City initiated annexation of 90 parcels totaling approximately 410 acres in the Upper Truckee Marsh area. On November 16, 2023, Planning Commission passed a resolution recommending City Council adopt a General Plan amendment to pre-zone these parcels within the City’s sphere of influence. On March 26, 2024, City Council passed Resolution 2024-040 adopting an amendment to the General Plan Figure LU-1, Land Use Diagram and Resolution 2024-041 initiating proceedings for the annexation of such properties. Upon subsequent consultation with property owners affected by the annexation, the LACO application was revised to reduce the annexation area to 80 parcels totaling approximately 9.04 acres. LAFCO consideration of the proposed annexation is scheduled for March 2025. 341
City of South Lake Tahoe
2024 General Plan Annual Progress Report
5 In 2024, the City pursued annexation of 30 parcels, including Heavenly Resort California Base, portions of Heavenly Ski Resort, Van Sickle Bi-State Park, and nearby private parcels, to improve public service efficiency and ensure tax revenue supports existing services like snow removal and road maintenance. On November 5, 2024, City Council passed Resolution 2024-125 amending the General Plan Figure LU-1, Land Use Diagram to reflect the annexation zoning and expanded Sphere of Influence and passed Resolution 2024-126 initiating annexation proceedings.

Proposed Area Plan, Community Plan, and Plan Area Statement Amendments During 2024 the City was actively reviewing the following area plan and plan area statement (PAS) amendments.
1) HVR Montreal Tourist Core Area Plan Amendment – private application 2) Tourist Core Area Plan – City initiated
3) Tahoe Valley Area Plan – City initiated
4) Cleanup Annexation Scenario
5) Heavenly Annexation
6) Mid-Town Area Plan
7) Plan Area Statement 087, Heavenly Valley California Amendment – private application HVR Montreal Tourist Core Area Plan Amendment - The purpose of the proposed zoning amendment is to facilitate the development of multi-family housing on a combined parcel that includes the former Colony Inn site at 3794 Montreal Road and a second parcel located behind the former Colony Inn site that is currently zoned for Recreational use. The applicant (HVR Acquisitions) originally intended to develop four (4) multi-family residential units on the 1.29-acre Recreation parcel as Phase 2 of a Multi-Family Project previously approved by the City for 3794 Montreal Road (former Colony Inn Parcel). City Council directed staff to continue the item in 2023.

The proposed Tourist Core Area Plan and Specific Plan Amendments were presented to City Council on April 23, 2024. City Council passed Resolution 2024-048 to rezone a portion of Assessor’s Parcel Number 029-441-024 from Recreational to Tourist Center Mixed-Use. A revised project was subsequently approved for a total of 30 multi-family residential units with two (2) units deed-restricted to achievable unit as defined by the Tahoe Regional Planning Aency (TRPA).

The City of South Lake Tahoe City Council adopted amendments to the Tourist Core Area Plan/ Specific Plan and the Tahoe Valley Area Plan/ Specific Plan to improve clarity, align with updated TRPA and state regulations, and expand housing opportunities. These updates were approved through Resolution 2024-071 and Resolution 2024-072 on June 18, 2024, and became effective upon adoption by TRPA on December 18, 2024. Specifics amendments included 1) adopting a minimum density standard and increasing the maximum density standard to 65 units per acre for multi-family dwellings, 2) adopting TRPA Phase 2 Amendments to incentive the construction of deed-restricted housing, 3) reducing parking requirements, and 4) implementing a no net loss standard for the conversion of existing residential units.

On April 23, 2024, City Council adopted Ordinance 2024-1185 to approve the pre-zoning of 90 parcels encompassing the Tahoe Valley Campground and adjacent parcels into the Sierra Tract 342
City of South Lake Tahoe
2024 General Plan Annual Progress Report
6 and Barton Memorial Hospital areas and amending City Code Title 6, Chapter 6.55 Article II (Plan Area Maps and Statements). The City Code amendment incorporates TRPA’s Plan Area Statement (PAS) 095 as the underlying zoning designation. The PAS 095 zoning designation will only become effective for the impacted properties if LAFCO grants approval of the annexation.

On November 19, 2024, the City of South Lake Tahoe adopted Ordinance 2024-1190 to update the area map by annexing the Heavenly Resort California Base, California portions of Heavenly Ski Resort, Van Sickle Bi-State Park, and several adjacent private parcels. The City Code amendment incorporates TRPA’s PAS 080- Kingsbury Drainage and PAS 087- Heavenly Valley California as the underlying zoning regulations for the annexed area. This map revision incorporates 30 parcels totaling 2,800 acres, including both private and public properties.

In November of 2023, City Council directed to have in-house staff prepare a focused Implementation Plan for the Bijou Park and Golf Course. In May of 2024, staff presented a MidTown Area Plan kick-off presentation informing City Council and the public of timeframes for outreach, key elements of the planning process, and current conditions under existing regulatory framework. The Mid-Town Area Plan will leverage the adopted 56-Acres Master Plan and existing infrastructure at Lakeview Commons and Harrison Avenue to further transform mid-town into a recreation, arts, and community hub. Throughout 2024 following the kick-off presentation, there has been numerous forms of community engagement and communication with various committees. The anticipated adoption for the Mid-Town Area Plan is Summer of 2025.

In 2024, staff initiated discussions on developing a Residential Area Plan to explore implementing SB9 and eliminating tourist accommodation units. These discussions require coordination with the TRPA and are expected to continue through 2025, with the planning process likely commencing in late 2025 or early 2026.

In December of 2023 the City received an amendment request from Exline and Company, Inc. for a boundary adjustment of PAS 087, Heavenly Valley California, to include 1639 Sherman Way.

The property is currently in PAS 085, Lakeview Heights. After discussing the merits of the proposed amendment, the applicant subsequently withdrew the application.

Title 6 Code Amendments
In 2024, the City Council adopted four amendments to Title 6 of City Code which covers Development Services within the City. More information on the code amendments is provided below.

On-Site Cannabis Consumption- On January 23, 2024 City of South Lake Tahoe City Council adopted Ordinance 2024-1181 amending Article X of Chapter 6.55 (Cannabis Regulations). The amended change allowed cannabis retailers and microbusinesses to apply for indoor on-site consumption lounges by amending their Public Safety License. The ordinance also removed Section 6.55.840 (Existing permitted medical marijuana dispensaries), as the only business affected by it received a cannabis use permit in 2022. Additional amendments to Chapter 4 (Police/ Code Enforcement) were included in the Ordinance. 343
City of South Lake Tahoe
2024 General Plan Annual Progress Report
7 Accessory Dwelling Units- On March 26, 2024, City of South Lake Tahoe City Council adopted Ordinance 2024-1183 amending South Lake Tahoe City Code Section 6.85.050, Accessory Dwelling Units. Multiple new state laws regarding ADUs became effective on January 1, 2024, that requires updating of City Code Section 6.85.050.

Prezoning Cleanup Annexation Scenario- On April 23, 2024, City of South Lake Tahoe City Council adopted Ordinance 2024-1185 amending City Code Chapter 6.55, Article II (Plan Area Maps and Statements) for annexing the Tahoe Valley Campground and adjacent parcels to Sierra Tract and Barton Memorial Hospital. The cleanup annexation area comprises 90 parcels totaling 411.8 acres, which includes a mix of private and publicly owned parcels. The City pursued the annexation of these areas to provide more efficient public services.

Prezoning Heavenly Annexation Scenario- On November 19, 2024, City of South Lake Tahoe City Council adopted Ordinance 2024-1190 amending City Code Title 6, Chapter 6.55, Article II (Plan Area Maps and Statements) to included the annexed area of the Heavenly Resort California Base, California portions of Heavenly Ski Resort, Van Sickle BiState Park, and several adjacent private parcels. The Heavenly annexation area comprises 30 parcels totaling 2,800 acres, including a mix of private and publicly owned parcels. The City pursued the annexation of this area to provide more efficient public services, part of which is to ensure that the City receives tax revenue to support services already being provided to the area, such as snow removal and road maintenance to all of the roads accessing the annexation area.

Proposed Title 6 Code Amendments
City staff notes concerns of inconsistencies, incorrect references, and questions of clarity regarding Title 6. In 2024, Staff began compiling a list of amendments to be proposed for adoption, as well as code interpretations to be included.

Lake Tahoe Basin Development Rights
The City owns TRPA development rights and land coverage, which have accumulated from various sources (e.g., Environmental Improvement Projects, implementation of Community Plans and Area Plans, City purchase of land with attached development rights, the retirement of rights, and TRPA allocation of development). An annual determination for the fair market value of the development rights and land coverage is conducted to provide a consistent and equitable disposition process, promoted the achievement of the City’s affordable housing and community development goals, and provided certainty for the development community. In 2024, the appraisal for the market for development rights and land coverage changed since 2023. The City passed Resolution 2024-062 establishing a new price point for the sale of development right and coverage. The City is in the process of updating the 2024 development rights and coverage appraisal for 2025, with plans to present the revised appraisal to City Council in early 2025.

In 2024, the City facilitated the transfer of 805 square feet of restoration credits to support the implementation of the Mobi-Mats project at Lake Tahoe Retreat. The Mobi-Mats enhance access to the shoreline of Lake Tahoe, promoting inclusivity by improving mobility for all visitors. 344
City of South Lake Tahoe
2024 General Plan Annual Progress Report
8 As part of the development rights and land coverage inventory in 2023, City Council dedicated 70 City-owned tourist accommodation units to be set aside and converted to residential units of use to be sold at no cost for ADUs and multi-family rental units. In 2024, the City had provided residential units of use for the construction of 6 ADUs and 3 MFD units.

Through Design Review applications, staff presented findings to the Planning Commission regarding the allocation of Commercial Floor Area (CFA) for multiple commercial projects. The goal is to encourage public and private investment in the expansion and improvement of commercial and tourist accommodation developments, in accordance with City Council Resolution 23-051. These projects include the outdoor dining expansion for Basecamp Pizza Company, a new eating and drinking establishment called Aster Station, and the expansion of South Side Automotive.

Improved Transparency and Community Engagement
Throughout 2024 City Staff has continued to post projects on the Current Projects web page to inform the public on the status of current development proposals and City initiatives. The Current Project web page includes a status report for major development projects and is linked to a GIS map.

A webpage for the City’s two area plans with tracked changes and amendments was created to house all public records relating to the amendments, including staff reports, community outreach and stakeholder meeting notes, and previous and upcoming meeting dates. A webpage was created for progress and future engagement for the on-going creation of the new Mid-Town Area Plan. The webpage includes past community engagement, an interactive map, project timeline, and options for getting involved and sharing feedback. To date, community engagement for the Mid-Town Area Plan has included displays at three (3) community events, three (3) open houses, five (5) public hearings, 14 stakeholder meetings, and two (2) two-day stakeholder workshops.

In 2023, the City initiated the transition to using an improved planning project and permit application platform through Central Square Technologies. This platform simplifies the application process and allows applicants the ability to view project status and search for active projects improving the transparency of ongoing projects in the City. The platform is anticipated to be active in spring of 2024.

In 2024, the Planning Division updated the City’s Guide to Accessory Dwelling Units. The revised guide, which is available on the City’s website and at the Development Services Department, includes additional resources and enhanced visual aids designed to provide a clearer and more accessible understanding of ADUs.

City staff held five quarterly Housing Community Office Hours meetings in 2024 throughout the community to foster relationships, discuss programs and hear challenges and solutions from the community.

In 2024, the City prioritized community engagement as a key component of updating the Lake Tahoe Airport Master Plan (AMP). The first Public Advisory Committee (PAC) meeting was held in March of 2024 and introduced the project scope and gathered initial stakeholder feedback. A 345
City of South Lake Tahoe
2024 General Plan Annual Progress Report
9 public open house and second PAC meeting was held in June of 2024 and showcased preliminary concepts, invited community input, and refined the plan’s goals. In November of 2024, the third PAC meeting reviewed draft recommendations, incorporating public feedback before presenting the final plan to the City Council for approval.

To improve transparency and encourage community engagement, both City Council and Planning Commission offer hybrid meetings with live Spanish interpretation that can be accessed via zoom or in person.

The existing Land Use and Community Design Element goals are provided below for reference.

Land Use and Community Design Element Goals
Goal LU-1: To ensure a connected city, guide land use consistent with the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency’s Transect Zoning System, and acquire the necessary Tahoe Regional Planning Agency commodities for future revitalization, development, and economic growth.

Goal LU-2: To focus future commercial, multi-family residential, tourist, civic, and social gathering space development in community plan areas in order to maximize incentives and create transit-, bicycle-, and pedestrian-oriented places that serve the needs of both residents and visitors.

Goal LU-3: To encourage the creation of more complete and well-designed neighborhoods that promote livability, safety, and sustainability.

Goal LU-4: To encourage the revitalization, reuse, and expansion of existing and vacant sites in South Lake Tahoe.

Goal LU-5: To revitalize and consolidate existing commercial uses while providing incentives and commodities for new resident- and visitor-serving commercial uses.

Goal LU-6: To provide tourist-serving uses near highways and other highly-visible locations in South Lake Tahoe.

Goal LU-7: To maintain an industrial district that provides for warehousing, research and development, light industrial, and “green technologies” that are attractive, compatible with adjoining non-industrial uses, and well designed and maintained.

Goal LU-8: To enhance and unify the visual quality of South Lake Tahoe.

Goal LU-9: To become a leader in “green” building technology, energy efficiency, emerging technologies, and sustainable development practices in the Lake Tahoe Basin.

Goal LU-10: To make development decisions predictable, fair, cost-effective by coordinating the City of South Lake Tahoe’s efforts with other agencies that either have jurisdiction, provide services, or own property in South Lake Tahoe.

Goal LU-11: To ensure the fair treatment of all visitors and residents, regardless of race, culture, and income with respect to land use and environmental decisions. 346
City of South Lake Tahoe
2024 General Plan Annual Progress Report
10 SECTION 5 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT ELEMENT
The Economic Development Element contains goals and policies to address economic prosperity and diversity, business attraction, and business retention and expansion.

New Business and Home Occupations
All businesses conducting work within the City are required to obtain a Business License. In 2024, the City issued a total of 581 new business licenses.

Thirty-nine home occupation applications were approved during 2024, each of which is associated with a business license.

Economic Development Priorities
In January 2023, City Council and Senior Management staff discussed Council priorities and formal direction at the Strategic Planning Retreat, shaping priority for 2024. Action taken since the meeting includes updating development commodity incentive policies, applying for and accepting funding for the Lake Link shuttle service, and authorizing or accepting grant funding for infrastructure improvements, complete street planning, and housing. In addition, City staff completed an inventory of vacant and underused properties, engaged in discussion with community partners regarding workforce development, created a page of business resources on the City website, created a new business checklist, and conducted a business walk to receive feedback on business support priorities.

The existing Economic Development Element goals are provided below for reference.

Economic Development Element Goals
Goal ED-1: To support and promote economic growth and the diversification of the local economy.

Goal ED-2: To support and promote existing businesses, job retention, and expansion, and diversify the economy.

Goal ED-3: To support and promote new business development and employment growth including local-serving, high technology, environmental-technology, and sustainable businesses, and encourage private-sector investment in South Lake Tahoe. 347
City of South Lake Tahoe
2024 General Plan Annual Progress Report
11 SECTION 6 HOUSING ELEMENT
The 2022-2027 Housing Element was certified in August 2022 by the California Department of Housing and Community Development (HCD). The sixth round Housing Element has a 5-year timeframe. The Housing Element sets forth implementation strategies to address housing needs in the City.

Government Code Section 65400 requires that each city and county, including charter cities, prepare an annual progress report (APR) on the status of the Housing Element in addition to the regular General Plan Annual Report. The Housing Element APR must be submitted using the forms developed by the California Department of Housing and Community Development (HCD) and documents residential permits issued during the previous year and the jurisdiction’s progress in meeting the Regional Housing Needs Allocation (RHNA). In addition, the City’s 2022 adopted Housing Element, Program 1-8, includes an annual public meeting to discuss progress on housing programs and to solicit feedback. Figure 3, below, provides a summary of the City’s total permitted units compared to the RHNA target during the Sixth Cycle ranging from 2022-2027.

During 2024, the City continued several efforts to address existing and future housing needs. The City’s efforts involved entitlements and funding for new affordable housing projects as well as the approval of new incentives for affordable housing. Figure 4 below shows the residential building activity that occurred in 2024 including projects which received planning approval (units entitled), units which received a building permit (units permitted), and projects that were deemed complete (received a certificate of occupancy). The Sugar Pine Village project, which will include a total of Affordable Units Moderate Income Above Moderate Income
Units Permitted 129 5 156
RHNA 120 42 127
129
5 156
120
42 127
0 20
40 60
80 100
120
140
160
180
Number of Units
Figure 3
Residential Units Permitted vs. RHNA Target
2022-2027
Units Permitted RHNA
348
City of South Lake Tahoe
2024 General Plan Annual Progress Report
12 248 deed restricted low-income units (affordable units), completed construction for Phase 1A (68 units) and began preliminary site work for Phase 2A of construction which includes 60 affordable units.

Program 1-4 Using Local Incentives
In 2024, the City adopted an Ordinance amending South Lake Tahoe City Code for Accessory Dwelling Units (ADUs). Multiple new state laws regarding ADUs became effective on January 1, 2024, that require updates to City Code. Staff updated the ADU Guide to reflect the updated City Code. In June of 2024 the City released a Request for Proposal (RFP) to procure a consultant to develop preapproved ADU plans. A consultant was selected in November 2024 and the preapproved ADU designs are projected to be completed in 2025. Staff identified the use of Permanent Local Housing Allocation (PLHA) Formula funds to be used.

Under the TRPA growth management system, building permits for new residential development require residential allocations as well as potential residential units of use. The City typically receives 66 residential allocations from TRPA every two years. The City distributes the allocations between single family dwellings, multi-family dwellings and mixed-use or infill projects in Town Centers.

In 2024 the City Council adopted a revised policy for the disposition of City owned TRPA development commodities to incentivize development of multi-family and accessory dwelling units. Under this policy, 70 City banked Tourist Accommodation Units were set aside for conversion to residential units of use that shall be sold at no cost for ADUs or new multi-family rental units. Additionally, the policy allows for the sale of City owned development rights and land 20 60
21 0 0
68 0
10 20
30 40
50 60
70 80
Units Entitled Units Permitted Units Completed
Number of Units
Figure 4
Residential Building Activity During 2024
Market Rate Low-Income
349
City of South Lake Tahoe
2024 General Plan Annual Progress Report
13 coverage at no cost for residential units that are deed restricted to accommodate low, very-low, and moderate-income families. In 2024, the City transferred nine City owned TRPA development rights for the construction of six ADUs and three multi-family dwelling units. As a condition of receiving a free development right, the nine new units are required to be deed-restricted to longterm housing.

Program 2-1 Pursue State and Federal Funds
In April 2024, the City received the ProHousing Designation from the State of California for their efforts to encourage development of housing at all income levels. This designation comes with funding incentives and additional resources to help speed housing production by offering exclusive access to Prohousing grants and additional points in the scoring of competitive housing, community development, and infrastructure funding programs administered by the Department of Housing and Community Development (HCD). This includes the Prohousing Incentive Program (PIP), a grant program designed to accelerate affordable housing production and support preservation efforts. The City applied to receive PIP Round 3 funding in December 2024 to fund Phase 2B of the Sugar Pine Village affordable housing project.

Program 2-5 Student and Faculty Housing
Lake Tahoe Community College began construction of a 100-bed student dormitory. All units will be deed-restricted for low- and very low-income students. As a “school building” defined in CA Education Code 81130.5 the permitting authority for this project was the Division of the State Architect (DSA). It is therefore not included in Table 2A; however, the City supported this effort by providing 21 multifamily residential units of use for the project, at no cost. Based on the market rate of residential units of use at the time, this was equivalent to a contribution of $315,000. The units shall be returned to the City upon the adoption of an area plan which would allow bonus units to be allocated from TRPA to the project.

Program 2-6 Assist Nonprofit Housing Developers
The City continues to partner with Related CA and St. Joseph Community Land Trust for the development of Sugar Pine Village for 248 units of low-income housing (under 80% AMI). This project is four phases. The first phase (68 units) began construction in Fall 2022 with a Certificate of Occupancy issued in Fall 2024. The second phase (60 units) began preliminary site work in Summer 2023 and completion is expected in Fall 2025. The City is partnering with developers on a former Redevelopment site in the city and have initiated pre-development for the construction of 75 additional affordable housing rental units located at 3900 and 3908 Lake Tahoe Boulevard Program 2-8 Mitigation of TRPA Regulations
The City continues to explore pathways to mitigate TRPA regulations and policies that have created inequitable permitting practices and stagnated development of the most needed housing types. The City diligently implements, amends, and adopts area plans per TRPA Code of Ordinances Chapter 13 which allows the City to set alternate standards that differ from TRPA Code of Ordinances while maintaining alignment with Regional Plan goals. Area plans are an opportunity to advocate for the needs of our community by proposing standards unique to housing needs in the City of South Lake Tahoe.
350
City of South Lake Tahoe
2024 General Plan Annual Progress Report
14 City staff has been part of the Tahoe Living Working Group since its founding in 2020, working with representatives from across the basin to address housing needs identified by the RHNA and local assessments. Staff has actively contributed to identifying housing challenges faced by the City and participated in meetings to develop solutions.

The City played a significant role in TRPA’s receipt of $2.14 million from the California Department of Housing and Community Development’s (HCD) Regional Early Action Planning grant 2.0, Higher Impact Transformation grant to integrate equity, housing choice and affordability and environmental benefits into TRPA’s Regional Plan. City staff provided guidance to ensure equity is incorporated into TRPA code and overall policy to streamline housing. One proposed grant outcome is to streamline the TRPA environmental review process for multifamily projects.

Currently, multifamily projects may receive a CEQA categorical or statutory exemption, but the project is still required to go through the TRPA environmental checklist process.

Program 2-9 Public Education
City staff held five quarterly Housing Community Office Hours meetings in 2024 throughout the community to foster relationships, discuss programs and hear challenges and solutions from the community.

Program 2-11 Local Funding Source Feasibility Study and Linkage Program In Spring 2022 the City contracted BAE Urban Economics to conduct a local housing funding source feasibility analysis on eight different potential sources. The funding study was completed in January 2023 and was discussed at City Council on January 24, 2023, where Council requested additional nexus and feasibility analysis be completed regarding a potential inclusionary housing percentage and in-lieu fee. The findings of this study were presented to Council on August 8, 2023, and staff was directed to draft an Inclusionary Housing Ordinance. This ordinance was adopted on November 21, 2023.

Program 2-15 Rental Assistance Program
In July 2024, the City launched and implemented the Rental Assistance Program (interest-free security deposit loans for city residents at 80% AMI or lower).

Program 3-2 Multiple-Family Dwelling and Single-Room Occupancy Inspection and Maintenance Program and Program 3-5 Preservation of Housing Conditions The City continues to implement the Multiple-Family Dwelling Inspection and Maintenance Program on multifamily projects of six units or more and single-room occupancy (SRO) units in hotels and motels to identify substandard housing and to ensure that City residents are living in safe and decent housing. During 2024, the Development Services Department carried out the following activities for multi-family residential properties and units participating in the Single Room Occupancy (SRO) program:
351
City of South Lake Tahoe
2024 General Plan Annual Progress Report
15 • Multi-Family Residential Unit Program Summary
o City staff conducted 134 site visits to multi-family properties (6 units or greater) o Multifamily units with pending corrections increased from 58 in 2023 to 62 in 2024 • SRO Unit Program Summary
o City staff conducted 14 SRO site visits
o The number of SRO units inspected corrections pending increased to 182 units in 2024.
• Overall, in 2024, the multi-family residential program increased the number of exceptional units from 1252 in 2023 to 1324 at the end of 2024, while the SRO program certified 175 regular units and maintained 59 exceptional units.

In order to address substandard housing conditions within the community, the City Council established a Housing Hotline. Consistent with all other years, in 2024, staff received many calls from tenants regarding security deposit disputes, parking concerns, rent increases inquiries, civil disputes, nuisances, evictions and substandard housing concerns. The Housing Division receives approximately 750 calls annually through the Housing Hotline. A substantial number of these calls are referred to other agencies for assistance such as Legal Services, El Dorado County Environment Management and Behavioral Health, City Code Enforcement, and the California Apartment Association. Additionally, a large number of complaints are resolved through mediation conducted by Housing Staff without escalated enforcement. However, approximately 30 complaints a year do result in City Inspection and prolonged enforcement, the process of which can extend for a series of months. No matter the type of complaint, the Housing Division staff investigates and addresses all substandard housing complains.

Program 3-4 Preservation and Acquisition of At-Risk Properties City staff applied to participate in the 2025 Enterprise California Public Sector Preservation Academy Cohort to build capacity for preservation and rehabilitation of affordable, multifamily dwelling properties.

City staff have provided close to $1,700,000 in CDBG funding to the Tahoe Coalition for the Homeless to do rehabilitation on one of the three Project Homekey properties they acquired. This process is still underway for the 22 units. The City also awarded Tahoe Coalition for the Homeless an additional $120,000 in ProHousing Incentive Program funds for rehabilitation of all three Homekey properties.

Program 3-9 Landlord/Tenant Matching Program - Lease to Locals During 2024, the City continued their partnership with Landing Locals (rebranded as Placemates) to continue and expand the Lease to Locals program. This program offers grants to qualifying South Lake Tahoe property owners when they rent their homes long-term to local residents. The goal of the program is to provide an incentive for second homeowners to lease long-term rather than rent short-term or leave homes vacant and increase rental housing stock. The program was expanded in Summer 2022, in Fall 2023, and again in Fall 2024. As of December 31, 2024, 129 people including children have been housed through this program. 352
City of South Lake Tahoe
2024 General Plan Annual Progress Report
16 Program 4-2 Employee Housing Act Compliance
City Council passed an ordinance directing employers to post signage in employee housing notifying tenants to contact the City for substandard housing issues which are then reported to HCD.

Program 5-1 Fair Housing
The City Attorney’s office assisted with resolving illegal excessive rent increases for multifamily dwelling properties for 70 rental units across 3 properties.

Program 1-8 Housing Element Implementation Progress
The City is required to submit specific tables to HCD which constitute the Housing Element Annual Progress Report (APR) for 2024 (See Appendix A). Each table is further described below if the table is relevant to the City of South Lake Tahoe.
 Table A includes submitted discretionary entitlement applications as well as submitted ministerial applications (building permits). The City received 50 applications for 204 dwelling units in 2024.
 Table A2 includes approved entitlements, issued residential building permits, and residential projects that were completed and received certificates of occupancy. In 2024 the City approved entitlements for 20 units, issued residential permits for 60 units, and completed permitting for 90 residential units during the reporting period.  Table B of the Housing Element APR documents the City’s progress in meeting its Sixth Cycle Regional Housing Needs Allocation (RHNA).
 Table C documents sites identified or rezoned to accommodate shortfall housing need and No Net Loss law.
 Table D is for program implementation status and provides an update on the 45 implementation programs that were adopted as part of the 2022-2027 Housing Element.  Table F documents units that have been substantially rehabilitated, converted from nonaffordable by acquisition, and preserved, including mobile home park preservation.  Table H provides an inventory of surplus lands and lands in excess of its foreseeable needs.  Summary Table documents the number of residential units permitted during the calendar year and number of units applied for during the same period.  LEAP Reporting is an annual report on any Local Early Action Planning grant funds received by the jurisdiction.

The existing Housing Element goals are provided below for reference. 353
City of South Lake Tahoe
2024 General Plan Annual Progress Report
17 Housing Element Goals
Goal HE-1: To increase housing opportunities for South Lake Tahoe residents of all economic levels.

Goal HE-2: To encourage construction and maintenance of affordable and workforce housing in South Lake Tahoe.

Goal HE-3: To preserve and enhance the existing supply of housing.

Goal HE-4: To provide a range of housing services for households with special needs within South Lake Tahoe.

Goal HE-5: To provide decent housing and quality living environments for all South Lake Tahoe residents regardless of age, race, religion, sex, sexual orientation, marital status, ancestry, national origin, disability, or economic level.

Goal HE-6: To ensure energy efficiency and appropriate weatherization for all new and existing housing.

Goal HE-7: To provide for a variety of housing types, sizes, price ranges, and densities compatible with the existing character and integrity of residential neighborhoods.

Goal HE-8: To ensure that Housing Element programs are implemented on a timely basis and progress of each program is monitored and evaluated annually. 354
City of South Lake Tahoe
2024 General Plan Annual Progress Report
18 SECTION 7 TRANSPORTATION AND CIRCULATION ELEMENT
The Transportation and Circulation Element contains goals, policies, and implementation measures to help create a well-connected transportation network that serves all residents and visitors while reducing vehicle miles traveled and greenhouse gas emissions.

During 2024, several significant transportation projects were completed. During 2025, there is or continued progress in the planning, design, and environmental clearance process for other projects, including:
1) Pioneer Trail Pedestrian Improvement Phase 2 (Construction 2025) 2) Upper Bijou Creek Stormwater and Drainage Project (Construction 2025) 3) Tahoe Valley Stormwater and Greenbelt Improvement Project – Phases 1 and 2 (Construction 2025)
4) Bijou Park Class 1 Bicycle Trail – Greenway Connector (Construction 2025) 5) Tata Lane/Sugar Pine Village Sidewalk Project (Design 2025) 6) Citywide ADA Transition Plan (Completed)
7) Dennis T. Machida Memorial Trail (CTC Greenway Phase 1C) (Planning 2025) 8) Pioneer Trail Highway Safety Improvement Project (Construction 2025) 9) Vision Zero Action Plan (Completed)
10) Stateline Avenue Complete Streets Project (Planning 2025) 11) Airport Master Plan
12) Annual Road Rehabilitation Contract (Annual Construction) 13) Lake Tahoe Blvd Bike Trail Upgrade Project (Completed) 14) Barton and Second Drainage and Roadway Improvements (Completed) 15) Lakeside/Harrison ADA Upgrade Project (Completed)
16) Ski Run Blvd Park ADA Upgrade (Completed)
17) Upper Bijou Creek Stormwater and Drainage Project (Construction 2025) Pioneer Trail Pedestrian Improvement Phase 2
• Status: Currently in the bidding phase, construction expected in summer of 2025 The Pioneer Trail Pedestrian Improvement Project Phase 2 is located primarily between the intersections of Ski Run Blvd. on the west end and Larch Street on the east end (0.45 centerline mile). The project proposes construction of ADA compliant sidewalks, grade crossings, ramps, and intersection re-configurations along both sides of Pioneer Trail. Class 2 bike lanes will also be placed on both sides of Pioneer Trail. Minor drainage improvements, landscaping, signage, and sidewalk level lighting will also be constructed. New transit shelters and bus pull outs will be provided along both sides of Pioneer Trail near multi-family residential properties. The project and required CEQA documentation were approved by the Planning Commission at the February 18, 2021 meeting. Design work continued in 2023 and early 2024. Acquisition work was completed in late 2024. Caltrans approval has been obtained, and the project should be bidding in February 2025 with construction commencing in the 2025 season.

On November 5, 2024, City Council passed resolution 2024-119 accepting Highway Safety Improvement Program (HSIP) funding for the Pioneer Trail Improvement Project. The project scope includes lane and shoulder widening, improved line striping, installing radar speed 355
City of South Lake Tahoe
2024 General Plan Annual Progress Report
19 feedback signs, and drainage improvements at the Glenwood Way and Pioneer Trail intersection.

The project is currently in the planning and design phase.

Figure 5
Pioneer Trail Pedestrian Improvement Project – Phase II Upper Bijou Park Creek Watershed Restoration Project
• Status: Construction expected in summer of 2025
The Upper Bijou Park Creek Watershed Restoration Project addresses water quality and flooding in an 850-acre watershed discharging to Lake Tahoe via the Ski Run Marina. Phase 1, completed in 2018, redeveloped the Knights Inn hotel site with new stormwater treatment basins and a conveyance system.

As of 2024, the City is in Phase 2 of the Upper Bijou Park Creek Watershed Restoration Project, addressing flooding, water quality issues, and impacts from development in Stream Environmental Zones (SEZ). Plans include restoring SEZ and floodplain areas, improving drainage to support active transportation near Bijou Community School, and advancing Phase 1c of the Dennis Machida Memorial Greenway Trail. The project will also implement distributed natural treatment systems to reduce sediment and nutrient loads in urban runoff, protecting Lake Tahoe.

On September 26, 2023, the City Council authorized in closed session to negotiate the purchase of a drainage easement on 3740 Blackwood Road to support land acquisition needed to construct the Project, specifically the Rockwood to Blackwood Drainage Improvements and downstream SEZ Enhancement. On April 23, 2024, the City approved the at 3740 Blackwood Drive for a total amount of $117,780 will enable construction of a critical new storm drain pipe to replace failing 356
City of South Lake Tahoe
2024 General Plan Annual Progress Report
20 and inadequate pipes beneath the Heavenly Valley Mobile Home Park and install absent infrastructure along a segment of Blackwood Drive from Spruce Avenue to Pioneer Trail.

The Tahoe Valley Stormwater and Greenbelt Improvement Project • Status:

Phase 1: Planning and Design Complete, Implementation initiated in 2023, continued through 2024 construction season, and expected to be completed in 2025 Phase 2: Planning and Design Complete, Construction contract awarded to contraction, Implementation
expected to begin in 2025
This project includes multi-benefit stormwater, stream environment zone (SEZ) restoration, bicycle/pedestrian improvements, and recreational amenities. Water quality and SEZ enhancements include improving existing drainage ways and drainage systems to spread, infiltrate, treat, and retain surface flows from roadways, commercial areas, and other high priority, directly connected urban areas. Pedestrian and bicycle enhancements include improving connectivity within the project area and to regional networks. Due to the size and diversity of the overall project, it is split into two phases.

1. Phase 1 consists of stormwater and water quality improvement work within the Bonanza neighborhood and downstream of James Avenue at 3rd Street to Tahoe Keys Blvd.

2. Phase 2 consists of the Central Greenbelt Area (behind the Crossings) spanning between Emerald Bay Road at B Street down to Highway 50 at 4th Street.

The Planning Commission adopted the CEQA and Mitigated Negative Declaration for the Tahoe Valley Stormwater and Greenbelt Improvement Project on May 9, 2019. The project TRPA and Lahontan permitting is completed and ready for construction of the project improvements. 357
City of South Lake Tahoe
2024 General Plan Annual Progress Report
21 Phase 1 of the project, approximately $7M, has been funded by the State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB) Proposition 1 Stormwater Grant Program, California Tahoe Conservancy (CTC) Proposition 1 and Proposition 68 Grant Funding, TRPA mitigation funds, and local match funding including Measure S and General funds.

The critical acquisitions of private property within the Central Greenbelt area were completed in 2022 with financial support from TRPA mitigation funds and the CTC. Phase 2 of the project, also approximately $7M, is fully funded as of 2024, including SWRCP Proposition 1 Implementation Grant, TRPA SEZ and Water Quality Mitigation Funding, TRPA – Lake Tahoe Restoration Act Grant Program, CTC Implementation Grant, Lahontan Supplemental Environmental Project, and local match funds from General Fund.

Bijou Park Class I Bicycle Trail – Greenway Connector
• Status: Currently in Planning and Design Phase. Construction expected in 2025 Figure 6
The Tahoe Valley Stormwater and Greenbelt Improvement Project 358
City of South Lake Tahoe
2024 General Plan Annual Progress Report
22 This project proposes to construct 0.6 miles of bicycle and pedestrian trail that would link the Al Tahoe Mobility Project constructed in 2020 (Johnson Blvd & Al Tahoe Boulevard) with the CTC Dennis T. Machida Memorial Greenway Trail Phase 1B (Constructed 2021). The trail would be entirely located within the City's Bijou Park Property, with construction of the project planned in 2025.

Tata Lane/Sugar Pine Village Sidewalk project
• Status: Currently in Planning and Design Phase
This project proposes to provide sidewalk connections on Tata Lane and Julie Lane to connect the new Sugar Pine Village affordable housing project to the Lake Tahoe Boulevard multi-use path and complete pedestrian connectivity to the transit center. Funding is tied to completion of Phase 2A of the affordable housing project and implement will follow thereafter.

Citywide ADA Transition Plan
• Status: Annual Construction Project
Headed by the City Risk Manager, the American with Disabilities Act (ADA) Transition Plan reached final stages of completion in 2023. During 2023 two public outreach meetings were held and surveys were widely distributed for community input. Bureau Veritas was contracted to perform an ADA compliance evaluation of the City’s physical properties, public services, programs, communications practices, and employment practices. The ADA Transition plan begin implementation in summer 2024 and continue into 2025.

Dennis T. Machida Memorial Trail (CTC Greenway Phase 1C) • Status: Initial Planning and Discussions with Property Owners related to needed Easements for Trail Alignment
This project is a continuation of multiple phases of the California Tahoe Conservancy's (CTC) Dennis T. Machida Memorial Greenway Trail Project. This segment (1C) is proposed to provide a multi-use paved trail from the limits of Herbert Avenue to the limits of Ski Run Boulevard and Pioneer Trail. Other Class 1 trail alignments will be evaluated in this project area if the City is unable to obtain easements for the original alignment from private property owners. The City secured $800,000 of grant funds from the CTC in order to partially fund the planning phase of the project, which will include public outreach, site surveying of original alignment and acquisition work, if the original alignment can be achieved. CDM Smith has been contracted for the initial planning phase as described. Discussions with property owners are underway and the City is expected to know the availability of these lands and willingness by property owners to sell easements in the first quarter of 2025. From that point, the City will know whether the original alignment can be achieved or if the project will require changes to the design and the proposed alignment.

Pioneer Trail Highway Safety Improvement Project
• Status: Currently bidding. Construction expected to begin and be completed in 2025 season. 359
City of South Lake Tahoe
2024 General Plan Annual Progress Report
23 This project proposes to make roadway safety improvements at the intersection of Glenwood Way and Pioneer Trail. It is funded primarily through Highway Safety Improvement Program Funds.

The project was determined viable from the TRPA Regional roadway Safety Audit. The project is expected to start construction May 1, 2025 and finish construction in June 2025.

Vision Zero
• Final Report Approved by City Council January 2025.

The City of South Lake Tahoe has developed a data-driven Vision Zero Action Plan, which will be a living document and guide that commits the City to a Vision Zero implementation Plan for improved traffic safety. The Vision Zero Action Plan was developed through community and stakeholder engagement over the course of 2024 and took into account the 8 E-s of Traffic Safety to ensure equity among all roadway users. measuring progress toward eliminating severe injury crashes and fatalities. The Vision Zero Action Plan is a roadmap to address and measure the success of the City’s traffic safety improvement projects and outlines future funding sources available to achieve the goal of zero fatalities and severe injuries by the year 2035.

Stateline Avenue Complete Streets Project
• Status: Conceptual Planning, Constraints Analysis and Circulation/Parking study This project seeks to rehabilitate Stateline Avenue to provide safer pedestrian and bicycle access and improved stormwater infrastructure. Lumos and Associates has been contracted for the conceptual planning, constraints analysis and circulation and parking study to help fully understand how any proposed changes could impact the functionality of this area within the Tourist Core Area Plan. The goal is to create a safer pedestrian and bicycle access to connect the busy, commercial and hotel corridor along the eastern edge of the project area to the Lakeside Beach community on the western edge.

Airport Master Plan
• Status: Approved by City Council, Pending Presentation to Planning Committee In 2023, the City successfully secured grants from the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) and Caltrans to update the Lake Tahoe Airport Master Plan (AMP). After receiving approval from the City Council, staff moved into the planning and development stages. A Planning Advisory Committee was established to provide feedback during the development of the Master Plan materials. In addition, a project website was established for community education and feedback, surveys were released to key stakeholders and a Community Open House was held on June 3, 2024.

On August 13, 2024, the City Council selected an alternative as the recommended alternative in the Airport Master Plan for the purpose of initiating environmental review. On November 19, 2024, the City Council approved the preferred alternative for the Lake Tahoe Airport Master Plan, authorizing staff to proceed with the development of the Airport Layout Plan (ALP).

The AMP’s Capital Improvement Program (CIP) is structured into three phases to ensure that projects are managed effectively over time, with careful consideration of financial feasibility and 360
City of South Lake Tahoe
2024 General Plan Annual Progress Report
24 funding sources. The City is currently in Phase I (Short Term, 2024-2028), focused on immediate improvements that will enhance airport operations and meet regulatory and community needs.

In 2022 the City awarded a 5-Year Master Professional Services agreement for a maintenance project for the airport. In 2024, the City ratified Amendment 6 to make the effective start date of the 5-Year Master Professional Services January 22, 2024. The project will consist of the design, building, and construction of asphalt pavement maintenance through filling of cracks and an application of an asphalt-based surface treatment. The project is intended to extend the useful life of the airfield pavement section. The 5-Year Master Professional Services will be completed in 2029.

Annual Road Rehabilitation Project
• Status: Annual contract, with construction implementation in the summer season The 2024 Road Rehab paved 7.84 lane miles of City roads with a 4” mill and overlay in the Heavenly and Gardener Mountain neighborhoods.

The 2025 Road Rehab is planned in the Herbert/Walkup neighborhood, following the STPUD project in 2024. Construction will begin in summer 2025.

The existing Transportation & Circulation Element goals are provided below for reference.

Transportation and Circulation Goals
Goal TC-1: To develop a transportation network that provides an efficient, comprehensive, and well-maintained roadway system that accommodates vehicular travel while encouraging expanded use of alternative transportation modes.

Goal TC-2: To expand transit services in South Lake Tahoe to provide a viable alternative to the private automobile and enhance mobility for residents and visitors, and work collaboratively to expand public transit options throughout the Tahoe Basin.

Goal TC-3: Expand bicycle and pedestrian activity in the community centers and throughout the city, across all seasons of the year, through enhancements to and maintenance of bike paths, bike lanes, pedestrian paths, and sidewalks.

Goal TC-4: Provide and manage parking to accommodate reasonable auto usage, while minimizing the impacts of excessive parking supply and encouraging use of alternative travel modes.

Goal TC-5: To enhance the Lake Tahoe Airport as a regional hub.

Goal TC-6: Encourage development of waterborne public transportation services that connect with transit, bicycle, and pedestrian facilities.
361
City of South Lake Tahoe
2024 General Plan Annual Progress Report
25 SECTION 8 PUBLIC/QUASI-PUBLIC FACILITIES AND SERVICES

ELEMENT
The Public/Quasi-Public Facilities and Services Element contains goals, policies, and implementation measures to the logical and efficient extension and upgrading of services and facilities in South Lake Tahoe.

Recreation and Aquatic Center Project– In May 2024, construction began on Phase 2 of the Recreation and Aquatics Center, focusing on vertical construction. This milestone followed the City Council's earlier discussions in January 2023 regarding re-bidding the project and the March 2023 amendments to two Professional Services Agreements for preconstruction services and architectural and engineering design. The project remains on schedule to open in early 2026.

Clean Energy Projects – In 2024 the City deployed its first design-build project RFP and procured the services of Willdan Energy Solutions to design and construct a citywide Energy Upgrades project. Council approved the project and funding mechanism in fall of 2024. Measures include:

Building Automation Services and Recommissioning; Pelican Thermostat Integrations; Transformer Upgrades; Solar Parking Canopies at the Motor Pool Facility; Solar Parking Canopies at the Police Station; New Insulated Roof at the Ice Arena; Relocation and Refurbishment of the Microturbine for the Ice Arena; Central Plant Replacement at the Ice Arena; and, Water Meter Downsizing. Implementation will take place in 2025, possibly extending into 2026. The entitlement for South Tahoe Public Utility District (STPUD) solar farm was issued in 2023 and received a building permit in 2024, to begin construction. 3-Cart Waste Management – City worked with South Tahoe Refuse to implement a SB 1383- mandated 3-cart waste management system across city residential and commercial accounts.

The system aims to maximize organic waste diversion toward statewide carbon pollution reduction goals. City staff co-supervised, with South Tahoe Refuse, two AmeriCorps fellows who provided community outreach and also worked to onboard all local schools to food waste diversion programs with in-classroom education on the positive climate outcomes of composting food waste.

Energy efficiency – Liberty Utilities took a positive step forward in securing federal funding toward advanced metering infrastructure, which will help bring greater transparency into electricity usage which will help toward resiliency goals, emergency management, as well as conservation program development. On January 9, 2024, the City authorized to submit grant applications to the Tahoe Fund for charging infrastructure for microtransit and Police Department electric vehicle pilot program. On August 13, 2024, City Council passed resolution 2024-079 authorizing funding for the structural engineering and design services toward the implementation of electrical cabinet upgrades and electrical vehicle charging infrastructure in a contract with EV Range.

Fire Station 3 - In 2023, the City initiated an evaluation of design options for the reconstruction of Fire Station 3. Throughout 2024, the city has continued to evaluate potential design options, as well as preliminary investigations into potential building sites. 362
City of South Lake Tahoe
2024 General Plan Annual Progress Report
26 The existing Public/Quasi-Public Facilities and Services Element goals are provided below for reference.

Public/Quasi-Public Facilities and Services Element
Goal PQP-1: To ensure the timely maintenance, expansion, and upgrade of public facilities and services for the entire community.

Goal PQP-2: To work with local providers to ensure an adequate and safe water supply and delivery system for the entire community.

Goal PQP-3: To coordinate with South Tahoe Refuse to provide a reliable and environmentallyfriendly solid waste collection and diversion program that encourages recycling and re-use.

Goal PQP-4: To protect water quality of streams and Lake Tahoe by reducing pollutant loads associated with urban stormwater runoff.

Goal PQP-5: To deter crime and to meet the growing demands for public services in South Lake Tahoe.

Goal PQP-6: To protect residents, employees, and visitors in South Lake Tahoe from injury and loss of life, and to protect property and businesses from fires.

Goal PQP-7: To coordinate planning efforts with the Lake Tahoe Unified School District, Lake Tahoe Community College, and South Lake Tahoe Library in their efforts to provide for the educational needs of all South Lake Tahoe residents.

Goal PQP-8: To promote the provision of adequate levels of utility services by private companies and to ensure that these are constructed in a fashion that minimizes their negative effects on surrounding development and maximizes energy efficiency.

Goal PQP-9: To expand health and medical facilities and services in South Lake Tahoe to serve residents and visitors.

Goal PQP-10: To relocate and consolidate City-owned and operated public buildings while making them more energy efficient.
363
City of South Lake Tahoe
2024 General Plan Annual Progress Report
27 SECTION 9 RECREATION AND OPEN SPACE ELEMENT
The Recreation and Open Space Element contains goals and policies that seek to protect open space and enhance recreational opportunities for South Lake Tahoe residents and visitors.

Recreation Complex Expanded Services – During 2024 the Recreation Division is now offering a long list of programming including: Mini Mountain Movers, Storytime with a Mermaid, Accessible Yoga, Every Body Yoga, Kiddo Yoga, Baby & Me Yoga, Line Dancing, and Silver Striders Walking Club. New youth sports offerings included a basketball league, NFL Flag Football, Sierra Spirit, First Tee Golf Lessons, and a volleyball league. Programs were created based on feedback received from a New Recreation Programs survey in which the Department received over 800 responses on programming the community would like to see for the new Recreation and Aquatics Center.

Aquatics offered swim lessons year-round with 340 participants over the summer months and 80 participants during the Fall. The pool currently has lifeguards staffed to a sufficient level to offer regular programming and will continue to ramp up staffing levels to prepare for the new Recreation and Aquatics Center.

Parks & Recreation have begun a new emphasis on marketing programming, events and services by launching the Department’s own social media presence on Facebook and Instagram as well as publishing the first program guide, SLT at Play, since 2014.

Operating hours have been extended for the Rec Center in the evenings.

Recreation and Aquatic Center Project– In January 2023 City Council discussed re-bidding for construction of the Recreation and Aquatics Center and in March executed amendments to two Professional Services Agreements regarding preconstruction of the facility and architectural and engineering design. A contract was awarded for Phase 2, vertical construction, of the project and began work in May 2024. Currently the project is on track to open doors in early 2026.

Community Parks– Ski Run Park opened to the community in Summer 2024 and the park has been well utilized by the community. Funding for renovation of the basketball courts changing them into a street style skate park at Bijou Community Park was approved. Construction of the skate park renovations will begin in May 2025. Staff are working on implementing Phase I of the Regan Beach Landing project and have submitted a grant application to begin planning and environmental work to begin this phase of the project. New, upgraded water bottle refill stations were installed at Regan Beach, Lakeview Commons, Lakeview Boat ramp, Little League Fields, Community Playfields, and Bijou Park.

Ice Arena – A major ice arena facility roof and central plant upgrade will be part of a larger Energy Upgrades project, detailed in Section 8. The upgrade will see higher energy efficiency and resiliency toward uninterrupted operations for the community. 364
City of South Lake Tahoe
2024 General Plan Annual Progress Report
28 Public Art Installation– In 2021, the City Council approved $100,000 earmarked American Rescue Plan Act (ARPA) funds to go towards Art Program Funding. On May 31, 2024, the City advertised a request for proposal (RFP) for a Public Art Installation located in proximity to Lakeview Avenue and U.S. Highway 50. The Arts, Tourism, and Culture (ACT) Commission awarded the RFP to a proposal on September 9, 2024. City Council approved the $100,000 of ARPA funds to complete the project. The anticipated interactive sculpture project installation is May 2025. The ACTs commission has issued 16 Publicly Visible Art permits in 2024.

In 2022, the City initially entered into a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) with the Lake Tahoe Unified School District (LTUSD) to receive pass-through grant funds awarded to LTUSD Strong Workforce Program Grant (Grant Award) to provide work-based learning opportunities. On April 23, 2024, the City agreed to enter into a new MOU with LTUSD to allow the City to use the remailing funds up to $21,000 to support the salary of a Park Ranger Coordinator from January 1, 2024, through May 30, 2024 before the Grant Award Term expires.

The existing Recreation and Open Space Element goals are provided below for reference.

Recreation and Open Space Element Goals
Goal ROS-1: To maintain and expand South Lake Tahoe’s public park system and recreational opportunities to meet the needs of residents, employees, and visitors.

Goal ROS-2: To provide areas of permanent construction that include passive recreational opportunities.
365
City of South Lake Tahoe
2024 General Plan Annual Progress Report
29 SECTION 10 HEALTH AND SAFETY ELEMENT
The Health and Safety Element includes goals, policies, and actions to address natural hazards such as flooding and wildfires and earthquakes as well as hazards from airplane operations. The Health and Safety Element also includes emergency response and disaster preparedness.

During 2024 several projects and actions were taken to address the Health and Safety Element including the following:
 In 2024, the Police Department has competed a Citywide radio system upgrade to comply with DOJ requirements and protect Criminal Justice Information (CJI) and Personal Identifiable Information (PII) initiated in 2023. On April 23, 2024, City Council authorized the transfer of surplus Police radios to the El Dorado Sheriff’s Office at no cost to enhance interagency communication and interoperability.
 The California Office of Traffic Safety (OTS) provides grant assistance to law enforcement agencies through the OTS Grant Program. The Police Department applied for these grant funds in January of 2024 and received confirmation of the awarding of funds in October of 2024. The City Council passed a resolution authorizing the grant fund of $45,000 to be utilized for enforcement efforts included but not limited to DUIs, seatbelt usage, distracted driving, motorcycle, bicycle, and pedestrian safety issues.  In August of 2024, City Council passed a motion authorizing a Professional Service Agreement with the California Tahoe Emergency Services Operations Authority for emergency medical dispatch and support services for ambulance emergency response commencing September 1, 2024 and ending August 31, 2029.  In February of 2024, the City authorized the Fire Chief to apply for assistance to Firefighter Grant in the amount of $687,245 for self-contained breathing apparatus replacement and upgrade.
 Lake Valley Fire Protection District has been awarded a grant from the California Tahoe Conservancy in the amount of $3,302,500 for capacity planning projects. These projects are located within the south shore directly helping to reduce fuels and planning future fuels reduction projects. As a sub-recipient, the City Fire Department will provide professional services related to the Project and the administration of the Project Funds. In February of 2024, City Council passed Resolution 2024-026 authorizing the sub-recipient agreement.  On June 18, 2024, the City passed an ordinance amending Chapter 5.30 (Hazardous Vegetation and Defensible Space) to establish a vegetation management and defensible space requirement. The goal is to reduce hazardous accumulation of weeds, grasses, vegetation and other combustible materials to reduce the risk of fire hazards.

The existing Health and Safety Element goals are provided below for reference.

Health and Safety Element Goals
Goal HS-1: To plan for, train for, and respond to that incidences and disasters in order to minimize loss of life, major injury, and loss of property.
366
City of South Lake Tahoe
2024 General Plan Annual Progress Report
30 Goal HS-2: To provide minimize [sic] fire hazards and provide fire protection services that maintain a safe and healthy community.

Goal HS-3: To protect lives and property from seismic and geologic hazards and adverse soil conditions.

Goal HS-4: To protect life and property from seasonal flooding and flooding related to large storm events.

Goal HS-5: To protect and maintain the safety of residents, businesses, and visitors by reducing the threat of avalanches.

Goal HS-6: To protect and maintain the safety of residents, businesses, and visitors by reducing, where possible, eliminating exposure to hazardous materials, waste, and natural substances.

Goal HS-7: To protect and maintain the safety of residents, businesses, and visitors by reducing the threat of aircraft hazards.

Goal HS-8: To protect South Lake Tahoe’s residents, workers, and visitors from the harmful and annoying effects of excessive noise exposure.
367
City of South Lake Tahoe
2024 General Plan Annual Progress Report
31 SECTION 11 NATURAL AND CULTURAL RESOURCES ELEMENT
The Natural and Cultural Resources Element addresses the preservation and enhancement of scenic, water, biological, historical, cultural, and mineral resources.

The City continues to implement its first Climate Action Plan (CAP), adopted in October of 2020.

The CAP serves as a long-term plan to reduce greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from community activities, as well as prepare for the impacts of climate change. In addition to addressing climate change, the CAP will provide numerous co-benefits. Emissions reduction strategies are crafted to provide benefits to public health and safety, economic sustainability, local environmental quality, community resilience, and equity.

During 2024 several actions were taken to further the implementation of the Climate Action Plan including the following:
 City staff procured a contract with a vendor to provide electric vehicle chargers and backend management platform support, and operations and maintenance with guaranteed pricing for 10 years.
 City staff procured electrical engineer design contract services to design six city fleet EV charging stations, including sites for electric Lake Link vehicles to charge. The City has partnered with South Shore Transit Management Association to support micro-transit to complement regional bus service. Once charging infrastructure is in place, Lake Link has committed to procuring EVs. Other sites are designed to support charging of vehicles for various departments: Public Works, Parks and Recreation, Police, and Development Services.
 A contract for leasing public parking spaces to Tesla was secured in 2023. Implementation was delayed in 2024 due to Tesla internal restructuring, but permitting is complete and installation of 12 supercharger station ports is planned for 2025.  Plans were finalized for 14 charging spaces for the Bellamy Garage, with installation planned for 2025. Plans for six charging ports at the new Recreation and Aquatics Center were finalized in 2024, for installation in 2025 and a grand opening in January 2026.

The existing Natural and Cultural Resources Element goals are provided below for reference.

Natural and Cultural Resources Element Goals
Goal NCR-1: To protect and enhance the visual connection of South Lake Tahoe’s and the Lake Tahoe Basin’s scenic resources.

Goal NCR-2: To protect and enhance the clarity of Lake Tahoe and water quality in the area’s rivers, creeks, and groundwater.

Goal NCR-3: To protect, restore, and enhance biological habitats and wildlife species in South Lake Tahoe.
368
City of South Lake Tahoe
2024 General Plan Annual Progress Report
32 Goal NCR-4: To preserve and maintain sites and structures that serve as significant, visible connections to South Lake Tahoe’s social, cultural, and architectural history.

NCR-5: To incorporate air quality transportation improvements and emission reductions directly with land use and transportation planning.

Goal NCR-6: To encourage energy conservation in new and existing developments in order to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, limit their effect on global warming, and to create a more sustainable environment.
369
City of South Lake Tahoe
2024 General Plan Annual Progress Report
33 SECTION 12 NEIGHBORHOOD PRIORITY LISTS
The Neighborhood Priority Lists chapter of the General Plan includes proposed land use, economic development, transportation, and housing actions for the City’s different neighborhoods. The list of priorities for neighborhood improvements was created based on features identified by residents and stakeholders that were missing from their individual neighborhoods. It should be noted that two community plans (Stateline/Ski Run and Tahoe Valley) have since been replaced with two new Area Plans (Tourist Core Area Plan and Tahoe Valley Area Plan). The following provides a summary of the actions taken in 2024 for the ongoing neighborhood priority lists:
 Ski Run Park – Ski Run Park opened to the community in summer 2024 and has since been actively enjoyed by residents and visitors.
 Airport – Phase I of the Airport Master Plan will focus on immediate improvements that will enhance airport operations.
 Bijou Park – Phase II of the Pioneer Trail Pedestrian Improvement Project will address the priorities of pedestrian and bicyclist safety and connectivity. The Mid-Town Area Plan identifies the park as a central focus in its policies and goals for the future development of the area.
 Sierra Tract – A priority of the Sierra Tract is to provide better transit service through the neighborhood. The Lake Link microtransit service has expanded into the Sierra Tract neighborhood following additional funding approved by the City Council in late 2023. 370
City of South Lake Tahoe
2024 General Plan Annual Progress Report
34 APPENDIX A

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE HOUSING ELEMENT ANNUAL

PROGRESS REPORT
CALENDAR YEAR 2024
371
Jurisdiction South Lake Tahoe ANNUAL ELEMENT PROGRESS REPORT Note: "+" indicates an optional field Reporting Year 2024 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31) Housing Element Implementation Planning Period 6th Cycle 06/30/2022 - 06/30/2027
Date
Application
Submitted
Total
Approved
Units by
Project
Total
Disapproved
Units by
Project
Streamlining Application
Status Project Type Notes
2 3 4 6 7 8 9 11 12 13
Prior APN+ Current APN Street Address Project Name+
Local
Jurisdiction
Tracking ID
Unit Category
(SFA,SFD,2 to
4,5+,ADU,MH)
Tenure
R=Renter
O=Owner
Date
Application
Submitted
(see
instructions)
Very LowIncome
Deed
Restricted
Very LowIncome Non
Deed
Restricted
LowIncome
Deed
Restricted
Low-Income
Non Deed
Restricted
ModerateIncome
Deed
Restricted
ModerateIncome
Non Deed
Restricted
Above
ModerateIncome
Total PROPOSED
Units by Project
Total

APPROVED
Units by
project
Total

DISAPPROVED
Units by Project
Please select state
streamlining
provision/s the
application was
submitted
pursuant to.

Did the housing
development
application seek
incentives or
concessions
pursuant to
Government
Code section
65915?
Were incentives
or concessions
requested
pursuant to
Government
Code section
65915
approved?
Please indicate
the status of the
application.

Is the project
considered a
ministerial
project or
discretionary
project?
Notes+
Summary Row: Start Data Entry Below 36 0 96 0 2 0 70 204 82 0 2732113100 3631

SPRUCE AVE
# B
24010065
ADU R
1/17/2024
1 1 1 NONE No N/A Approved Ministerial
3112212100 2621
ELWOOD
AVE # B
24020085
ADU R
2/22/2024
1 1 1 NONE No N/A Approved Ministerial
3118115100 1168

STOCKTON
AVE
24020112
ADU R
2/29/2024
1 1 1 NONE No N/A Approved Ministerial
2351207100 852
CLEMENT ST 24050199 ADU R
5/24/2024
1 1 1 NONE No N/A Approved Ministerial
2365512100 824 HAZEL
DR 24050212 ADU R
5/29/2024
1 1 1 NONE No N/A Approved Ministerial
2626101100 940 CAVE
ROCK AVE 24060100 ADU R
6/20/2024
1 1 1 NONE No N/A Approved Ministerial
2937121100 3685

PRIMROSE
RD
24070180
SFD R
7/29/2024
1 1 1 NONE No N/A Approved Ministerial
2934102100 1057 FERN
RD # D 24080051 ADU R
8/9/2024
1 1 1 NONE No N/A Approved Ministerial
2937121100 3687

PRIMROSE
RD
24080052 ADU R
8/9/2024
1 1 1 NONE No N/A Approved Ministerial
2363213100 827
GARDNER ST 24080139 ADU R
8/22/2024
1 1 1 NONE No N/A Approved Ministerial
2918133100 3835 FOREST
AVE 24090110 ADU R
9/18/2024
1 1 NONE No N/A Pending Ministerial
2939120100 3676 ROCKY
POINT RD 24100128 ADU R
10/25/2024
1 1 NONE No N/A Pending Ministerial
2555413100 3560 RALPH
DR 24110048
ADU R
11/14/2024
1 1 NONE No N/A Pending Ministerial
2934103100 1065 FERN
RD # D 24120047 ADU R
12/11/2024
1 1 NONE No N/A Pending Ministerial
2944104100 3794

MONTREAL
RD # B
HVR Multifamily 24010031
2 to 4 O
1/8/2024
1 1 1 NONE No N/A Approved Discretionary
2944104100 3794

MONTREAL
RD # C
HVR Multifamily 24010032
2 to 4 O
1/8/2024
1 1 1 NONE No N/A Approved Discretionary
2944104100 3794

MONTREAL
RD # D
HVR Multifamily 24010033
2 to 4 O
1/8/2024
1 1 1 NONE No N/A Approved Discretionary
3229128100 1888 LAKE

TAHOE BLVD
# C
Sugarpine Village 24050003
5+ R
5/1/2024
30 30 30 NONE No N/A Pending Discretionary
3229128100 1888 LAKE

TAHOE BLVD
# E
Sugarpine Village 24050004
5+ R
5/1/2024
30 30 30 NONE No N/A Pending Discretionary
2610405100 3054

FRESNO AVE
# B
24050042
2 to 4 R
5/7/2024
2 2 2 NONE No N/A Pending Ministerial
3219110100 1150 MELBA
DR # A1 Ruelas Remodel/ Addition (#24-085) 24050053 2 to 4 R 5/8/2024
1 1 1 NONE No N/A Approved Discretionary
3219110100 1150 MELBA
DR # A2 Ruelas Remodel/ Addition (#24-085) 24050131 2 to 4 R 5/16/2024
1 1 1 NONE No N/A Approved Discretionary
3219110100 1150 MELBA
DR # B1 Ruelas Remodel/ Addition (#24-085) 24050132 2 to 4 R 5/16/2024
1 1 NONE No N/A Approved Discretionary
3219110100 1150 MELBA
DR # B2 Ruelas Remodel/ Addition (#24-085) 24050133 2 to 4 R 5/16/2024
1 1 NONE No N/A Approved Discretionary
3228216100 1247

MARGARET
AVE
24050006
SFD O
5/1/2024
1 1 1 NONE No N/A Approved Ministerial
2219213100 2076

TRAVERSE
CT
24050090
SFD O
5/13/2024
1 1 NONE No N/A Approved Ministerial
2363308100 849 TAYLOR
WAY 24050106 SFD O
5/14/2024
1 1 1 NONE No N/A Approved Ministerial
2528218100 3785

WOODBINE
RD
24020084
SFD O
2/22/2024
1 1 1 NONE No N/A Approved Ministerial
3121502100 2502

FOUNTAIN
AVE
24020096
SFD O
2/26/2024
1 1 1 NONE No N/A Approved Ministerial
Table A
Cells in grey contain auto-calculation formulas
1 5
Project Identifier Unit Types Proposed Units - Affordability by Household Incomes Density Bonus Law Applications
10 Housing Development Applications Submitted
372
3125602100 960 RUBICON
TER 24040005 SFD O
4/1/2024
1 1 1 NONE No N/A Approved Ministerial
2205130100 2183

MONTEREY
DR
24040140
SFD O
4/26/2024
1 1 NONE No N/A Approved Ministerial
3119410100 2619 ALMA
AVE 24050188 SFD O
5/24/2024
1 1 NONE No N/A Approved Ministerial
3228319100 1259 DEDI
AVE 24050189 SFD O
5/24/2024
1 1 NONE No N/A Approved Ministerial
2522308100 1369 SUSIE
LAKE RD 24050230 SFD O
5/31/2024
1 1 NONE No N/A Pending Ministerial
2369314100 603
GARDNER ST 24060031 SFD O
6/7/2024
1 1 NONE No N/A Pending Ministerial
2240202100 2177 WHITE
SANDS DR 24060087
SFD O
6/18/2024
1 1 NONE No N/A Approved Ministerial
2713201100 3712 FOREST
AVE 24070184 SFD O
7/30/2024
1 1 NONE No N/A Approved Ministerial
3215209100 1282

BONANZA
AVE
24080087
SFD O
8/15/2024
1 1 NONE No N/A Pending Ministerial
2206154100 2164 BALBOA
DR 24080112 SFD O
8/19/2024
1 1 NONE No N/A Pending Ministerial
23162016 767

GLORENE
AVE
24090071 SFD O
9/13/2024
1 1 NONE No N/A Pending Ministerial
2910123100 3779 BEACH
RD 24090120 SFD O
9/19/2024
1 1 NONE No N/A Pending Ministerial
2537418100 3351 MT
ROSE RD 24100039 SFD O
10/7/2024
1 1 NONE No N/A Approved Ministerial
2539511100 3370 JANET
DR 24100157 SFD O
10/31/2024
1 1 NONE No N/A Pending Ministerial
2910605100 3781 AZURE
AVE 24110024 SFD O
11/6/2024
1 1 NONE No N/A Pending Ministerial
2909532100 3924 PINE RD 24110090 SFD O 11/25/2024 1 1 NONE No N/A Pending Ministerial 3227508100 1084 DEDI
AVE 24120016 SFD O
12/4/2024
1 1 NONE No N/A Pending Ministerial
29170002 3900 and
3908 LAKE
TAHOE BLVD.
3900 Lake Tahoe Blvd. Affordable
Housing Project #24-173
5+ R
11/19/2024
36 36 3 75 NONE Yes N/A Pending Discretionary
APN: 29170001
SB-35 + SB330
27155002 1169 SKI RUN
BLVD. Taiga Redevelopment #24-129 5+ O
8/30/2024
6 6 NONE No No Pending Ministerial
23182029 900

EMERALD
BAY RD
Emerald Bay Mixed-Use #24-030
2 to 4 R
3/13/2024
4 4 NONE No No Pending Discretionary
3125819100 2625 Lake
Tahoe Blvd. Muller Redevelopment #23-050
2 to 4 R
3/25/2024
2 2 NONE No No Approved Discretionary
28720007 3794

MONTREAL
ROAD
HVR Multifamily Phase 2 #24-107
5+ O
7/8/2024
12 12 NONE No No Approved Discretionary
2 Units deed restricted to T
373
Jurisdiction South Lake Tahoe ANNUAL ELEMENT PROGRESS REPORT Reporting Year 2024
(Jan. 1 - Dec.
31) Housing Element Implementation Cells in grey contain auto-calculation formulas Planning Period 6th Cycle 06/30/2022 06/30/2027
Table A2
Streamlining Infill
Housing without Financial
Assistance or Deed
Restrictions
Term of Affordability
or Deed Restriction Notes
2 3 5 6 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 Prior APN+ Current APN Street Address Project Name+ Local Jurisdiction Tracking ID
Unit Category
(SFA,SFD,2 to
4,5+,ADU,MH)
Tenure
R=Renter
O=Owner
Very LowIncome Deed
Restricted
Very LowIncome Non
Deed
Restricted
Low- Income
Deed
Restricted
Low- Income
Non Deed
Restricted
ModerateIncome Deed
Restricted
ModerateIncome Non
Deed
Restricted
Above
ModerateIncome
Entitlement
Date Approved # of Units issued
Entitlements
Very LowIncome Deed
Restricted
Very LowIncome Non
Deed
Restricted
Low- Income
Deed
Restricted
Low- Income
Non Deed
Restricted
ModerateIncome Deed
Restricted
ModerateIncome Non
Deed
Restricted
Above
ModerateIncome
Building Permits
Date Issued
# of Units Issued
Building Permits
Very LowIncome Deed
Restricted
Very LowIncome Non
Deed
Restricted
LowIncome
Deed
Restricted
LowIncome
Non Deed
Restricted
ModerateIncome
Deed
Restricted
ModerateIncome Non
Deed
Restricted
Above
ModerateIncome
Certificates of
Occupancy or other
forms of readiness
(see instructions)
Date Issued
# of Units
issued
Certificates of
Occupancy or
other forms of
readiness
How many of
the units were
Extremely Low
Income?
Please select the
state streamlining
provision the
project was

APPROVED
pursuant to. (may
select multiple)
Infill Units?
Y/N+
Assistance Programs
for Each Development
(may select multiple -
see instructions)
Deed Restriction
Type
(may select
multiple - see
instructions)
For units affordable without
financial assistance or deed
restrictions, explain how the
locality determined the units
were affordable
(see instructions)
Term of Affordability or
Deed Restriction
(years) (if affordable in
perpetuity enter 1000)+
Number of
Demolished/Destroye
d Units
Demolished or
Destroyed Units
Demolished/D
estroyed Units
Owner or
Renter
Total Density Bonus Applied
to the Project (Percentage
Increase in Total Allowable
Units or Total Maximum
Allowable Residential Gross
Floor Area)
Number of Other
Incentives,
Concessions, Waivers,
or Other Modifications
Given to the Project
(Excluding Parking
Waivers or Parking
Reductions)
List the incentives,
concessions,
waivers, and
modifications
(Excluding Parking
Waivers or
Parking
Modifications)
Did the project receive
a reduction or waiver of
parking standards? (Y/N)
Notes+
Summary Row: Start Data Entry Below 0 0 0 0 0 0 20 20 0 0 0 0 2 0 58 60 0 0 68 0 1 0 21 90 0 11 2365512100 824 HAZEL DR 24050212 ADU R 0 8/28/2024 0 1 9/5/2024 1 NONE Y Other Other N/A 1000 Deed restricted as a TRPA Bonus Unit.
2732113100 3631 SPRUCE
AVE # B 24010065 ADU R 0 5/9/2024 0 1 10/30/2024 1 NONE Y 3112212100 2621 ELWOOD
AVE # B 24020085 ADU R 0 1 5/9/2024 1 0 NONE Y
3118115100
1168

STOCKTON
AVE
24020112 ADU R
0 1 5/16/2024 1 0 NONE Y
2351207100 852 CLEMENT
ST 24050199 ADU R
0 1 10/7/2024 1 0 NONE Y
29720007
3794

MONTREAL
ROAD
HVR Multifamily
Phase 2 #24-107 5+ O 12 9/19/2024
12 0 0 NONE Y
2 Units deed restricted
to TRPA achievable
units
2626101100 940 CAVE
ROCK AVE 24060100 ADU R 0 1 7/31/2024 1 0 NONE Y
2934102100 1057 FERN RD
# D 24080051 ADU R 0 1 12/11/2024 1 0 NONE Y
2937121100 3687
PRIMROSE RD 24080052 ADU R
0 1 10/7/2024 1 0 NONE Y
2363213100 827 GARDNER
ST 24080139 ADU R 0 1 9/30/2024 1 0 NONE Y
2610405100 3054 FRESNO
AVE # B 24050042 2 to 4 R 0
1 7/31/2024 1 0 NONE Y
3109321100 1051 WILLIAM
AVE 22070054 ADU R 0 0 1 5/7/2024 1 NONE Y
2723334100 1048 HERBERT
AVE 22100002 ADU R 0 0 1 5/31/2024 1 NONE Y
2723405100 1149 LONG
VALLEY AVE 23040045 ADU R 0 0 1 6/13/2024 1 NONE Y
2934102100 1057 FERN RD
# E 23030117 ADU R 0 1 8/9/2024 1 0 NONE Y
2736415100
3380

TREEHAVEN
DR
23120110 ADU R
0 1 10/3/2024 1 0 NONE Y
3222102100
1331

EMERALD
BAY RD
Corbelli FourPlex
(#19-257) 19120143 2 to 4 R 0
2 2 3/21/2024 4 0 NONE Y Other Other N/A 1000
Deed restricted as a
TRPA Bonus Unit.
2610405100 3054 FRESNO
AVE # A 22120036 2 to 4 R
0 1 7/31/2024 1 0 NONE Y
2707232100 3708 LAKE

TAHOE BLVD
Multi-Family
Housing Project
(#21-142)
22120036 5+ R
0 14 6/13/2024 14 0 NONE Y
2934102100 1057 FERN RD
# A 23030061 2 to 4 R 0 1 8/9/2024 1 0 NONE Y
2934102100 1057 FERN RD
# B 23030062 2 to 4 R 0 1 8/9/2024 1 0 NONE Y
2934102100 1057 FERN RD
# C 23030114 2 to 4 R 0 1 8/9/2024 1 0 NONE Y
3109417100 1077
MARJORIE ST 23090158 2 to 4 R 0 0 2 8/28/2024 2 NONE Y
2944104100
3794

MONTREAL RD
# B
HVR Multifamily 24010031 2 to 4 O
0 1 1/8/2024 1 0 NONE Y
2944104100
3794

MONTREAL RD
# C
HVR Multifamily 24010032 2 to 4 O
0 1 1/8/2024 1 0 NONE Y
2944104100
3794

MONTREAL RD
# D
HVR Multifamily 24010033 2 to 4 O
0 1 1/8/2024 1 0 NONE Y
2610405100 3054 FRESNO
AVE # B 24050042 2 to 4 R 0 1 7/31/2024 1 0 NONE Y
3219110100 1150 MELBA
DR # A1
Ruelas Remodel/
Addition (#24-085) 24050053 2 to 4 R 8/23/2024 0
1 8/28/2024 1 0 NONE Y 1 Demolished R
3219110100 1150 MELBA
DR # A2
Ruelas Remodel/
Addition (#24-085) 24050131 2 to 4 R 8/23/2024 0
1 8/28/2024 1 0 NONE Y 1 Demolished R
3219110100 1150 MELBA
DR # B1
Ruelas Remodel/
Addition (#24-085) 24050132 2 to 4 R 8/23/2024 0 1 8/28/2024 1 0 NONE Y 3219110100 1150 MELBA
DR # B2
Ruelas Remodel/
Addition (#24-085) 24050133 2 to 4 R 8/23/2024 0 1 8/28/2024 1 0 NONE Y 2532101100 3642 SADDLE
RD 20090034 SFD O 0 0 1 7/1/2024 1 NONE Y
2369407100 701 PANTHER
LN 21020101 SFD O 0 0 1 11/13/2024 1 NONE Y
2610523100 835 LOS
ANGELES 21030100 SFD O 0 0 1 7/5/2024 1 NONE Y 1 Demolished O 2529108100 1308 GILMORE
LAKE RD 21040130 SFD O 0 0 1 7/10/2024 1 NONE Y
2909114100 919 LAKE RD 21080012 SFD O 0 0 1 8/2/2024 1 NONE Y 3134112100
2768

SPRINGWOOD
DR
22010019 SFD O
0 0 1 10/31/2024 1 NONE Y
2522603100 3375 HOBART
RD 22020024 SFD O 0 0 1 11/21/2024 1 NONE Y
2520108100 3387 ALOHA
RD 22020072 SFD O 0 0 1 3/28/2024 1 NONE Y
3225229100 1917 F ST 22040022 SFD O 0 0 1 11/22/2024 1 NONE Y 2205167100 2141
INVERNESS 22070007 SFD O 0 0 1 12/20/2024 1 NONE Y 1 Demolished O 2909529100 3921 CEDAR
AVE 22100015 SFD O 0 0 1 11/22/2024 1 NONE Y
2529109100
1335

GLENWOOD
WAY
22100129 SFD O
0 1 3/15/2024 1 0 NONE Y 1 Demolished O
2368405100 1032 TAHOE
ISLAND DR 22100164 SFD O 0 0 1 5/28/2024 1 NONE Y
3112320100 1078 RENO
AVE 22110065 SFD O 0 1 8/21/2024 1 0 NONE Y
2715135100 1141 SKI RUN
BLVD 23040067 SFD O 0 0 1 6/24/2024 1 NONE Y 1 Demolished O 2316132100 759 JAMES
AVE 23050160 SFD O 0 0 1 8/30/2024 1 NONE Y
2714416100 3792 ASPEN
AVE 23110030 SFD O 0
1 5/1/2024 1 0 NONE Y
2612418100
3000

BERKELEY
AVE
23110096 SFD O
0 1 8/1/2024 1 0 NONE Y
2602111100 747 LAKEVIEW
AVE 23110101 SFD O 0 1 3/25/2024 1 0 NONE Y 1 Demolished O 3125204100 2675 MILLER
ST 23120031 SFD O 0 1 3/22/2024 1 0 NONE Y
2528218100
3785

WOODBINE
RD
24020084 SFD O
0 1 9/11/2024 1 0 NONE Y
3121502100
2502

FOUNTAIN
AVE
24020096 SFD O
0 1 4/25/2024 1 0 NONE Y
3125602100 960 RUBICON
TER 24040005 SFD O 0 1 8/15/2024 1 0 NONE Y
2205130100
2183

MONTEREY
DR
24040140 SFD O
0 1 10/9/2024 1 0 NONE Y 1 Demolished O
3228216100
1247

MARGARET
AVE
24050006 SFD O
0 1 9/5/2024 1 0 NONE Y 1 Demolished O
2219213100 2076
TRAVERSE CT 24050090 SFD O 0 1 9/25/2024 1 0 NONE Y
2363308100 849 TAYLOR
WAY 24050106 SFD O 0 1 8/7/2024 1 0 NONE Y
3119410100 2619 ALMA
AVE 24050188 SFD O 0 1 8/23/2024 1 0 NONE Y
3228319100 1259 DEDI AVE 24050189 SFD O 0 1 8/21/2024 1 0 NONE Y 2240202100 2177 WHITE
SANDS DR 24060087 SFD O 0 1 9/12/2024 1 0 NONE Y 1 Demolished O 2713201100 3712 FOREST
AVE 24070184 SFD O 0 1 10/9/2024 1 0 NONE Y 1 Demolished O 2526206100
1305

PENINSULA
RD
23030071 SFD O
0 0 1 11/20/2024 1 NONE Y
2937121100 3685
PRIMROSE RD 24070180 SFD O
0 1 10/7/2024 1 0 NONE Y
32221005
1389

EMERALD
BAY RD
Eight-Unit
Residential Project #23-014 5+ R 8 9/6/2024
8 0 0 NONE Y
3125819100 2625 LAKE
TAHOE BLVD.

Mueller
Redevelopment
Project (#23-050)
24030123 2 to 4 R
0 2 9/25/2024 2 0 NONE Y
3229131100 1029 Tata Ln
#A Sugarpine Village 22040023 5+ R
0 0 8 10/18/2024 8 NONE Y IIG Other N/A 1000

LIHTC, IIG, PLHA,
LGMG
3229131100 1029 Tata Ln.
#B Sugarpine Village 22090094 5+ R
0 0 30 10/18/2024 30 NONE Y IIG Other N/A 1000

LIHTC, IIG, PLHA,
LGMG
22040025 1888 Lake
Tahoe Blvd. Sugarpine Village 22040025 5+ R
0 0 30 10/18/2024 30 NONE Y IIG Other N/A 1000

LIHTC, IIG, PLHA,
LGMG
Note: "+" indicates an optional field
Housing with Financial Assistance
and/or Deed Restrictions Project Identifier Demolished/Destroyed Units Annual Building Activity Report Summary - New Construction, Entitled, Permits and Completed Units Density Bonus
1 Unit Types Affordability by Household Incomes - Completed Entitlement Affordability by Household Incomes - Building Permits Affordability by Household Incomes - Certificates of Occupancy 4 7 10
374
Jurisdiction South Lake Tahoe ANNUAL ELEMENT PROGRESS REPORT Reporting Year 2024 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31) Housing Element Implementation Planning Period 6th Cycle 06/30/2022 - 06/30/2027
1 Projection Period 3 4
RHNA Allocation by
Income Level
Projection Period -
12/31/2021-
06/29/2022
2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total Units to
Date (all years)
Total Remaining
RHNA by Income
Level
Deed Restricted - - - - - - - - - -
Non-Deed Restricted - - - - - - - - - -
Deed Restricted - 68 61 - - - - - - -
Non-Deed Restricted - - - - - - - - - -
Deed Restricted - - - 2 - - - - - -
Non-Deed Restricted - - - - - - - - - -
Above Moderate 127 - 23 44 58 - - - - - - 125 2
289
- 91 105 60 - - - - - - 256 112
5 6 7
Extremely low-Income
Need 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total Units to Date
Total Units
Remaining
35 - - - - - - - - - - 35
VLI Deed Restricted
VLI Non Deed Restricted
LI Deed Restricted
LI Non Deed Restricted
MI Deed Restricted
MI Non Deed Restricted
Above Mod Income
Please note: The APR form can only display data for one planning period. To view progress for a different planning period, you may login to HCD's online APR system, or contact HCD staff at [email protected].
40 -
This table is auto-populated once you enter your jurisdiction name and current year data. Past year information comes from previous APRs.
2 Moderate
70 50
42 Please contact HCD if your data is different than the material supplied here 129
2 Table B
Regional Housing Needs Allocation Progress
Permitted Units Issued by Affordability
70 -
Please note: For the last year of the 5th cycle, Table B will only include units that were permitted during the portion of the year that was in the 5th cycle. For the first year of the 6th cycle, Table B will only include units that were permitted since the start of the planning period. Projection Period units are in a separate column.

Total RHNA
Total Units
Income Level
Very Low
Low
Extremely Low-Income Units*
Note: units serving extremely low-income households are included in the very low-income RHNA progress and must be reported as very low-income units in section 7 of Table A2. They must also be reported in the extremely low-income category (section 13) in Table A2 to be counted as progress toward meeting the extremely low-income housing need determined pursuant to Government Code 65583(a)(1). *Extremely low-income housing need determined pursuant to Government Code 65583(a)(1). Value in Section 5 is default value, assumed to be half of the very low-income RHNA. May be overwritten.

Progress toward extremely low-income housing need, as determined pursuant to Government Code 65583(a)(1).

Please Note: Table B does not currently contain data from Table F or Table F2 for prior years. You may login to the APR system to see Table B that contains this data. 375
Jurisdiction South Lake Tahoe ANNUAL ELEMENT PROGRESS REPORT Reporting Year 2024 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31) Housing Element Implementation Planning Period 6th Cycle 06/30/2022 - 06/30/2027 Date of Rezone Rezone Type
2 4 5 6 7 9 10 11
APN Street Address Project Name+
Local
Jurisdiction
Tracking ID+
Date of Rezone Very Low-Income Low-Income Moderate-Income Above ModerateIncome Rezone Type Parcel Size
(Acres)
General Plan
Designation Zoning Minimum Density Allowed
Maximum
Density Allowed
Realistic
Capacity Vacant/Nonvacant Description of Existing Uses
Note: "+" indicates an optional field
Cells in grey contain auto-calculation formulas
Summary Row: Start Data Entry Below
3 8
Project Identifier RHNA Shortfall by Household Income Category Sites Description 1 Sites Identified or Rezoned to Accommodate Shortfall Housing Need and No Net-Loss Law Table C
376
Jurisdiction South Lake Tahoe
Reporting Year 2024 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31)
1 2 3 4
Name of Program Objective Timeframe in H.E Status of Program Implementation Program 1-1 Mixed-Use
Development
The City shall continue to create incentives (i.e., alternative parking requirements, streamlined permitting) to encourage production of housing in areas where residential use is appropriate to the setting and where mixed-use projects could address job and housing needs. Incentives have been included in the Tourist Core Area Plan and Tahoe Valley Area Plans as well as for affordable residential development throughout the City. The City provides information regarding the incentives at City Planning Division offices and on the City’s website.

Initial website updates by 2023 and
review opportunities for additional
incentives annually after
The City adopted updates to two area plans in December 2024 and the anticipated adoption for the Mid-Town Area Plan is winter 2025.

Program 1-2 Development
of
Substandard/Underutilize
d Sites
The City will provide information on substandard or underutilized parcels as part of the City’s online GIS database. The City will update the database annually.

By September 2023 and annually
after that
The City continues to identify substandard and undertilized parcels and will make this information available to the public.

ANNUAL ELEMENT PROGRESS REPORT
Housing Element Implementation
Housing Programs Progress Report
Describe progress of all programs including local efforts to remove governmental constraints to the maintenance, improvement, and development of housing as identified in the housing element.

Table D
Program Implementation Status pursuant to GC Section 65583 377
Program 1-3 Parking Best
Practices
The City shall continue to research best practices for parking standards and continue to allow more flexible parking standards and shared parking for mixed-use and other housing projects. The City’s objective Residential Development and Design Standards allow parking requirement reductions for studio and one bedroom units and multi-family projects that commit to parking management measures. The City will continue to strive to balance requests for parking requirement reductions to encourage housing development with environmental and safety impacts associated with a lack of sufficient parking.

Additional updates to parking standards could include one or more of the following practices:
1) Encouraging affordable housing developers to unbundle parking and rent parking spaces separately from the units.
2) Allowing housing developers to pay an in-lieu fee to support public transportation access to the project site in place of some of the parking requirements.

Ongoing, as projects are processed
through the planning division
The City continues to research best past practices and incorporated theses measures in the Tourist Core and Tahoe Valley Area Plan updates and will incorporate updates in the Mid-Town Area Plan.

Program 1-4 Using Local
Incentives
The City shall produce an informational handout and have one, central hub on the City website that describes all of the City-offered incentives for multifamily and affordable housing for extremely low-, very low-, and lowincome households, including bonus units, land coverage within Community Plans, and/or density bonuses in addition to incentives and options offered by TRPA. The handout will briefly summarize the local incentives and provide links to the City’s website. The information will be available on the City’s website and also at the City Development Services offices. The City will reach out to developers annually to market these incentives.

In addition, the City will continue to work with TRPA and other Tahoe Basin agencies as part of Program 2-8 toward amending Basin-wide regulations to allow the City to offer density bonuses and other allowances consistent with the state density bonus law (Government Code Section 65915, et seq.). This will be added to the City’s workplan to coordinate with TRPA. The City shall use its representation as a voting member on the TRPA Governing Board and the TRPA Advisory Planning Commission and its participation in specific working group efforts such as the Tahoe Living: Housing & Community Revitalization Working Group to advance these changes to TRPA regulations.

Create informational handout and
website updates by 2023. Conduct
outreach to local developers at
least annually. Add this program to
the City’s efforts to work with TRPA
by September 2022. See Program
2-8 for timing objectives regarding
Basin-wide regulation
amendments.

An ADU guidebook was created and housing development incentives were published on the City website and made available to describe development process (November 2022). City sent a letter of support to TRPA to apply for the REAP 2.0 Higher Impact Transformation to align TRPA regional policy to comply with state housing law (December 2022). Development Incentives were also published on the City's website (December 2022). A program for pre-approved ADU plans was approved by Council in 2024 with anticipated completion of the plans by Fall 2025. 378
Program 1-5 Clarifying the
Development Process
The City shall continue to provide information on the City’s website to clarify the development process for developers/builders who are looking to construct housing in South Lake Tahoe and are unfamiliar with the process.

Ongoing; Updated as needed
An ADU guidebook was created and housing development incentives were published on the City website and made available to describe development process (November 2022). City sent a letter of support to TRPA to apply for the REAP 2.0 Higher Impact Transformation to align TRPA regional policy to comply with state housing law (December 2022). Development Incentives were also published on the City's website (December 2022). A program for pre-approved ADU plans was approved by Council in 2024 with anticipated completion of the plans by Fall 2025.

Program 1-6 Clarify how
Residential-Care Facilities
are allowed under state
law
The City will work with TRPA to amend the City and TRPA zoning regulations to specify that residential care facilities (group homes) of all sizes are allowed by right in all residential districts when TRPA and City next amend the Residential Plan Area Statements. This will be added to the City’s workplan to coordinate with TRPA.

If possible, within the TRPA
regulatory framework, the City will
make amendments to City
regulations by 2023. The City will
work with TRPA with a goal of
amendments to TRPA regulations
by 2025. Add this program to the
TRPA workplan by September
2022. See Program 2-8 for timing
objectives regarding Basin-wide
regulation amendments.

Amendment of the Residential Plan Area Statements was approved in December 2024 for the update of the Tourist Core and Tahoe Valley Area Plans and development of the Mid-Town Area Plan is anticipated to be completed in winter 2025.

Program 1-7 Small Lot
Consolidation
To ensure that there is a sufficient supply of multifamily zoned land to meet the City’s Regional Housing Needs Allocation (RHNA), the City will continue to encourage lot consolidations to combine small residential lots into larger developable lots by proactively reaching out to local developers (as part of Program 1-4) and meeting with local developers to discuss development opportunities and advertise incentives for lot consolidation to accommodate affordable housing units and making applicants aware of these opportunities at the planning counter. In addition, the City will continue to allow administrative processing of lot consolidation. As developers/owners approach the City interested in lot consolidation for the development of affordable housing, the City will offer one or more of the following local incentives on a project-by-project basis given property owners’ and developers’ needs:
1) Continue to discuss consolidation opportunities with property owners of adjacent parcels identified in Appendix A. This incentive is currently in place; 2) Implement a process to guide property owners through the lot consolidation (lot line adjustment) application process, and waive the fee for this particular entitlement when the resulting project includes designated deedrestricted affordable units; 3) Continue to assist property owners in identifying and applying for financial resources for projects which incorporate affordable units. This incentive is currently in place.

Establish program to guide property
owners through the lot
consolidation process and waive
the fee for designated affordable
units by September 2023, and then
implement the program as
applicants come forward. Reach
out to local developers annually as
part of Program 1-4.Not started yet.

Program 1-8 Housing
Element Implementation
Progress
The City shall annually conduct a public workshop or public meeting to discuss progress on housing programs and to solicit feedback.

Meet annually as part of the
development of the Housing
Element Annual Report to HCD.

February 25th, 2025 Planning Commission will serve as APR and public meeting on housing element progress.
379
Program 2-6 Assist
Nonprofit Housing
Developers
The City shall provide technical and financial support (when feasible) to local, regional, and statewide not-for-profit housing sponsors that facilitate the creation of affordable housing, prioritizing projects that locate affordable housing in Town Centers near services and amenities or integrate affordable housing into affluent neighborhoods. Such support can include the donation of City-owned sites, the use of existing City housing programs for project clients when appropriate, the prompt processing of needed applications, and the preparation of funding applications.

Ongoing, as projects are processed
through the Planning Division.

Contact developers annually to
inform them of City assistance
options.

The City has partnered with Related CA and St. Joseph Community Land Trust for the development of Sugar Pine Village for 248 units of low income housing (30% - 80% AMI). Phase 1 (68 units) was completed in Fall 2024. Phase 2 (60 units) will be completed in Fall 2025. The City has also provided land for the three moderate income homes St. Joseph Community Land Trust developed. Additionally, the City has partnered with Novin Development to initiate the predevelopment of a 75 unit Affordable Housing Project located at 3900 and 3908 Lake Tahoe Boulevard.

Program 2-7 Homebuyer
Assistance Program
Administration Partnering
The City has initiated discussions with other agencies and organizations that may be able to take on the administration of a first-time homebuyer and/or moderate income homebuyer program for residents of the city. The City released a Request for Proposals in March 2022 for partnership with an external consultant to administer a moderate-income homebuyer program, and the City will initiate solicitation and contracting with other agencies and organizations to assist the City in administering the program. As part of this program, the City will conduct outreach to lower-income communities to promote the program and lower-income household homeownership opportunities in high resource areas.

Establish program by September
2023 and ongoing
The City issued a RFP in winter 2023 and did not receive any responses to the RFP to administer a homebuyer assistance program. City staff are working to get more funding to administer a more robust program that also supports people with high housing costs that are currently out of reach.

Program 2-8 Mitigation of
TRPA Regulations
The City shall continue to advocate for changes to TRPA regulations in order to reduce restrictions on affordable, workforce, and mixed-use housing developments. The City shall use its representation as a voting member on the TRPA Governing Board and the TRPA Advisory Planning Commission and its participation in specific working group efforts such as the Tahoe Living: Housing & Community Revitalization Working Group to advance TRPA Code Amendments and Area Plans that will reduce the following barriers to housing development. There are three categories for actions that will take place as part of this program, divided by the approval requirements and associated timing: 1) Amendments to the TRPA Code of Ordinances, 2) New Area Plan for areas currently regulated by Plan Area Statements, and 3) New Area Plan for areas currently regulated by Plan Area Statements and amendments to existing area plans. Specifc details of the three catagories can be found in the Housing Element.

Meet with TRPA staff at least
annually to work on the items in this
program with the goal of achieving
some of them every year during the
planning period. In addition, meet
with the Housing & Community
Revitalization Working Group
quarterly and the TRPA Governing
Board and the TRPA Advisory
Planning Commission monthly to
advance the components of this
program.

The City sent a letter of support to TRPA to apply for the REAP 2.0 Higher Impact Transformation to align TRPA regional policy to comply with state housing law (December 2022). The City continues to participate in TRPA planning processes including the Tahoe Living: Housing and Community Revitalization Working Group, the TRPA Advisory Planning Commission and TRPA Governing Board. 380
Program 2-9 Public
Education
The City shall continue to provide information that describes the myths and realities of multifamily and affordable housing development. This will include promoting ADUs as a housing option in the city. The City will also continue to publicize programs, such as energy-efficiency programs and state and federal funding programs currently available to South Lake Tahoe residents.

Information is available on the City’s website and, when needed, the City makes the presentation/slide show on myths and realities of multifamily and affordable housing development available to housing advocates and to developers involved in local affordable housing projects. The City shall continue to encourage local housing advocates to make presentations to local builders and developers, Chamber of Commerce, civic groups, and the local community. Additionally, the City shall publicize the Affordable Housing Resources page of the City’s website as a source of information on housing programs, in addition to providing information in response to inquiries via phone, email, and at the Permit Center. Ongoing
The City created informational brochures on the City's Housing programs and resources and a large informational posterboard with educational information. These are provided at the State of the City address, and any other opportunities that Housing staff have a booth. City staff have also presented on housing at local clubs, leadership groups, and more as invited. City staff held five quarterly Housing Community Office Hours meetings in 2024 throughout the community to foster relationships, discuss programs and hear challenges and solutions from the community.

Program 2-10 Moveable
Tiny Homes
The City will consider City Code amendments to allow tiny homes on wheels/on a chassis and work with TRPA to provide this type of housing as an option in residential areas of the City. 2022 Completed in 2022 Program 2-11 Local
Funding Source
Feasibility Study and
Linkage Program
The City shall conduct a feasibility study to explore local funding options to support affordable housing projects and programs. Examples of options to pursue include vacancy tax, housing transfer tax, sales tax, transient occupancy tax, linkage fees, impact fees, inclusionary housing in-lieu fees, and housing investment or trust funds. In addition, the City shall analyze thresholds of significance, standards, and criteria for a linkage program, which would connect new development to the housing demand that it creates.

The City shall consider a linkage program ordinance that would require development to mitigate housing impacts. Revenues collected for the ordinance shall be placed in a housing fund to provide housing and associated childcare for the South Lake Tahoe workforce. Based on the results and recommendations from the study, the City will choose one or more implementation measures which may include one of the following options below:
1) Developers build affordable workforce housing units. 2) Developers contribute land for the production of affordable and/or workforce housing.
3) Developers pay an in-lieu fee into the housing fund to help finance the production of affordable and/or workforce housing.
4) The City will consider offering incentives to developers participating in the program.

Complete feasibility study in
September 2022; Adopt linkage
ordinance by September 2023
Consultant began contract in Spring 2022, study was completed in January 2023.

Funding study was presented at January 24, 2023 Council meeting to discuss the various funding types to fund housing development, preservation, and programs and provide direction for which funding sources to further study. In November 2023, the Inclusionary Housing Ordinance was implemented.
381
Program 3-1
Rehabilitation Loan
Program Administration
Partnering
The City shall develop a housing rehabilitation program to serve city residents in order to incentivize improved housing conditions, harden homes against wildfire threats, and make energy efficiency upgrades while maintaining affordability and reducing displacement risk against substandard housing conditions. Within 3 months of developing the program, the City will provide printed informational flyers in City buildings and post information on the City’s website for all residents to access. The City will also prioritize marketing of this program in areas of concentrated rehabilitation need, such as the Tahoe Sierra neighborhood, and areas of concentrated poverty, such as the area east of Ski Run Boulevard by making flyers available in community gathering spots such as libraries or grocery stores at least annually.

Pursue program funding by
September 2023. If funds are
secured and allocated by the City
Council, establish this program by
September 2024 and then
administration will be ongoing. If
these timeframes are not met, the
City will continue to pursue program
implementation every year during
the planning period.

The City applied in Fall 2024 to the HUD Prohousing grant program to implement a rehabilitation loan program. The City will be notified in winter 2025 if they receive the grant.

Program 3-2 MultipleFamily Dwelling and
Single-Room Occupancy
Inspection and
Maintenance Program
Continue the Multiple-Family Dwelling Inspection and Maintenance Program on multifamily projects of six units or more (or smaller projects if approved by City Council) and single-room occupancy (SRO) units in hotels and motels to identify substandard housing stock and to provide for the rehabilitation of housing that does not meet minimum building, housing, and property maintenance code standards, and site maintenance standards as well as citywide design standards, or is not safe to occupy, and further, to preserve and enhance the quality of life for residents of the city living in multifamily dwelling units. The City continues to successfully conduct inspections each year on all housing units that are subject to these program requirements.

Units inspected under this program are distributed geographically in all areas of the city. Ongoing
These two programs continue with inspections almost daily for proprerties that require more extensive oversight, however the program has been successful at facilitating more properties achieving exceptional certification status.

Program 3-3 Mobile Home
Parks Ordinances
The City shall modify the mobile home parks ordinances to:
- Address conversion of mobile home parks to other uses (quantifying what constitutes a change of use, the definition of “cessation,” such as all or part of a park, immediately or gradually when relocation payment is required, etc.). - Require mitigation of housing loss associated with mobile home park conversions and/or demolitions. 25-Sep Not started yet. 382
Program 3-4 Preservation
and Acquisition of At-Risk
Properties
The City shall continue to provide technical and financial assistance to the St.

Joseph Community Land Trust and other nonprofit housing organizations that might be interested in, and have the capacity to, step in to acquire and rehabilitate any of the assisted or substandard properties to maintain, or create, long-term, affordable rental housing. The City may consider adopting a policy that prioritizes local residents for housing rehabilitation services.

The City will monitor the list of all dwellings in the city that are subsidized by government funding or low-income housing developed through local regulations or incentives. The list will include, at least, the number of units, the type of government program, and the date on which the units are at risk to convert to market rate. The City did not identify any units at risk of converting to market rate within 10 years of the beginning of the sixth-round Housing Element planning period. The City has over 300 subsidized units, and the City will work to reduce the potential conversion of any units to market rate through the actions identified in the Housing Element.

If a development is offered for sale, HCD must certify persons or entities that are eligible to purchase the development and to receive notice of the pending sale. Placement on the eligibility list will be based on experience with affordable housing.

When necessary, the City shall continue to work with property owners of deedrestricted affordable units who need to sell within 45 years of initial sale.

When the seller is unable to sell to an eligible buyer within a specified time period, equity-sharing provisions are established (pursuant to the affordable housing agreement for the property), whereby the difference between the affordable and market values is paid to the City to eliminate any incentive to sell the converted unit at market rate. See Housing Element for full details.

Ongoing communication with
owners, service providers, and
eligible potential purchasers; work
with owners of deed-restricted units
on an ongoing basis—particularly at
the time of change of ownership.

Track through the Annual Report to
HCD.

City staff have provided close to $1,700,000 in CDBG funding to the Tahoe Coalition for the Homeless to do rehabilitation on one of the three Project Homekey properties they acquired. This process is still underway for the 22 units.The City also awarded Tahoe Coalition for the Homeless an additional $120,000 in Prohousing Incentive Program funds for rehabilitation of all three Homekey properties.

Program 3-5 Preservation
of Housing Conditions
Continue to enforce City building, fire, health, and zoning codes to remedy existing properties that are experiencing deterioration or are in need of fire resiliency protection or energy efficiency upgrades, and improve the condition of existing housing stock in coordination with rehabilitation and other infrastructure improvement programs. In order to reduce displacement risk resulting from substandard housing conditions, the City will provide information on rehabilitation assistance programs to eligible households found in violation of City codes particularly in lower resource areas of the city.

Ongoing. Outreach to eligible
households in lower resource parts
of the City found in violation of City
codes will be conducted by the end
of 2022.

The City continues enforcement of code and zoning requirements through building permits, planning permits, response to code violations, multi-family inspection program and single-room occupancy programs. The City also operates a Housing Hotline (English and Spanish) to receive complaints about substandard housing conditions and conduct follow up investigation and compliance. 383
Program 3-6 Replacement
of Lost Units from
Residential Demolitions
In accordance with California Government Code Section 65583.2(g), the City will require replacement housing units subject to the requirements of California Government Code Section 65915(c)(3) on sites identified in the sites inventory when any new development (residential, mixed-use, or nonresidential) occurs on a site that has been occupied by or restricted for the use of lower-income households at any time during the previous five years.

This requirement applies to:
- Non-vacant sites
- Vacant sites with previous residential uses that have been vacated or demolished
Ongoing, the replacement
requirement will be implemented
immediately and applied as
applications on identified sites are
received and processed.

There have been no demolitions of housing units on sites identified in the sites invenory.

Program 3-7 Monitoring
Impacts of Vacation Home
Rentals on long-term
Rental Supply
South Lake Tahoe voters approved Measure T in late 2018 to prohibit vacation home rentals in many areas of the city where they were previously allowed. Full implementation of Measure T began in 2021 when all existing vacation home rental permits in residential areas expired. The City shall continue enforcement of Measure T regulations and will monitor the effects of limiting vacation home rentals during the course of the Housing Element planning period as the impacts unfold after 2021. The City will report to the City Council on any identifiable impacts to the supply and cost of long-term rental housing by the end of 2023.

Monitor impacts resulting from
vacation home rental moratorium
and summarize in report to City
Council by end of 2023.

The City continues to implement Measure T and enforce violations of the vacation home rental ordinance. The City has contracted with the Tahoe Prosperity Center to conduct monitoring and reporting on the affects of Measure T on housing availability.

Program 3-8 Multi-Family
Acquisition and
Rehabilitation Program
The City will partner with organizations, employers, and non-profits to establish a multi-family acquisition and rehabilitation program to increase quality of housing for low income residents and ensure long term affordability.

The City will encourage acquisition of multi-family housing in areas of concentrated affluence and outside of areas with concentrations of existing affordable housing to promote housing mobility and affordability in high income neighborhoods. The City will also target acquisitions to increase housing options for lower-income households and reduce overcrowding in existing housing units.

Establish program by September
2024; Ongoing communication with
organizations, employers, and
service providers that could
administer program, with contact at
least once per year. If the program
is not established by September
2024, the City will continue to
pursue program establishment
every year during the planning
period.

The City applied in Fall 2024 to the HUD Prohousing grant program to implement a rehabilitation loan program. The City will be notified in winter 2025. 384
Program 3-9
Landlord/Tenant Matching
Program
Continue the program to incentivize long term rental of second homes and spare rooms to promote the availability of low and moderate income rental housing for existing employees in the city. The City has been conducting a multi-faceted marketing campaign through press releases, internet-based outreach, media outreach/interviews, direct mailing to property owners and with advertisements published in the local paper of general circulation. The City will conduct specific outreach and marketing to owners of existing large housing units to participate in the rental incentive program in order to expand housing opportunities for larger renter households. The City will seek acquisition of housing in areas of concentrated affluence and outside of areas with concentrations of existing affordable housing to promote housing mobility and affordability in high income neighborhoods.

Ongoing. Marketing will be
conducted by the end of 2022.

Lease to Locals Program began implementation in Winter 2022, was expanded in Summer 2022 with additional funding, and extended again in Fall 2024 with existing funds. As of December 31, 2024, 129 people have been housed.

Program 3-10 Mobile
Home Park Preservation
The City shall promote the longevity and quality of life at existing and new mobile home parks by:
- Codifying regulations for mobile home park conversions. - Evaluating TRPA’s restrictions on the reuse of any residential units of use that originate from a mobile home park, and considering their reuse for workforce housing.
- Reviewing City regulations for new and enlarged mobile home parks to consider adding design, fencing, and amenity requirements and requiring an affordability assessment.
- Conducting an inventory of mobile home parks to identify those that are most desirable or feasible for long-term preservation.
- Work with HCD Mobilehome and Special Occupancy Parks Program to gather and maintain data on resident complaints, inspections and code violations.
- Targeting mobile home parks for park-wide infrastructure improvements or select coach rehabilitation or replacement.

Ongoing; conduct inventory by
2024 Not started yet.
385
Program 4-1 Reasonable
Accomodation and Land
Coverage
The City shall complete the process of reviewing and amending its Code to provide individuals, family members, caregivers, and/or anyone acting on behalf of the person with disabilities reasonable accommodation in rules, policies, practices, and procedures that may be necessary to ensure equal access to housing as feasible in coordination with TRPA. This will be added to the City’s workplan to coordinate with TRPA. This procedure will include, but will not be limited to, the existing City procedure to grant exception for carport structures for persons with disabilities and other uncodified City process for reasonable accommodation. This procedure will be a ministerial process subject to approval by the Director of Development Services. The City shall also continue to work with TRPA to facilitate reasonable accommodation requests within the framework of the Regional Plan to address any needs for accommodation by persons with disabilities for additional land coverage for necessary site improvements beyond the additional land coverage allowances for Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) improvements in Chapter 30 of the TRPA Code of Ordinances.

The City shall adopt a reasonable
accommodation ordinance and
create a public information brochure
on reasonable accommodation and
provide that information on the
City’s website by September 2023.

Add this program to the TRPA
workplan by September 2022. See
Program 2-8 for timing objectives
regarding Basin-wide regulation
amendments.

The City has provided correspondence to TRPA outlining City Housing Element priorities for regional regulatory amendments. TRPA amended their coverage standards for Facilities for Public Safety and Access of the Disabled.

Receiving parcels with legally existing development and insufficient available or banked coverage may transfer in land coverage for the addition of facilities for access of disabled persons for compliance with the ADA and other public safety requirements.

Program 4-2 Employee
Housing Act Compliance
To comply with the State Employee Housing Act (Health and Safety Code Sections 17021.5, 17021.6, and 17021.8), the City will continue working with TRPA on definitions in their regulations and amend the City’s zoning code to treat employee housing that serves six or fewer persons as a single-family structure and permitted in the same manner as other single-family structures of the same type in the same zone (Section 17021.5). This will be added to the City’s workplan to coordinate with TRPA. The City is in compliance with the rest of the Employee Housing Act (Sections 17021.6 and 17021.8) as there are no agricultural zones or uses in the City.

If possible, within the TRPA
regulatory framework, the City will
make amendments to City
regulations by 2023. Add this
program to the City’s workplan to
coordinate with TRPA by
September 2022. See Program 2-8
for timing objectives regarding
Basin-wide regulation amendments.

The City adopted these amendments through updates to the two exisitng Area Plans and is currently adopting a new Area Plan. City Council passed an ordinance directing employers to post signage in employee housing notifying tenants to contact the City for substandard housing issues which are then reported to HCD. 386
Program 4-3 SpecialNeeds Housing
Continue to work with housing providers to ensure that special housing needs are addressed for seniors, large families, female-headed households, singleparent households with children, persons with disabilities and developmental disabilities, those with extremely low incomes, and homeless individuals and families. The City will seek to meet these special housing needs through a combination of incentives, zoning standards, new housing construction programs, and supportive services programs. The City will conduct outreach to affordable housing developers and service providers annually to identify and pursue development opportunities, in tandem with developer outreach conducted as part of Program 1-4. Program 1-5 contains additional incentives the City plans to implement. The City may also seek funding under the federal 202 Senior Housing Program-Supporting Housing for the Elderly, California Child Care Facilities Finance Program, California Homebuyer’s Downpayment Assistance Program, and other state and federal programs designated specifically for special-needs groups such as seniors, extremely low-income households, persons with physical and developmental disabilities, and persons at risk for homelessness as determined by the needs in the community.

The City shall continue to hold discussions with surrounding jurisdictions to determine how to address the needs of homeless residents and identify potential sites and funding sources for an emergency shelter. The City shall also meet with at least one organization that provides services to persons with developmental disabilities and/or the Alta California Regional Center by June 2023 to identify specific strategies to address displacement risk and homeless services specifically for persons with developmental disabilities.

Annually for discussions with
surrounding jurisdictions and
outreach with affordable housing
developers and service providers
and ongoing
The City continues to work with Tahoe Coalition for the Homeless on the rehabilitation of the Bear's Den motel, a Project Homekey property. The City provided $490,000 in CDBG to assist with rehabilitation costs for 22 units of permanent supportive housing.

The City was awarded an additional $1,200,000 in CDBG funds for this project. In addition, a City staff member was elected to the CoC Board to further understanding and opportunities to ensure housing needs are met for special-needs populations.

Program 4-4 Childcare
and Intergenerational
Facilities
Consider establishing a program to address the following housing needs in the city:
- Affordable housing developments that include on-site childcare. - Promoting intergenerational facilities
After studying these options, determine whether a program will be established and establish and publicize program if initiated.

Study program by early 2026;
determine whether program will be
established and initiate by the end
of 2026.

Sugar Pine Village was permitted to include a community building that provides affordable childcare pending funding.

Program 4-5 Definition of
Family
Update the definition of “family” in the City’s zoning regulations to be compliant with State law. Complete by September 2023
The City adopted these amendments through updates to the two exisitng Area Plans and is currently adopting a new Area Plan.
387
Program 5-1 Fair Housing
To comply with AB 686, the City will implement serveral actions (see Housing Element for full program details), such as:
- Implement the previously identified programs to affirmatively further fair housing
- Continue to use the City’s Housing website to distribute information on fair housing information and available services, updating annually, or as needed. - As fair housing complaints are received at the City, refer cases to the appropriate fair housing agency or address through inspections, as appropriate.
- Continue the Housing Issues Hotline service to assist residents with substandard housing and fair housing concerns.
- Ensure that projects needed to develop infrastructure improvements to support housing and residents without vehicles will continue to be included in the City's Capital Improvement Plan.
- Determine what, if any, outside factors impede student performance that can be alleviated, such as stable housing opportunities, childcare opportunities for working parents, access to before- and after-school resources and events, and more.
- Send mailers or virtual information to landlords and property managers about the Housing Choice Voucher (Section 8) program and avoiding discriminatory practices based on income or other protected classes. - Conduct targeted outreach to underrepresented and underserved groups by recruiting them to participate in the planning process and apply to committees by, at least annually, coordinating with service providers, sending recruitment information to community groups or organizations, and posting information in public locations such as grocery stores.
- Maintain information on organizations and programs that are available to landowners to assist them in meeting defensible space goals and taking other steps that may decrease flood and fire insurance rates to reduce disaster displacement risk.

Refer to each strategy in the
Affirmatively Furthering Fair
Housing (AFFH) program for
specific timeframes.

The Housing Hotline receives complaints throughout the year and housing staff respond to substandard housing complaints and refer civil issues to Northern California Legal Services. City staff has also met with various stakeholder groups, including the Lake Tahoe Collaborative with close to 25 local nonprofits and public entities to hear more about resident needs and provide updates on City housing programs. In addition, City has been coordinating the the County Department of Behavioral Health to potentially house clients through funding they received. Two city housing staff provide bilingual services (Spanish/English) to support current housing programs and are working on providing documents in multiple languages.

Program 5-2 Transit
Accessibility
Meet with the Tahoe Transportation District by December 2022, and biannually thereafter, to assess if any new unmet transit needs have developed and, if so, will provide technical assistance in applying for state and federal funding for expansions and will assist in identifying at least two funding sources annually that could be used fund expansions.

Meet with the transportation district
by December 2022 and biannually
thereafter. Identify funding sources
annually.

The City has continuously met with the Tahoe Transportation District to discuss transit service needs in the City. The City also conducted an analysis of the existing transit services and has implemented an on demand microtransit service to further meet needs.

Program 6-1 Green
Building Incentive
Program
The City shall continue to implement its green building incentive program that rewards developers for building green projects. The City shall also evaluate opportunities to provide additional incentives for green building projects. Ongoing This program is currently active; however, the City has not received much interest in the program. The program will be updated with the area plan amendments that the City is currently pursuing.
388
Program 6-2 Energy
Regulations
The City shall continue to require applicants for building permits to demonstrate compliance with the state energy conservation requirements at the time building plans are submitted. The City will also explore potential “Reach” codes that include energy efficiency measures beyond state requirements for new construction. In addition, the City will continue to implement appropriate Climate Action Plan strategies as they relate to housing.

Adopt Reach code by September
2023; AHSC grant activities will be
completed by 2028
City housing staff is working with the City Sustainability Coordinator to complete a solar project associated with grant of Affordable Housing and Sustainable Communities grant.

Program 6-3 Energy
Conservation Assistance
for Low-Income
Households
The City shall consider including weatherization and energy conservation as eligible activities should housing rehabilitation efforts resume. Ongoing Not started yet.

Program 6-4 Energy
Conservation
The City will provide information and refer eligible property owners to other programs offered by Liberty Utilities and nonprofit organizations and will refer interested individuals to energy rebate and conservation assistance programs offered by others and maintain information on these programs at City Hall. Ongoing The City has updated it's Housing website to include programs offered by Liberty Utilities including California Rates for Alternative Energy, Medical Baseline Allowance, Energy Savings Assistance, Low Income Energy Assistance, and Home Energy Assistance Programs.

Program 7-1 Maintaining
Neighborhood Character
The City shall work with project proponents and community special interest groups to integrate affordable and workforce housing into existing neighborhoods—including smaller duplexes, triplexes, and accessory dwelling units—while addressing local concerns and maintaining the character and environmental quality of the surrounding area. The City will also work with TRPA to implement these objectives within the framework of the Regional Plan.

Meet with TRPA at least twice per
year and ongoing
The City is working on new construction projects, ADU development and the Lease to Locals Program in order to integrate affordable and workforce housing into existing neighborhoods. The City also continues to participate in the TRPA Tahoe Living Working Group and actively provides input on recommended Code amendments to integrate affordable housing and workforce housing in existing neighborhoods. 389
Jurisdiction South Lake Tahoe ANNUAL ELEMENT PROGRESS REPORT Reporting Period 2024 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31) Housing Element Implementation Planning Period 6th Cycle 06/30/2022 - 06/30/2027
Description of Commercial
Development Bonus
Commercial Development Bonus
Date Approved
3 4
APN Street Address Project Name+ Local Jurisdiction
Tracking ID+
Very Low
Income
Low
Income
Moderate
Income
Above Moderate
Income
Description of Commercial
Development Bonus
Commercial Development Bonus
Date Approved
Summary Row: Start Data Entry Below
Units Constructed as Part of Agreement
Commercial Development Bonus Approved pursuant to GC Section 65915.7 Table E
Note: "+" indicates an optional field
Project Identifier
1 2
Cells in grey contain auto-calculation
formulas
(CCR Title 25 §6202)
Annual Progress Report January 2020
390
Jurisdiction South Lake Tahoe ANNUAL ELEMENT PROGRESS REPORT Note: "+" indicates an optional field Reporting Period 2024 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31) Housing Element Implementation Cells in grey contain auto-calculation formulas Planning Period 6th Cycle 06/30/2022 - 06/30/2027
The description should adequately document how each
unit complies with subsection (c) of Government Code
Section 65583.1+
.

For detailed reporting requirements, see the chcklist
here:

Extremely LowIncome+ Very Low-Income+ Low-Income+ TOTAL UNITS+Extremely LowIncome+Very LowIncome+ Low-Income+ TOTAL UNITS+ https://www.hcd.ca.gov/communitydevelopment/docs/adequate-sites-checklist.pdf Rehabilitation Activity
Preservation of Units At-Risk
Acquisition of Units
Mobilehome Park Preservation
Total Units by Income
Table F
Please note this table is optional: The jurisdiction can use this table to report units that have been substantially rehabilitated, converted from non-affordable to affordable by acquisition, and preserved, including mobilehome park preservation, consistent with the standards set forth in Government Code section 65583.1, subdivision (c). Please note, motel, hotel, hostel rooms or other structures that are converted from non-residential to residential units pursuant to Government Code section 65583.1(c)(1)(D) are considered net-new housing units and must be reported in Table A2 and not reported in Table F.

Activity Type
Units that Do Not Count Towards RHNA+
Listed for Informational Purposes Only
Units that Count Towards RHNA +
Note - Because the statutory requirements severely limit what can be counted, please contact HCD at [email protected] and we will unlock the form which enable you to populate these fields.

Units Rehabilitated, Preserved and Acquired for Alternative Adequate Sites pursuant to Government Code section 65583.1(c) Annual Progress Report January 2020
391
Jurisdiction South Lake Tahoe ANNUAL ELEMENT PROGRESS REPORT Note: "+" indicates an optional field
Reporting Period 2024 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31) Housing Element Implementation Cells in grey contain auto-calculation formulas Planning Period 6th Cycle 06/30/2022 - 06/30/2027
Notes
2 3 6
Prior APN+ Current APN Street Address Project Name+
Local
Jurisdiction
Tracking ID
Unit Category
(2 to 4,5+)
Tenure
R=Renter
Very LowIncome Deed
Restricted
Very LowIncome Non
Deed
Restricted
Low- Income Deed
Restricted
Low- Income
Non Deed
Restricted
Moderate- Income
Deed Restricted
ModerateIncome Non Deed
Restricted
Above
ModerateIncome
Total Moderate Income Units
Converted from Above
Moderate
Date Converted Notes
Summary Row: Start Data Entry Below 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Table F2
Above Moderate Income Units Converted to Moderate Income Pursuant to Government Code section 65400.2 For up to 25 percent of a jurisdiction’s moderate-income regional housing need allocation, the planning agency may include the number of units in an existing multifamily building that were converted to deed-restricted rental housing for moderate-income households by the imposition of affordability covenants and restrictions for the unit. Before adding information to this table, please ensure housing developments meet the requirements described in Government Code 65400.2(b). 5 Project Identifier Unit Types
1 4
Affordability by Household Incomes After Conversion Units credited toward Moderate Income RHNA
392
Jurisdiction South Lake Tahoe
Reporting Period 2024 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31)
Planning Period 6th Cycle 06/30/2022 - 06/30/2027 ANNUAL ELEMENT PROGRESS REPORT Housing Element Implementation
2 3 4
APN Street Address Project Name+ Local Jurisdiction
Tracking ID+
Realistic Capacity
Identified in the
Housing Element
Entity to whom the site
transferred Intended Use for Site
291-700-010-000 3900 Lake Tahoe
Blvd
3900 Lake Tahoe
Blvd. Affordable
Housing Project
#24-173
25 City of South Lake Tahoe Affordable housing/mixed use 029-170-002-000 3908 Lake Tahoe
Blvd
3908 Lake Tahoe
Blvd. Affordable
Housing Projec
#24-173
25 City of South Lake Tahoe Affordable housing/mixed use 1 Summary Row: Start Data Entry Below
Note: "+" indicates an optional field
Cells in grey contain auto-calculation
formulas
Table G
Locally Owned Lands Included in the Housing Element Sites Inventory that have been sold, leased, or otherwise disposed of Project Identifier
NOTE: This table must only be filled out if the housing element sites inventory contains a site which is or was owned by the reporting jurisdiction, and has been sold, leased, or otherwise disposed of during the reporting year.
393
Jurisdiction South Lake Tahoe Note: "+" indicates an optional field Reporting Period 2024
(Jan. 1 - Dec.
31)
Cells in grey contain auto-calculation
formulas
Designation Size Notes
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
APN Street Address/Intersection Existing Use Number of
Units
Surplus
Designation
Parcel Size (in
acres) Notes
025-061-039-000
Segment of Martin Avenue and a small sliver
south of Marie Ave. bridge upstream along Trout
Creek
Vacant Exempt Surplus
Land 1.26 Exchange for state agency conservation use
025-061-037-000 Martin Ave. - 1st "Parcel" Upstream of Roadway Vacant Exempt Surplus Land 21.53 Exchange for state agency conservation use
025-081-013-000 Mid-Section with Confluence of Trout & Cold Creek. Vacant Exempt Surplus Land 57.07 Exchange for state agency conservation use 080-010-013-000 Outside City Limits & Borders Pioneer Trail Vacant Exempt Surplus Land 20.82 Exchange for state agency conservation use
025-091-012-000 Cold Creek Section with Lake Christopher Vacant Exempt Surplus Land 22.27 Exchange for state agency conservation use
080-020-008-000 Cold Creek Section Above Pioneer Trail Vacant Exempt Surplus Land 54.836 Exchange for state agency conservation use
023-685-001-000 2180 Washington Ave Vacant Surplus Land 0.22 031-030-020-000 948 Link Road Vacant Exempt Surplus
Land 1.22 Exchange for state agency conservation use
031-030-039-000 Link Road Vacant Exempt Surplus
Land 2.23 Exchange for state agency conservation use
031-030-024-000 Link Road Vacant Exempt Surplus
Land 0.08 Less than 5,000 sf
029-170-001-000 3900 Lake Tahoe Blvd Vacant Exempt Surplus Land 0.34
STRSA Long Range Property
Management Plan, plans have been
submitted under #24-173
029-170-002-000 3908 Lake Tahoe Blvd Vacant Exempt Surplus Land 0.82
STRSA Long Range Property
Management Plan, plans have been
submitted under #24-173
032-311-008-000 1180 Julie Lane Vacant Exempt Surplus
Land 0.59 Exchange for other public agency use
032-314-012-000 1160 Industrial Avenue Vacant Exempt Surplus Land 1.57 Exchange for other public agency use
NOTE: This table must contain an invenory of ALL
surplus/excess lands the reporting jurisdiction owns
Summary Row: Start Data Entry Below
Parcel Identifier

ANNUAL ELEMENT PROGRESS REPORT
Housing Element Implementation
Table H
Locally Owned Surplus Sites
For El Dorado County jurisdictions, please format the APN's as follows:999-999-999-999 394
Jurisdiction South Lake Tahoe ANNUAL ELEMENT PROGRESS REPORT Reporting Period 2024 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31) Housing Element Implementation Planning Period 6th Cycle 06/30/2022 - 06/30/2027
Project Type Date
Units (Beds/Student
Capacity) Granted
Density Bonus
Notes
2 3 5 6
APN Street Address Project Name+ Local Jurisdiction
Tracking ID+
Unit Category
(SH - Student Housing) Date Very Low- Income
Deed Restricted
Very Low- Income
Non Deed
Restricted
Low- Income Deed
Restricted
Low- Income Non
Deed Restricted
Moderate- Income
Deed Restricted
Moderate- Income
Non Deed
Restricted
Above
ModerateIncome
Total Additional Beds
Created Due to Density
Bonus
Notes
Summary Row: Start Data Entry Below
Note: "+" indicates an optional field
Cells in grey contain auto-calculation formulas
Table J
Student housing development for lower income students for which was granted a density bonus pursuant to subparagraph (F) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (b) of Section 65915 Project Identifier Units (Beds/Student Capacity) Approved 1 4
NOTE: STUDENT HOUSING WITH DENSITY BONUS ONLY. This
table only needs to be completed if there were student housing projects WITH a density bonus approved pursuant to Government Code65915(b)(1)(F)
Annual Progress Report January 2020
395
Jurisdiction South Lake Tahoe ANNUAL ELEMENT PROGRESS REPORT Reporting Period 2024 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31)
Planning Period 6th Cycle 06/30/2022 - 06/30/2027
Table K
Tenent Preference Policy
Local governments are required to inform HCD about any local tenant preference ordinance the local government maintains when the jurisdiction submits their annual progress report on housing approvals and production, per Government Code 7061 (SB 649, 2022, Cortese). Effective January 1, 2023, local governments adopting a tenant preference are required to create a webpage on their internet website containing authorizing local ordinance and supporting materials, no more than 90 days after the ordinance becomes operational.

Does the Jurisdiction have a local tenant preference policy? If the jurisdiction has a local tenant preference policy, provide a link to the jurisdiction's webpage containing authorizing local ordinance and supporting materials.

Notes
396
Jurisdiction South Lake Tahoe
Reporting Year 2024 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31)
Total Award Amount Total award amount is auto-populated based on amounts entered in rows 15-26.

Task $ Amount Awarded $ Cumulative Reimbursement
Requested
Other
Funding Notes
Summary of entitlements, building permits, and certificates of occupancy (auto-populated from Table A2) Current Year
Deed Restricted 0
Non-Deed Restricted 0
Deed Restricted 0
Non-Deed Restricted 0
Deed Restricted 0
Non-Deed Restricted 0
20 20
Current Year
Deed Restricted 0
Non-Deed Restricted 0
Deed Restricted 0
Non-Deed Restricted 0
Deed Restricted 2
Non-Deed Restricted 0
58 60
Current Year
Deed Restricted 0
Non-Deed Restricted 0
Deed Restricted 68
Non-Deed Restricted 0
Deed Restricted 1
Non-Deed Restricted 0
21 90
Moderate
Above Moderate
Total Units
Completed Entitlement Issued by Affordability Summary
Income Level
Very Low
Low
Moderate
Above Moderate
Total Units
Building Permits Issued by Affordability Summary
Income Level
Very Low
Low
Total Units
Certificate of Occupancy Issued by Affordability Summary Income Level
Very Low
Low
Moderate
Above Moderate

ANNUAL ELEMENT PROGRESS REPORT
Local Early Action Planning (LEAP) Reporting
(CCR Title 25 §6202) Please update the status of the proposed uses listed in the entity’s application for funding and the corresponding impact on housing within the region or jurisdiction, as applicable, categorized based on the eligible uses specified in Section 50515.02 or 50515.03, as applicable.
$ -
Task Status
397
Resolution 2025-XX March 11, 2025 Page 1 of 2
Resolution 2025-XX
Adopted by the City of South Lake Tahoe
City Council
March 11, 2025
Accepting the General Plan Annual Progress Report for 2024

BACKGROUND
A. California Government Code section 65400 requires cities and counties to submit an annual report on the status of the General Plan.

B. The City of South Lake Tahoe adopted an updated General Plan on May 17, 2011.

C. The City amended the General Plan in June 2022 to update the Housing Element and, in November 2022, amended the Safety Element to incorporate the Local Hazard Mitigation Plan.

D. The City is required to submit a Housing Element Annual Progress Report to the Department of Housing and Community Development (HCD) using forms prescribed by HCD.

E. The City is required to submit the General Plan Annual Progress Report, including the Housing Element Annual Progress Report, to the Governor’s Office of Land Use and Climate Innovation and the Department of Housing and Community Development by April 1 of each year.

F. On February 20, 2025, the Planning Commission reviewed the General Plan Annual Progress Report for 2024 during its regularly scheduled meeting and recommended the City Council of South Lake Tahoe accept and file the report.

BASED ON THE FACTS SET FORTH IN THE BACKGROUND, BE IT RESOLVED, that the City Council of the City of South Lake Tahoe:

1. Resolves the General Plan Annual Progress Report provides a status report on each Element in the General Plan and is consistent with the guidelines issued by the Governor’s Office of Land Use and Climate Innovation.

2. Resolves the Housing Element Annual Progress Report provides detailed reporting on the City’s progress in meeting the Regional Housing Needs Allocation; and

3. Accepts the General Plan Annual Progress Report (attached hereto) and directs staff to submit the Report to the Governor’s Office of Planning and Research and the California Department of Housing and Community Development by April 1, 2025.

Adopted by the City of South Lake Tahoe City Council on March 11, 2025 by the following vote:

Yes:
398
Resolution 2025-XX March 11, 2025 Page 2 of 2
No:

Absent:

Abstain:
________________________ Date:___________
Tamara Wallace, Mayor
Attest:
________________________ Date:___________
Sue Blankenship, City Clerk
The presence of an electronic signature certifies that the foregoing is a true and correct copy as approved by the South Lake Tahoe City Council.
399
Resolution 2025-XXX March 11, 2025 Page 1 of 3
Resolution 2025-XXX
Adopted by the City of South Lake Tahoe
City Council
March 11, 2025

A RESOLUTION ACCEPTING THE SURPLUS LAND INVENTORY

BACKGROUND
A. Under the Surplus Land Act (“SLA”), Government Code sections 54220-54234, surplus property is defined as land owned by any local agency no longer necessary for the agency’s use. (See Government Code section 54221(b)(1).)
B. Effective January 1, 2020, the SLA was amended to add requirements that local agencies must comply with prior to selling or leasing agency-owned property; and in April 2021, the California Department of Housing and Community Development adopted SLA Guidelines to implement and interpret the SLA. One of the requirements is to formally declare publicly owned property no longer necessary for the agency’s use as surplus land and report this inventory of surplus land to HCD.

C. The City owns fourteen (14) properties located throughout the City, listed in Exhibit A, that are suitable for future disposition and development (the “Surplus Properties”); thirteen (13) of which qualify as “exempt surplus land” that need not follow certain notice and negotiation requirements prior to disposition.

D. The City intends to follow the provisions of the SLA in the disposition of public lands.

E. A declaration of surplus land and exempt surplus land, and the issuing of notices pursuant to the SLA for surplus land, is a process adopted in State law with the intent of ensuring the prioritization of affordable housing, including noticing and opportunity to respond, for affordable housing developers.

F. This declaration of surplus land and exempt surplus land does not obligate the City to subsequently dispose of the land and, depending on the response to the notices and other factors, the City could still decide not to move forward with disposition of specific properties.

G. On February 20, 2025, during its regularly scheduled meeting, the Planning Commission recommended City Council accept the surplus land inventory report.

BASED ON THE FACTS SET FORTH IN THE BACKGROUND, BE IT RESOLVED, that the City Council of the City of South Lake Tahoe:

1. Finds that the surplus properties and exempt surplus properties listed on Exhibit A are no longer necessary for the City’s use, which findings are set forth in Exhibit A to this Resolution.
400
Resolution 2025-XXX March 11, 2025 Page 2 of 3

2. Finds and determines that this action results in no binding commitment by the City to authorize or advance the disposition of any of the surplus properties or exempt surplus properties; will not result in a direct or indirect physical change in the environment; and does not constitute an “approval” of a “project” pursuant to CEQA Guidelines Sections 15004 and 15352.

3. Authorizes the City Manager to issue Notices of Availability for the surplus properties that are compliant with the State SLA.

Adopted by the City of South Lake Tahoe City Council on March 11, 2025 by the following vote:

Yes:

No:

Absent:

Abstain:
________________________ Date:___________
Tamara Wallace, Mayor
Attest:
________________________ Date:___________
Sue Blankenship, City Clerk
The presence of an electronic signature certifies that the foregoing is a true and correct copy as approved by the South Lake Tahoe City Council.
401
Resolution 2025-XXX March 11, 2025 Page 3 of 3
Exhibit A
Jurisdiction South Lake Tahoe NOTE: This table must contain an invenory of ALL surplus/excess lands the reporting jurisdiction owns
Note: "+" indicates an optional field
Reporting Period 2024
(Jan. 1 - Dec.
31)
Cells in grey contain auto-calculation
formulas

ANNUAL ELEMENT PROGRESS REPORT
Housing Element Implementation
For El Dorado County jurisdictions, please format the APN's as follows:999-999-999-999 Table H
Locally Owned Surplus Sites
Parcel Identifier Designation Size Notes
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
APN Street Address/Intersection Existing Use Number of
Units
Surplus
Designation
Parcel Size (in
acres) Notes
Summary Row: Start Data Entry Below
025-061-039-000
Segment of Martin Avenue and a small sliver
south of Marie Ave. bridge upstream along Trout
Creek
Vacant Exempt Surplus
Land 1.26 Exchange for state agencyconservation use
025-061-037-000 Martin Ave. - 1st "Parcel" Upstream of Roadway Vacant Exempt Surplus Land 21.53 Exchange for state agencyconservation use
025-081-013-000 Mid-Section with Confluence of Trout & Cold Creek. Vacant Exempt SurplusLand 57.07 Exchange for state agencyconservation use 080-010-013-000 Outside City Limits & Borders Pioneer Trail Vacant Exempt Surplus Land 20.82 Exchange for state agencyconservation use
025-091-012-000 Cold Creek Section with Lake Christopher Vacant Exempt Surplus Land 22.27 Exchange for state agencyconservation use
080-020-008-000 Cold Creek Section Above Pioneer Trail Vacant Exempt Surplus Land 54.836 Exchange for state agencyconservation use
023-685-001-000 2180 Washington Ave Vacant Surplus Land 0.22 031-030-020-000 948 Link Road Vacant Exempt Surplus
Land 1.22 Exchange for state agencyconservation use
031-030-039-000 Link Road Vacant Exempt Surplus
Land 2.23 Exchange for state agencyconservation use
031-030-024-000 Link Road Vacant Exempt Surplus
Land 0.08 Less than 5,000 sf
029-170-001-000 3900 Lake Tahoe Blvd Vacant Exempt Surplus Land 0.34
STRSA Long Range Property
Management Plan, plans have been
submitted under #24-173
029-170-002-000 3908 Lake Tahoe Blvd Vacant Exempt Surplus Land 0.82
STRSA Long Range Property
Management Plan, plans have been
submitted under #24-173
032-311-008-000 1180 Julie Lane Vacant Exempt Surplus
Land 0.59 Exchange for other public agency use
032-314-012-000 1160 Industrial Avenue Vacant Exempt Surplus Land 1.57 Exchange for other public agency use
402
Resolution 2025-001 February 20, 2025 Page 1 of 2
Resolution 2025-001
Adopted by the City of South Lake Tahoe
Planning Commission
February 20, 2025

RECOMMENDING CITY COUNCIL RECEIVE AND FILE THE GENERAL PLAN ANNUAL PROGRESS REPORT FOR 2024

BACKGROUND
A. California Government Code section 65400 requires cities and counties to submit an annual report on the status of the General Plan.

B. The City of South Lake Tahoe adopted an updated General Plan on May 17, 2011.

C. The City amended the General Plan in June 2022 to update the Housing Element and, in November 2022, amended the Safety Element to incorporate the Local Hazard Mitigation Plan.

D. The City is required to submit a Housing Element Annual Progress Report to the Department of Housing and Community Development (HCD) using forms prescribed by HCD.

E. The City is required to submit the General Plan Annual Progress Report, including the Housing Element Annual Progress Report, to the Governor’s Office of Land Use and Climate Innovation and the Department of Housing and Community Development by April 1 of each year.

F. On February 20, 2025, the Planning Commission reviewed the General Plan Annual Progress Report for 2024 during its regularly scheduled meeting.

BASED ON THE FACTS SET FORTH IN THE BACKGROUND, BE IT RESOLVED, that the Planning Commission of the City of South Lake Tahoe:

1. Finds the General Plan Annual Progress Report provides a status report on each Element in the General Plan and is consistent with the guidelines issued by the Governor’s Office of Land Use and Climate Innovation.

2. Finds the Housing Element Annual Progress Report provides detailed reporting on the City’s progress in meeting the Regional Housing Needs Allocation; and

3. Recommends that the City Council receive and file the General Plan Annual Progress Report and submit the Report to the Governor’s Office of Land Use and 403
Resolution 2025-001 February 20, 2025 Page 2 of 2
Climate Innovation and the California Department of Housing and Community Development by April 1, 2025.

Adopted by the City of South Lake Tahoe Planning Commission on February 20, 2025 by the following vote:

Yes: Wieczorek, Feiger, Lucksinger, Williams

Absent: Imhoff
Natalia Wieczorek, Chair
Attest:

Feb 21, 2025
Susan Blankenship (Feb 21, 2025 12:34 PST)
Susan Blankenship, City Clerk
The presence of an electronic signature certifies that the foregoing is a true and correct copy as approved by the South Lake Tahoe City Council.

Date
404
Resolution 2025-001_General Plan Annual
Progress Report 2024
Final Audit Report 2025-02-21
"Resolution 2025-001_General Plan Annual Progress Report 20 24" History
Document created by Yvette Miranda ([email protected]) 2025-02-21 - 7:54:22 PM GMT
Document emailed to Susan Blankenship ([email protected]) for signature 2025-02-21 - 7:54:52 PM GMT
Email viewed by Susan Blankenship ([email protected]) 2025-02-21 - 8:33:46 PM GMT
Document e-signed by Susan Blankenship ([email protected]) Signature Date: 2025-02-21 - 8:34:28 PM GMT - Time Source: server Document emailed to [email protected] for signature 2025-02-21 - 8:34:30 PM GMT
Email viewed by [email protected]
2025-02-21 - 8:35:06 PM GMT
Signer [email protected] entered name at signing as Natalia Wieczorek 2025-02-21 - 8:35:37 PM GMT
Signer [email protected] entered name at signing as Natalia Wieczorek 2025-02-21 - 8:35:37 PM GMT
Document e-signed by Natalia Wieczorek ([email protected]) Signature Date: 2025-02-21 - 8:35:39 PM GMT - Time Source: server Agreement completed.
2025-02-21 - 8:35:39 PM GMT
Created:

By:

Status:
2025-02-21
Yvette Miranda ([email protected])
Signed
Transaction ID: CBJCHBCAABAAbw7W2zkoWkFFIbDw8ZkXKm8w11CopP8N 405
Resolution 2025-002 February 20, 2025 Page 1 of 3
Resolution 2025-002
Adopted by the City of South Lake Tahoe
Planning Commission
February 20, 2025

RECOMMENDING CITY COUNCIL ACCEPT THE SURPLUS LAND INVENTORY

BACKGROUND
A. Under the Surplus Land Act (“SLA”), Government Code sections 54220-54234, surplus property is defined as land owned by any local agency no longer necessary for the agency’s use. (See Government Code section 54221(b)(1).) B. Effective January 1, 2020, the SLA was amended to add requirements that local agencies must comply with prior to selling or leasing agency-owned property; and in April 2021, the California Department of Housing and Community Development adopted SLA Guidelines to implement and interpret the SLA. One of the requirements is to formally declare publicly owned property no longer necessary for the agency’s use as surplus land and report this inventory of surplus land to HCD.

C. The City and South Tahoe Redevelopment Successor Agency own fourteen (14) properties located throughout the City, listed in Exhibit A, that are suitable for future disposition and development (the “Surplus Properties”); eleven (11) of which qualify as “exempt surplus land” that need not follow certain notice and negotiation requirements prior to disposition.

D. The City intends to follow the provisions of the SLA in the disposition of public lands.

E. A declaration of surplus land and exempt surplus land, and the issuing of notices pursuant to the SLA for surplus land, is a process adopted in State law with the intent of ensuring the prioritization of affordable housing, including noticing and opportunity to respond, for affordable housing developers.

F. This declaration of surplus land and exempt surplus land does not obligate the City to subsequently dispose of the land and, depending on the response to the notices and other factors, the City could still decide not to move forward with disposition of specific properties.

BASED ON THE FACTS SET FORTH IN THE BACKGROUND, BE IT RESOLVED, that the Planning Commission of the City of South Lake Tahoe:
406
Resolution 2025-002 February 20, 2025 Page 2 of 3

1. Recommends that City Council find that the surplus properties and exempt surplus properties listed on Exhibit A are no longer necessary for the City’s use, which findings are set forth in Exhibit A to this Resolution.

2. Recommends that City Council find and determine that this action results in no binding commitment by the City to authorize or advance the disposition of any of the surplus properties or exempt surplus properties; will not result in a direct or indirect physical change in the environment; and does not constitute an “approval” of a “project” pursuant to California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) Guidelines (California Code of Regulations, Title 14, Division 6, Chapter 3, sections 15000, et seq.) sections 15004 and 15352.

3. Recommends that City Council authorize the City Manager to issue Notices of Availability for the surplus properties that are compliant with the State SLA.

Adopted by the City of South Lake Tahoe Planning Commission on February 20, 2025 by the following vote:

Yes: Wieczorek, Feiger, Lucksinger, Williams

Absent: Imhoff
Natalia Wieczorek, Chair
Attest:

Feb 21, 2025
Date:

Susan Blankenship (Feb 21, 2025 12:35 PST)
Susan Blankenship, City Clerk
The presence of an electronic signature certifies that the foregoing is a true and correct copy as approved by the South Lake Tahoe City Council.

Natalia Wieczorek (Feb _2 025 12:36 PST)
407
Resolution 2025-002 February 20, 2025 Page 3 of 3
Exhibit A
Jurisdiction South Lake Tahoe NOTE: This table must contain an inventory of ALL surplus/excess lands the reporting jurisdiction owns
Note: "+" indicates an optional field
Cells in grey contain auto-calculation
Reporting Period 2024 formulas
(Jan. 1 - Dec.
31)

ANNUAL ELEMENT PROGRESS REPORT
Housing Element Implementation
For El Dorado County jurisdictions, please format the APN's as follows:999-999-999-999 Table H
Locally Owned Surplus Sites
Parcel Identifier Designation Size Notes
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
APN Street Address/Intersection Existing Use Numberof
Units
Surplus
Designation
Parcel Size (in
acres) Notes
Summary Row: Start Data Entry Below
025-061-039-000
Segment of Martin Avenue and a small sliver
south of Marie Ave. bridge upstream along Trout
Creek
Vacant Exempt Surplus
Land 1.26 Exchange for state agencyconservation use
025-061-037-000 Martin Ave. - 1st "Parcel" Upstream of Roadway Vacant Exempt Surplus Land 21.53 Exchange for state agencyconservation use
025-081-013-000 Mid-Section with Confluence of Trout & Cold Creek. Vacant Exempt SurplusLand 57.07 Exchange for state agencyconservation use 080-010-013-000 Outside City Limits & Borders Pioneer Trail Vacant Exempt Surplus Land 20.82 Exchange for state agencyconservation use
025-091-012-000 Cold Creek Section with Lake Christopher Vacant Exempt Surplus Land 22.27 Exchange for state agencyconservation use
080-020-008-000 Cold Creek Section Above Pioneer Trail Vacant Exempt Surplus Land 54.836 Exchange for state agencyconservation use
023-685-001-000 2180 Washington Ave Vacant Surplus Land 0.22 031-030-020-000 948 Link Road Vacant Surplus Land 1.22
031-030-039-000 Link Road Vacant Surplus Land 2.23
031-030-024-000 Link Road Vacant Exempt Surplus
Land 0.08 Less than 5,000 sf
029-170-001-000 3900 Lake Tahoe Blvd Vacant Exempt Surplus Land 0.34
STRSA Long Range Property
Management Plan, plans have been
submitted under #24-173
029-170-002-000 3908 Lake Tahoe Blvd Vacant Exempt Surplus Land 0.82
STRSA Long Range Property
Management Plan, plans have been
submitted under #24-173
032-311-008-000 1180 Julie Lane Vacant Exempt Surplus
Land 0.59 Exchange for other public agency use
032-314-012-000 1160 Industrial Avenue Vacant Exempt Surplus Land 1.57 Exchange for other public agency use
408
Created: 2025-02-21
By:

Status:

Transaction ID:

Yvette Miranda ([email protected])
Signed
CBJCHBCAABAAjPgqydaWaFX2MCMfzoUTIfYfh-drSGkL
Resolution 2025-002_Surplus Land Inventory
Final Audit Report 2025-02-21
"Resolution 2025-002_Surplus Land Inventory" History
Document created by Yvette Miranda ([email protected]) 2025-02-21 - 7:56:15 PM GMT
Document emailed to Susan Blankenship ([email protected]) for signature 2025-02-21 - 7:56:46 PM GMT
Email viewed by Susan Blankenship ([email protected]) 2025-02-21 - 8:34:41 PM GMT
Document e-signed by Susan Blankenship ([email protected]) Signature Date: 2025-02-21 - 8:35:01 PM GMT - Time Source: server Document emailed to [email protected] for signature 2025-02-21 - 8:35:02 PM GMT
Email viewed by [email protected]
2025-02-21 - 8:35:56 PM GMT
Signer [email protected] entered name at signing as Natalia Wieczorek 2025-02-21 - 8:36:14 PM GMT
Document e-signed by Natalia Wieczorek ([email protected]) Signature Date: 2025-02-21 - 8:36:16 PM GMT - Time Source: server Agreement completed.
2025-02-21 - 8:36:16 PM GMT
409
2024 General Plan Annual Progress Report
City Council
March 11, 2025
1 410
Annual Progress Report Requirements
2 • The Annual Progress Report provides information for the Planning Commission and City Council to assess the following during the 12-month reporting period (January 2024 to December 2024).
• General Plan implementation
• Additional reporting requirements for the Housing Element • Surplus land inventory
• The Annual Progress Report must be submitted to the State by April 1. 411
General Plan Contents
Land Use &
Community
Design
Economic
Development Housing
Transportation
and
Circulation
Public/ Quasi
Public
Facilities and
Services
Recreation
and Open
Space
Health and
Safety
Natural and
Cultural
Resources
Neighborhood
Priority Lists
3 412
2024 Highlights
4 Development Services
• Amended the Tourist Core Area Plan and the Tahoe Valley Area Plan • Initiated planning process for Mid-Town Area Plan
413
2024 Highlights
5 Development Services
• Contracted with a consultant for developing preapproved ADU plans • Implemented the Rental Assistance Program
• Continued successful implementation Multifamily/SRO Housing Inspection Program − MFD Site Visits: 134
− SRO Site Visits: 14
414
2024 Highlights
6 • The City provided Residential Units of Use for 6 accessory dwelling units and 3 multifamily rental units with RUUs that were allocated by Resolution 2023-051 415
2024 Highlights
7 Fire Department
• Authorized a sub-recipient agreement for the City’s Fire Department to provide professional services for helping to reduce fuels and planning fuels reduction projects
• Adopted a City-wide Ordinance for Defensible Space Requirements Public Works
• Procured an engineer design contract service for six City fleet EV charging stations • Stateline Avenue Complete Streets Project
• Developed Vision Zero Action Plan
416
2024 Highlights
8 Recreation Department
• Approval of the renovation of the skate park at Bijou Community Park • Approval for the installation of mobi-mats at Connelly Beach for ADA beach access
Police Department
• Completed Citywide radio system upgrade
Airport
• Council selected recommended alternative for the Airport Master Plan for environmental review
417
Housing Element Implementation
9 • One of eight mandated General Plan elements
• A roadmap for how each jurisdiction will meet the housing needs through goals, policies, and implementation programs
• Certification by CA Department of Housing & Community Development (HCD) required for the City to receive funding for housing programs & projects as well as various transportation programs
418
Regional Housing Needs Assessment (RHNA) Allocation
10 Regional Housing Needs Assessment (RHNA) Allocation
Income Level Income Level
(Percentage of Median
Income)
RHNA RHNA +
15% Buffer
Sites
Unit Capacity
Surplus
Very Low 50% or less 70 82 337 197
Low 51% to 80% 50 58
Moderate 81% to 120% 42 49 165 116
Above Moderate More than 120% 127 147 215 68
Total 289 336 717 381
419
Regional Housing Needs Assessment (RHNA) Allocation
11 Regional Housing Needs Assessment (RHNA) Allocation
RHNA Units Permitted 2022 Units Permitted 2023 Units Permitted 2024 Moderate Income 42 3 3 5
Affordable Units 120 68 129 129
Above Moderate Income 127 54 98 156
42 3 3 5
120
68 129 129 127
54 98
156
0 20
40 60
80 100
120
140
160
180
Number of Units
Residential Units Permitted vs. RHNA Target
2022-2027
420
2024 Housing Unit Activity Log
12 Regional Housing Needs Assessment (RHNA) Allocation
Applications Received Building Permit
Issued
Certificate of
Occupancy
Issued
Single Family 23 18 15
Multi Family 168* 33 70***
ADU 13** 9 5**
Total 204 60 90
*3900 Lake Tahoe Blvd. Affordable Housing Project, 36 very low-income deed restricted & 36 low-income deed restricted **2 moderate-income deed restricted TRPA Bonus Units
***Sugar Pine Village Phase II, 68 low-income deed restricted 421
Housing Element
13 Regional Housing Needs Assessment (RHNA) Allocation Objective 2 Objective 8
Objective 7
Objective 6
Objective 5
Objective 4
Objective 3
Objective 1
To increase housing opportunities for
South Lake Tahoe residents of all
economic levels
To encourage construction &
maintenance of affordable and
workforce housing in South Lake Tahoe
To preserve & enhance the existing
supply of housing
To provide for a variety of housing types,
sizes, price ranges, & densities compatible
with the existing character & integrity of
residential neighborhoods.

To provide a range of housing services
for households with special needs
within South Lake Tahoe
To provide decent housing & quality living
environments for all South Lake Tahoe residents,
regardless of age, race, religion, gender, sexual
orientation, marital status, ancestry, national origin, disability, or economic level
To ensure energy efficiency &
appropriate weatherization for all new
& existing housing
To ensure that Housing Element programs
are implemented on a timely basis &
progress of each program is monitored &
evaluated annually 422
Goal HE-1: To increase housing opportunities for South
Lake Tahoe residents of all economic levels.
14 Source: Placemate
• Rental Assistance Program (RAP)
• Lease to Locals
• Housing Community Office Hours
423
Goal HE-2: To encourage construction and maintenance of affordable and workforce housing in South Lake Tahoe.
15 Source: Google Maps
• City-owned
Residential Unit of
Uses for affordable
student housing
• 75 affordable rentals at
identified surplus land (3900 &
3980 Lake Tahoe Boulevard)
Source: www.ltcc.edu
424
Goal HE-3: To preserve and enhance the existing supply
of housing
16 • Multifamily/SRO Housing
Inspection Program
• Housing Hotline
425
Goal HE-4: To provide a range of housing services for
households with special needs within South Lake Tahoe
17 Source: www.tahoedailytribune.com 426
Goal HE-5: To provide decent housing & quality living environments for all South Lake Tahoe residents regardless of age, race, religion, sex, sexual orientation, marital status, ancestry, national origin, disability, or economic level 18 Source: www.gov.ca.gov
• Completed Phase 1A
of Sugar Pine Village
427
Goal HE-7: To provide for a variety of housing types, sizes, price ranges, and densities compatible with the existing character and integrity of residential neighborhoods.
19 • Updated ADU Guide
• Procure a consultant to develop
preapproved ADU plans
• Residential Unit of Use provided at
no cost
428
QUESTIONS?
20 429
2024 Highlights:

Development of the Mid-Town Area Plan
21 430
City of South Lake Tahoe
Agenda Item Executive Summary
Joe Irvin, City Manager
__________________________________
Meeting Date: March 11, 2025
Agenda Item #:11
Agenda Item: Agenda Planning Calendar
Requested Action / Suggested Motions: Identify, with consent of at least two Council Member, any desired future agenda items, and/or modify the Agenda Planning Calendar as desired.

Responsible Staff Member: Joseph Irvin, City Manager, and Susan Blankenship, City Clerk Attachments:

APC - 03 06 2025.pdf
431
2025 Agenda Planning Calendar (Updated 03 06 2025)
Agenda Item Agenda Section
March 18, 9 a.m. Strategic Planning Session
Mar. 25, 3:00 p.m. Joint City Council/Planning Commission Ethics Training Mar. 25, 5:30 p.m. City Manager EV Charging Parking Ordinance (First Reading) NB

CC & STJPPFA
South Tahoe Transit JPA startup contribution NB
Establishing an EV Charging Rate for the City's Public EV Chargers NB Dev Services Decelopment oights Annual Report Consent
Finance 2024-2025 Mid Year Budget Review NB
2024-2025 Master Fee Schedule Adoption Consent
Parks & Rec Agreement with On Course Events for Live at Lakeview Concert Series Consent Police Shared Mobility Ordinance Update (Second Reading) Consent Stateline Transit Center Parking and Signage NB
April 22, 5:30 p.m. City Attorney Time-Share Ordinance Amendments (First Reading) NB

CC & STJPPA
Use Agreement with EDC for Multigenerational Recreation & Aquatic Center NB City Manager EV Charging Parking Ordinance (Second Reading) Consent Award CalTrans Carbon Reduction Grant Consent
Department
432
2025 Agenda Planning Calendar (Updated 03 06 2025)
Dev Services Pay for Success Agreement Tahoe Coalition for the Homeless UB Emergency Shelter and Warm Room Discussion NB
CTC Land Exchange NB
Mid-Town Area Plan Draft Presentation and Implementation Discussion NB Finance 2024 Annual Comprehensive Financial Report (ACFR) Consent Ski Run BID to Levy Assessment for Business License year 2025/2026 PH Fire LRA Fire Severity Zone Map Ordinance (First Reading) NB HR City Personnel Rules Consent
Public Works Award Pioneer Trial PH II Consent
Paving Lieu Fee Agreement with STPUD Consent
Reimbursable agreement FAA (PAPI) Consent
Annual Roadway Rehab Contract Reconciliation Consent
Airport Restaurant Opening Extension Consent
Award Pioneer Trail HSIP Consent
CTC Easement Purchase Consent
Sale of Excess Property Consent
433
2025 Agenda Planning Calendar (Updated 03 06 2025)
Transfer Measure S funds to Tahoe Valley Project (Phase 1 Road Rehab) Consent Riembursement Agreement with FAA for PAPI Consent
May 6, 9 a.m. City Attorney Time-Share Ordinance Amendments (Second Reading) Consent City Clerk Military Appreciation Month Proclamations
Community Choice Aggregation Feasability Analysis NB
Dev. Services Building Code Appendix AW Adoption-3D Printed Structures NB Fire LRA Fire Severity Zone MapOrdinance (Second Reading) Consent Public Works Award 2025 Road Rehab Drainage Replacement project Consent Award of PD Roof Replacement Consent
Draft 2025/26 CIP Recommendation NB
May 20, 5:30 p.m. City Clerk Public Works Week Proclamation Proclamations Finance Quarterly Budget and Financial Status Report as of March, 2025 Consent Investment Portfolio Report as of March 2025 Consent
Public Works Subdivision Map for 14 Condo Units - 3708 Lake Tahoe Blvd/3709 Osgood NB Award Citywide Traffic Calming Toolbox NB
Award Contract for Hwy 50 Corridor Study NB
434
2025 Agenda Planning Calendar (Updated 03 06 2025)
June 3, 9 a.m. City Manager California Climate Action Corps Fellows Projects Presentation Presentation June 17, 5;30 p.m.Finance Direct Charge of Mello-Roos Special Tax for CFD 1995-1 for FY 25-26 City Consent STRSA
Annual Special Tax for CFD 2001-1 Series 2015 Special Tax Refunding BonSTRSA Consent Aug.12, 9 a.m.

Aug. 12, 5:30 p.m. Budget Workshop
Sep.9, 9 a.m.

Sep. 23, 5:30 p.m.

Oct. 21, 5:30 p.m. City Clerk Pet Wellness Awareness Month (Humane Society, Erin Ellis) Proclamation City Attorney Purchase of BMO Property UB
City Clerk Records Management Policy
City Manager
Dev Services Res. Area Plan to Accommodate SB9 and Remove Tourist Accomodation Discussion: Second Home Cap/Permit Options
Finance Disolution STJPPFA
Fire Donation of Retired Fire Engine to LTCC
Unscheduled/Pending
435
2025 Agenda Planning Calendar (Updated 03 06 2025)
Parks & Rec Events and Facitilies Naming Rights Discussion New Rec. Center Meeting Room Naming Rights Approval & Funds Transfer Police 2024 Update to Parking Fees in the Bellamy Parking Garage Barton Community Health Needs and Harm Reduction Update Police/PW Bike Paths, Bike Parking, Vehicle Parking
Public Works Geothermal Use Discussion Item
Award James-Eloise Drainage Upgrade
TTD US 50 Plans Presentation
Sierra Blvd. Speed Survey
Award Lakeview and Ski Run Electrical Upgrades
Award PS&E for Sugar Pine Bike Path Project
Award Grant Writing Services Contract
Award US 50 RSA City Portion Upgrades
436